Known as the Liechtenstein Trust Integrity Network (LTIN), it’s operated by the state telecoms company, with contributions from half a dozen private firms.
The post Liechtenstein’s national blockchain; Siemens taps JPMorgan’s Kinexys appeared first on CoinGeek.
As chip progress slows, BTC mining turns to new materials and smarter energy use, aiming for a more efficient and sustainable future.
The post Silicon limitations, new material innovations in BTC mining appeared first on CoinGeek.
Intuition's launch could revolutionize data trust and accessibility, fostering decentralized, reliable information flow across digital platforms.
The post ConsenSys-backed Intuition launches mainnet and $TRUST token, aiming to build a public trust layer for the internet appeared first on Crypto Briefing.
Following the recent launch of multiple crypto ETFs, Bitwise Asset Manager’s CIO has forecasted a bright future for the firm’s Solana Staking Exchange-Traded Fund (ETF), as investors show strong initial interest in the investment product.
On Tuesday, Bitwise CIO Matt Hougan predicted that the Bitwise Solana Staking ETF (BSOL) could attract significant institutional interest and become one of the leading investment products based on digital assets.
Hougan argued that Solana is “one of the most exciting crypto investment opportunities that exists today,” as it records “the most revenue of any blockchain.” He explained that institutional investors “love” both ETFs and revenue, which suggests that these investors will “love Solana ETFs.”
Bitwise’s CIO previously pointed out that there must be fundamental reasons for investors’ interest in investment vehicles such as ETFs and Digital Asset Treasuries (DATs), signaling that Solana has them. Therefore, he has “a feeling the Bitwise Solana Staking ETF, BSOL, is gonna be huge.”
Ahead of the launch, ETF Expert Eric Balchunas predicted that the first day volume for Bitwise’s Solana ETF could surpass the $50 million mark. Notably, the firm’s spot Bitcoin ETF (BITB) and spot Ethereum ETH (ETHW) recorded $237.9 million and $204 million on their first day, respectively.
Hougan has highlighted that Solana’s market capitalization is 1/20th the size of BTC and less than 1/4th the size of ETH. Based on this, the volume for an SOL ETF is expected to be smaller than that of ETFs based on the two leading crypto assets.
According to data shared by Balchunas, BSOL recorded an impressive volume of $10 million in the first 30 minutes of trading, hinting at initial demand. This amount surged to approximately $33 million by the half-day mark and hit $56 million by the end of its first trading day.
According to the analyst, BSOL had a strong start, noting that its “$56m is the MOST of any launch this year.. More than XRPR, SSK, Ives and BMNU.”
BSOL was among the crypto ETFs launched on October 28 despite the US government shutdown. As reported by NewsBTC, Bitwise, for its Solana Staking ETF, and Canary Capital, for its spot Litecoin (LTC) and Hedera (HBAR) ETFs, filed 8-A forms on Monday to launch the investment products this week despite the government shutdown.
Notably, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) was set to approve over a dozen altcoin ETFs between October and November after delaying the decision deadline and releasing new generic listing standards for the products.
However, investors expected that the long-awaited green light would be delayed until the end of the government shutdown. Journalist Eleanor Terret explained that the launch was possible because an open government isn’t required and the 8-A filings are “just as important” as the S-1 forms, as they formally register ETF shares under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
As a result, after the NYSE certified all the filings for the ETFs, they could start trading on Tuesday. Meanwhile, Grayscale’s Solana Trust (GSOL) will convert into an ETF on Wednesday.
Global financial services company Western Union is making a strategic move into the world of stablecoins, responding to the evolving landscape created by the recent passage of the GENIUS Act in the US.
On Tuesday, the company announced its intention to launch the US Dollar Payment Token (USDPT), a new stablecoin, alongside its Digital Asset Network designed to integrate digital and fiat currencies.
Built on the Solana (SOL) blockchain and issued by Anchorage Digital Bank, USDPT aims to broaden the options for transferring money for customers, agents, and partners, while also bolstering Western Union’s treasury capabilities.
Through this initiative, the company plans to provide users with access to digital assets, allowing them to send, receive, spend, and hold USDPT with ease, supported by Western Union’s global compliance and risk management framework.
Devin McGranahan, President and CEO of Western Union, expressed the company’s commitment to harnessing emerging technologies to empower customers and communities.
“As we transition into the digital asset space, USDPT will enable us to take ownership of the economics associated with stablecoins,” McGranahan stated.
He also highlighted the significance of the Digital Asset Network, which aims to simplify cash off-ramps for digital assets by partnering with wallets and wallet providers, thereby allowing seamless access for customers via Western Union’s extensive global network.
Western Union anticipates that USDPT will launch in the first half of 2026, with plans for users to access the stablecoin through partner exchanges, ensuring broad availability and user-friendliness.
During Western Union’s third quarter of the year earnings call last Thursday, McGranahan revealed that the company has initiated a pilot program utilizing stablecoins for value transfer.
He noted that this pilot aims to leverage blockchain technology and stablecoins to decrease reliance on traditional correspondent banking systems, which will help shorten settlement times and enhance capital efficiency.
Historically, Western Union has maintained a cautious approach towards crypto, primarily due to concerns regarding volatility, regulatory challenges, and customer protection.
However, with the enactment of the GENIUS Act, McGranahan indicated that new opportunities are emerging for integrating digital assets into the company’s operations, enhancing efficiency, reducing friction, and ultimately improving the customer experience.
Western Union facilitates the transfer of billions of dollars annually, boasting a market capitalization of over $2.9 billion as of October 28, and generating more than $1 billion in adjusted revenue in the third quarter of the year alone.
Despite the announcement, SOL’s price has failed to react positively, currently attempting to hold the $200 line as the cryptocurrency’s next short-term support.
Featured image from DALL-E, chart from TradingView.com
On-chain analytics firm Glassnode has revealed a Bitcoin price range that defines the current battleground between recent buyers and profit-takers.
In a new post on X, Glassnode has talked about where support and resistance levels lie for Bitcoin based on the Cost Basis Distribution (CBD). This indicator basically tells us about the total amount of supply that last changed hands at the various price levels that the cryptocurrency has visited in its history.
Below is the chart shared by the analytics firm that shows the trend in this metric over the last few months.
As is visible in the graph, the CBD highlights two levels for holding a dense amount of the cryptocurrency’s supply (shaded in red). The lower of these levels is situated near $111,000. A large chunk of buying at this mark occurred during the recent bearish phase in the asset.
The other level is located around $117,000, made up of investors who bought during the price rally to the all-time high (ATH). Naturally, these buyers would be underwater right now, while those who purchased at $111,000 would be in profit.
Generally, holders are sensitive to retests of their cost basis and can show some kind of reaction during one. Since these two levels host the cost basis of a significant amount of investors, it’s possible that when BTC will revisit them, some panic selling or buying will crop up.
Which behavior would be dominant usually comes down to the market mood and the direction of the retest. When the retest occurs from above, investors may choose to buy more, believing the same cost basis level would result in profits again in the future. Similarly, holders who were in loss prior to the retest can react by selling, fearing that the asset will drop again in the future.
Considering these effects, the $111,000 may be considered a key support cushion for Bitcoin, while $117,000 a resistance barrier. “This range defines the current battleground between recent buyers and profit-takers,” noted Glassnode.
It now remains to be seen which level BTC will visit next and how its retest will go. “A break in either direction could set the tone for the next major move,” explained the analytics firm.
In some other news, the Stablecoin Supply Ratio (SSR) Oscillator has been sitting at cycle lows recently, as Glassnode has pointed out in another X post. This oscillator is based on the SSR, which compares the Bitcoin circulating supply against the supply of the stablecoins.
The SSR Oscillator is sitting at a low level at the moment, which indicates that the BTC supply is low compared to stablecoin liquidity. “Historically, such periods precede stronger bid-side support when market confidence returns,” said the analytics firm.
Bitcoin saw a retrace toward $113,500 earlier, but the coin has been quick to bounce back as its price has returned to $115,400.
Market expert VirtualBacon recently suggested that the most significant event for the crypto industry this year is not the Bitcoin (BTC) Halving or the approval of exchange-traded funds (ETFs), but rather a potential shift in Federal Reserve (Fed) liquidity policy.
After 18 months of tightening measures, the Fed is reportedly preparing to pause its quantitative tightening (QT) and may even initiate stealth quantitative easing (QE) once again.
In a recent post on social media platform X, VirtualBacon laid out a compelling argument linking liquidity pivots to altcoin cycles. In 2019, the Fed halted QT, which resulted in a rally for altcoins. Conversely, in 2022, when the Fed began QT, altcoins peaked.
Now, as the Fed is expected to end QT in 2025, VirtualBacon anticipates a similar surge for altcoins. The correlation is clear: when the Fed increases liquidity, altcoins tend to rise. The pressing question now is when exactly QT will come to a close.
While the Fed may not explicitly label a shift as QE, the expert notes that the pivotal moment will arrive when they remove the language regarding “reducing the size of the balance sheet.”
The last notable instance of this was during the 2019 repo crisis, when banks faced immediate cash shortages, prompting the Fed to inject $75 billion into the financial system. Although Powell claimed it was “not QE,” it effectively was, and following that intervention, Bitcoin tripled in value within months.
Major financial institutions are already making predictions, with Goldman Sachs stating that the October meeting is the base case for QT to end, Bank of America expecting QT to cease by month-end, and Evercore indicating that the Fed is likely to signal an end to QT this week.
The same indicators that caused market disruptions back in 2019 are signaling distress now. Regardless of official statements, it appears QT is nearing its conclusion, with stealth QE on the horizon.
This shift would facilitate a return of liquidity to the markets, which historically has driven crypto prices. Liquidity acts as the fuel for market movements, and the Fed is poised to refill this tank.
The CME FedWatch tool currently indicates a 96.7% probability of a rate cut this month and an 87.9% chance of another cut in December. Powell recently hinted that QT would conclude “in the coming months,” signaling an imminent pivot.
M2 Money Supply Signals Upcoming Bitcoin SurgeDespite the current market uncertainty, VirtualBacon asserts that Bitcoin has not reached its peak. Out of 30 historical indicators that typically signal a bull market peak, none have activated yet, with data indicating there is still room for growth.
The global M2 money supply continues to rise, which historically leads Bitcoin prices by 10 to 12 weeks. The expert added that since the beginning of the month, this money supply has been increasing.
This development indicates that Bitcoin’s next upward movement is already in the pipeline, albeit lagging behind the liquidity curve. Additionally, VirtualBacon forecasts that once the Fed pivots, a new altcoin season may commence.
Featured image from DALL-E, chart from TradingView.com
The Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC) has issued a major update to its Info Sheet 225. Notably, the new move expands how financial services laws apply to digital-asset products and platforms.
A prominent community figure who goes by the pseudonym UnknowDLT has expressed strong optimism about the future of XRP. In a recent commentary, UnknowDLT projected that XRP will eventually become one of the greatest opportunities not only of this lifetime, but even for future generations.
Crypto commentators are again mocking XRP holders as Western Union moves to deploy blockchain solutions on Solana instead of the XRP Ledger. On Tuesday, the world’s largest money transfer company, Western Union, announced it will launch its U.S.
A recent report expanding on the performance of XRP and the XRP Ledger (XRPL) in the third quarter of the year shows an obvious ecosystem growth. The “State of the XRP Ledger Q3” report from prominent analytical firm Messari shows the XRP ecosystem made reasonable progress in key metrics and other areas, such as stablecoins and RWAs.
Nate Geraci, a popular ETF expert and president of NovaDius Wealth Management, expresses confidence that upcoming XRP ETFs will match or exceed Bitwise's Solana ETF's record debut. Geraci made the bold prediction after Bitwise’s Solana Staking ETF (BSOL) posted the highest first-day trading volume of any ETF launch this year.
The Ripple CTO, David Schwartz, recently humorously suggested that he may not ask his younger self to buy XRP, as it could "trigger a paradox." Schwartz mentioned this during a light-hearted conversation in the crypto community. Notably, media outlet CoinDesk triggered this conversation with an age-old question surrounding early crypto investments.
Ripple-supported startup Evernorth Holdings has accumulated over $1 billion worth of XRP. This significant investment makes it one of the largest institutional holders of the cryptocurrency to date.
The post DOGE Price on the Verge of Breakout—Will Bulls Push It Past $0.215 This Week? appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Dogecoin (DOGE) price is flashing a major bullish signal as the broader crypto market steadies ahead of this week’s highly anticipated FOMC meeting. Bitcoin (BTC) continues to consolidate around the $113,000 mark, while Ethereum (ETH) holds near $4,000, both awaiting fresh cues from the Federal Reserve’s policy outlook. Amid this cautious sentiment, DOGE has emerged as a standout performer, reclaiming key support levels and showing signs of renewed momentum.
With rising trading volumes and improving technical structure, analysts believe DOGE could be gearing up for a decisive move toward the $0.215 resistance zone this week.
On the other hand, the top memecoin is also displaying a bearish divergence, which needs to be considered ahead of the incoming volatility. Ever since the infamous crash fueled by the US-China trade war, the DOGE price has remained stuck within a narrow range. However, the price continued to form constant higher highs and lows, which raised the possibility of securing above the local resistance at $0.21. However, the technicals suggest the price may experience a notable pullback, preventing a rise above this range.
The Dogecoin (DOGE/USDT) daily chart reveals a cautious yet potentially bullish setup. After breaking below its ascending trendline, DOGE has entered a consolidation phase near the $0.19 level, maintaining support above the $0.18 zone. The Bollinger Bands show price compression, indicating reduced volatility and a possible buildup for the next move. However, a downward arrow suggests a short-term correction toward the $0.16–$0.17 support range if the current support fails.
The RSI hovers around 42 with a visible descending trendline, reflecting weakening momentum but also hinting at a potential reversal if it breaks above resistance. Sustaining above $0.19 could open the path toward $0.21–$0.215, while rejection may trigger a retest of lower support levels.
In conclusion, Dogecoin’s price action suggests a make-or-break zone near $0.19. A confirmed rebound above this level could trigger a short-term rally toward $0.21 and potentially $0.215. However, failure to hold above the current support may drag the price back toward the $0.17–$0.16 demand zone before any bullish reversal attempts. Overall, DOGE remains range-bound but poised for a decisive breakout in the coming sessions.
The post XRP ETF Predictions Soar Toward $10 Billion As SOL, HBAR And LTC Collect $65M on Debut appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Wall Street just opened a new chapter for altcoins. The first-ever spot exchange-traded funds (ETFs) for Solana (SOL), Hedera (HBAR), and Litecoin (LTC) officially began trading this week, pulling in nearly $65 million in first-day trading volume.
According to Bloomberg ETF analyst Eric Balchunas, the final tally for day one came in at:
Balchunas said that $BSOL’s $56 million debut is the strongest ETF launch of the year, surpassing several earlier products and even outperforming some Ethereum-related launches. He added that the fund was seeded with about $220 million, meaning the total invested capital could have reached around $280 million if all initial seed funds had been deployed on Day One.
A Big Moment for Altcoin ETFs
The strong performance shows growing institutional interest in regulated crypto exposure beyond Bitcoin and Ethereum. The Bitwise Solana Staking ETF, listed on the NYSE Arca, offers 7% annualized staking rewards with zero management fees, making it particularly attractive to yield-seeking investors.
Canary Capital’s Litecoin and Hedera ETFs, meanwhile, are listed on Nasdaq, both backed by tokens held in custody with BitGo and Coinbase Custody. This transparent setup gives traditional investors direct access to real tokens without the need for self-custody or on-chain management.
Eyes Now Turn to XRP
The success of the Solana, Hedera, and Litecoin ETFs has put attention on the next big contender: XRP. Seven U.S. XRP ETF filings are currently awaiting SEC review, with decisions expected between October 18 and November 14.
Market analysts say that XRP could dwarf the early success of SOL, HBAR, and LTC. Steven McClurg, CEO of Canary Capital, said XRP ETFs could attract $5 billion to $10 billion in inflows within the first month of trading.
Backing this projection, JPMorgan forecasts up to $8 billion in inflows during the first year, while CryptoQuant’s head of research Julio Moreno estimates that 1% to 4% of XRP’s total supply—worth $1.8 billion to $7.2 billion at current prices, could be absorbed by ETFs in the same period.
In an interview with Cryptoslate, Moreno said that such inflows would “significantly improve liquidity and cement XRP as a credible institutional asset.”
Could XRP Set a New Benchmark?
According to Bitget CMO Jamie Elkaleh, inflows could reach $4 billion to $8 billion in the first year, potentially driving XRP’s price into the $4 to $8 range by year-end.
JPMorgan’s altcoin ETF outlook predicts:
Analysts say that if this trend continues, crypto ETFs could collectively pull in over $50 billion in institutional capital within months, marking a new era for the digital asset market.
The post How Does Noomez Work? Breaking Down the Token Utility as Presale Goes Live appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
How does Noomez work? That’s the question many traders are asking today as the Noomez ($NNZ) presale officially goes live.
Built on Binance Smart Chain, Noomez introduces one of the most structured and transparent systems in the meme-coin space.
The project is built on fixed-supply mechanics, real-time on-chain tracking, and a verified framework that anyone can review before investing.
Noomez uses a 28-stage presale system to structure its token launch, rewarding early participants while maintaining transparency.
Each stage runs for up to seven days or until sold out. Token prices start at $0.00001 in Stage 1 and rise gradually to $0.0028 by Stage 28, forming a clearly defined 280× curve.
Such a model ensures every transaction, burn, and stage update is visible to the public, a rarity in meme token launches.
Every $NNZ token serves a functional role within the ecosystem. During the presale, purchases activate progress in the Noom Gauge, trigger vault events, and contribute to deflationary burns.
Once the presale ends, these tokens transition into the broader Noom Engine, an automated framework that distributes rewards, partner tokens, and staking yields.
All smart contracts are open-source and auditable, allowing any user to verify distribution schedules, vesting periods, and liquidity lock details directly on-chain. The team behind Noomez is KYC-verified, adding another layer of accountability rarely seen in early-stage meme projects.
Pro Tip: Before joining any presale, always check whether token supply, burns, and vesting are publicly verifiable; Noomez has each one on record.
Another key element in understanding how does Noomez work is its Vault system, which introduces milestone-based rewards during the presale.
The events are programmed into verified smart contracts to ensure execution without manual interference. Each Vault completion also adds deflationary pressure by removing unsold tokens and permanently reducing supply.
Noomez implements safety measures from the start, including audits and locked liquidity.
Post-launch, the Noom Engine distributes partner tokens while staking continues and planned burns occur in accordance with stage milestones.
So, on-chain tracking, verified contracts, and deflationary logic are core security and transparency features of Noomez.
To understand how Noomez works means recognizing its approach to visibility. From the live Noom Gauge to open contract verification, every system is measurable. It gives investors data, not speculation, and proof instead of promises.
As the presale is now live, early participants can see progress in real time, stake, and take part in one of the most transparent meme token ecosystems designed for 2025.
Noomez Weekly Press Conference
For More Information:
The post XRP News: $1 Billion Flows Into XRP ETFs, XRP Price To Skyrocket appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
XRP is finally having its breakout moment on Wall Street. Since the launch of XRP ETFs in March 2025, over $1 billion has flowed into these funds, showing strong demand from both institutions and retail investors.
With the SEC expected to decide on multiple spot XRP ETF applications soon, Ripple’s native token is positioning itself for a potential big breakout.
XRP ETFs have seen remarkable growth, attracting over $1 billion in inflows since their launch, including about $350 million in July alone. Leading funds like the Rex Osprey XRP ETF and Teucrium’s leveraged XRP ETF have driven much of this momentum, with assets surpassing $100 million and $366 million, respectively.
These numbers are similar to the early days of Ethereum and Solana ETFs, showing that XRP is becoming a top choice for serious investors.
The steady money coming in shows people are thinking long-term, supported by XRP’s growing use in global payments and Ripple’s network of over 300 financial institutions.
At present, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) is expected to rule on at least seven spot XRP ETF applications between October 18 and November 14, including Grayscale’s highly anticipated proposal.
Meanwhile, Polymarket, a well-known Prediction market, shows a 99% probability that the SEC will approve a spot XRP ETF by the end of 2025.
These decisions could bring billions more from institutional investors, boosting XRP’s price and ETF activity. However, JPMorgan estimates $4– $8 billion in the first year, while some analysts see potential inflows up to $20 billion as XRP adoption grows.
As of now, XRP price is trading around $2.62, slightly down in the last 24 hours. Thus, renowned chart analyst Ali Martine sees potential for a bullish breakout, projecting prices could rise to the $3.40–$4.20 range in the coming months, particularly if ETF approvals come through.
The introduction of XRP ETFs would not only open new investment opportunities but also bring more stable, institutional-driven liquidity to the XRP market.
The post Pi Network News: Pi Coin Price Rallies 15% Amid ISO 20022 Buzz appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
The Pi Network community is turning optimistic again after months of decline. Pi Coin (PI) has staged a strong comeback, jumping over 15% in the past 24 hours and gaining more than 30% weekly, as traders eye a breakout above $0.28. The surge follows Pi’s official inclusion in the ISO 20022 group, aligning it with global payment leaders like Ripple (XRP) and Stellar (XLM), a move that could redefine its place in the financial ecosystem.
ISO 20022 is reshaping how global payments work. It introduces a unified messaging standard that lets banks and payment providers exchange rich, structured data, such as sender, receiver, and payment details- securely across borders.
The shift is already underway, with SWIFT and the US Federal Reserve’s Fedwire moving toward full ISO 20022 adoption by November 22, 2025. After this date, most global financial institutions will use the standard, setting a new benchmark for speed, transparency, and efficiency in international payments.
Pi Coin’s price recovery marks a strong return from its $0.19 low earlier this month, finding support near $0.20 and surging to a three-week high above $0.25 before stabilizing around $0.61. Analysts note that the token’s rebound signals growing confidence among traders.
Market analyst Devid James highlighted that while the overall trend looks bullish, $0.36 remains a key resistance. A rejection there could cause a pullback to $0.23, but sustained momentum may push Pi toward a new growth phase.
Joining the ISO 20022 framework puts Pi Network alongside compliant assets like XRP and XLM, opening doors to banking integration and cross-border payment compatibility. This move could make Pi more accessible to institutional players and help it gain recognition within traditional finance, improving its credibility and adoption potential.
Pi Network’s growth continues beyond price action. Over 3.36 million users have now completed KYC verification, boosting trust and participation in the ecosystem. Meanwhile, the upcoming Protocol 23 upgrade, set for Q4 2025, aims to enhance scalability and transaction speed, preparing the network for mainstream adoption.
With rising momentum, banking alignment, and a growing user base, Pi Coin is showing signs of real progress. If bulls manage to break past $0.28, Pi could enter a stronger uptrend, marking a major leap toward becoming a key player in crypto-integrated global finance.
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
ISO 20022 is a global payment standard improving speed and security in financial messaging. Pi’s inclusion boosts its credibility and integration potential.
It positions Pi for smoother banking and cross-border payments, aligning it with trusted networks like Ripple and Stellar for better financial interoperability.
The Protocol 23 upgrade will enhance speed and scalability, while rising KYC users and ISO 20022 compliance could drive wider adoption and trust.
The post Bitcoin Holds Steady Ahead of FOMC Decision—Will BTC Price Ignite a Major Rally Next? appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
It’s again an FOMC day, and again Bitcoin prices have begun to consolidate ahead of the meeting, reflecting the prevailing uncertainty within the markets. The selling pressure has piled up during the last trading day, dragging the levels close to $112,000 from the intraday highs above $116,000. Although the bears have not held a tight grip over the rally, the hawkish stance of the Fed chairman could weaken the bulls. This could further cause more harm to the BTC price rally in the short term.
Bitcoin price has retraced a bit ahead of most of the FOMC meeting, which has largely resulted in a strong breakout. The token recently rebounded before hitting the lower liquidity levels around $111,000, wherein over $100 million in longs were piled up. The trade is still active, suggesting the traders still look out for an entry at this point, while they are unsure above $114,000, as more than $121 million in shorts have already accumulated around this range.
The liquidity levels suggest indecisiveness among the traders as the price remains consolidated between the piled longs and shorts. So in this case, how FOMC may impact the prevailing accumulation, as a rise above $114,000 may trigger shorts, while a drop below $111,000 could liquidate the longs.
Regardless of the FOMC volatility, the BTC price largely remains within a bullish structure, a rising parallel channel. The lower-timeframe chart displays a strong rebound from support after a pullback. However, the result of the upcoming FOMC meeting could have a significant impact on the rally, which may either rise above the average zone of the parallel channel or break the support.
Bitcoin is showing immense strength in the hourly chart, validated by the recent rebound, which was much above the pivotal support zone around $110,000. We had some volume spikes, but more importantly, the hourly MACD is about to turn bullish. This suggests the buying volume is slowly superseding the bears. On the other hand, the stochastic RSI just rebounded from the oversold zone, indicating a continued rise for the new hours.
Bitcoin appears to be consolidating within a rising channel, with price action currently testing mid-range support near $112,500. The chart highlights a potential bounce toward the $115,000–$117,000 zone if bulls hold this level, which also aligns with the mid-channel Fibonacci retracement. However, failure to defend the support trendline and the nearby CME gap could trigger a sharp decline toward $108,000–$106,000, marking a deeper correction. The upcoming FOMC decision will likely determine which scenario unfolds.
The post Top Cryptos to Invest in 2025: 3 Tokens Under $1 Showing Early Signs of a Bullish Rally appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
The next crypto bull run is taking shape amidst bullish CPI data talks. Institutional and retail money are at their peak, as savvy investors seek undervalued cryptos that are flashing early breakout signals. Led by the viral meme token Little Pepe (LILPEPE), here are the three best under-$1 cryptos to buy this cycle for potential explosive gains.
Little Pepe has become the biggest presale story of 2025, raising over $27.2 million and selling 16.5 billion tokens at $0.0022 in its Stage 13 presale round, a 120% increase from its starting price. That’s not just hype; it’s proof of investor conviction. What sets Little Pepe apart from every other meme project is its cutting-edge Layer 2 chain, explicitly built for memes. It’s sniper-bot resistant, fast, and secure, with zero buy/sell tax and near-zero trading fees, making it the most efficient meme ecosystem in development. The project’s strict vesting schedule eliminates pump-and-dump fears, while high-staking APY rewards long-term holders.
Little Pepe also plans to host new meme projects through its meme-only launchpad, turning LILPEPE into the backbone of an expanding ecosystem rather than a single hype token. With a CertiK audit, Mega Giveaway (15 ETH in rewards), and the $777K campaign still live, Little Pepe is blending strong fundamentals with viral meme energy. If there’s one token that could pull off a 10x to 20x breakout after launch, it’s this one. Verdict: LILPEPE ranks high among the top cryptos under $1 to invest in for 2025, combining tech, trust, and meme virality in one package.
Hedera is quietly shaping up for a significant comeback. The token has rebounded 67% from recent lows, driven by new staking incentives and a 92% surge in stablecoin market cap across its network.
The Hedera Foundation assigned 250 million HBAR tokens to its staking pool, valued at more than $40 million. This benefits those who hold long-term and helps secure the Hedera network. Other technical indicators suggest an inverse head-and-shoulders pattern for the coin. The immediate breakout target is $1, roughly 600% higher than current prices. If the HBAR ETF is confirmed, Hedera may receive a significant increase in institutional investments, making it one of the top cryptos for 2025 in terms of long-term potential and reduced volatility.
Following weeks of consolidation, Cardano now boasts one of the strongest technicals among the top 20 assets, with ADA trading around $0.65 in a multi-year trading range. Analysts believe a move to $2.50-$2.70 is likely after the pattern concludes.
Cardano has one of the most active communities. It ranks #2 in community engagement among cryptocurrencies. This strong base of loyal holders adds to the stability of ADA’s ongoing recovery. If ADA can defend its $0.60–$0.65 support range and reclaim $0.90, technical targets between $1.20 and $2.50 come into play, making it one of the most undervalued blue-chip cryptos under $1 heading into 2025.
Each token, Little Pepe, Hedera, and Cardano, represents a unique value play for 2025. ADA offers structure and community strength, HBAR delivers institutional-grade fundamentals, but LILPEPE brings the energy, innovation, and meme-fueled potential this next bull cycle craves. As meme coins evolve into meme ecosystems, Little Pepe’s Layer 2 architecture, sniper-bot-resistant chain, and zero-tax design put it in a class of its own. With its presale momentum and utility-driven ecosystem, LILPEPE could easily become the standout crypto under $1 heading into 2025’s bull run. Join the Little Pepe Presale Today: https://littlepepe.com
For more information about Little Pepe (LILPEPE) visit the links below:
The post FOMC Meeting Today: Crypto Markets Brace for Fed Rate Cut and Powell Speech appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
The global financial markets are bracing for a historic shift as the U.S. Federal Reserve is widely expected to begin a new cycle of rate cuts, marking the start of what analysts call a “new era of monetary easing.” The move could ignite a powerful rally across risk assets, with Bitcoin and Ethereum likely to be among the biggest beneficiaries.
All eyes are on the Federal Open Market Committee (FOMC) meeting, set to conclude today, with the Fed almost certain to announce a 25-basis-point rate cut, the first in a series expected to extend well into 2026. According to CME Fed Watch data, there is a 99.4% probability of a 25 bps cut, while just 0.6% expect the Fed to hold rates steady.
Fed Chair Jerome Powell will hold a press conference at 2:30 a.m. ET after the meeting. Investors watch to see if the Fed plans to cut rates in the coming months. More rate cuts are expected on December 10 and January 2026, as the Fed begins lowering rates to support the economy during uncertain times.
Wall Street veteran Dan Niles believes this cycle could kick off what he describes as a “period of insane wealth creation” across markets. “We’ve seen this playbook before,” Niles said, pointing to the 2021 rate cycle, when inflation surged from 1.4% to 7% and the S&P 500 jumped 27%.
“Everybody’s going to win because you’ve got this easy money,” Niles noted. “Enjoy the party while it lasts.” However, he warned of a 30–50% correction in tech and AI-related stocks by late 2026, predicting that the euphoria could give way to a market “hangover.”
The Dow Jones, S&P 500, and Nasdaq all closed at all-time highs ahead of the Fed’s decision. Traders have already priced in the base-case scenario of a 25 bps cut, while a surprise 50 bps move would send shockwaves through global markets.
A controlled 25 bps cut would reinforce the Fed’s data-dependent approach, while a larger move would signal deeper concern about growth amid a government shutdown that has paused key economic data releases.
If the Fed fails to cut, markets could react sharply — stocks may sell off, bonds could rally, and volatility in the dollar, gold, and crypto would likely spike as investors seek safe havens.
If the rate cut proceeds as expected, liquidity-driven momentum could push Bitcoin and Ethereum higher. Historically, lower interest rates and a softer dollar have favored hard assets and digital stores of value, making crypto a key beneficiary.
“Monetary easing periods tend to fuel speculative assets,” analysts said. “With liquidity returning and yields falling, Bitcoin could reclaim its leadership role as a hedge and growth asset.”
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
The FOMC is the Federal Reserve’s policy-setting committee. Its decisions on interest rates directly influence market liquidity and investor risk appetite, which are major drivers of cryptocurrency prices.
Lower rates reduce yields on savings, making riskier assets like Bitcoin more attractive. They can also weaken the dollar, often pushing investors toward cryptocurrencies as alternative stores of value.
The announcement is expected today, with Fed Chair Jerome Powell’s press conference following at 2:30 PM Eastern Time. This is when official confirmation of any rate change occurs.
A surprise hold on rates could trigger a sharp sell-off in stocks and crypto, as it signals a less supportive monetary policy. Investors might flock to safe-haven assets, causing market volatility.
The post FED News Today: Liquidity Shift Could Spark Next Big Crypto Bull Run appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
After weeks of sideways trading, veteran trader VirtualBacon believes the crypto market is standing on the edge of something massive, a full-blown liquidity-driven rally. He believes the Federal Reserve’s quiet shift toward ending quantitative tightening (QT) marks the beginning of the next major “crypto melt-up”, sending Bitcoin and altcoins soaring once again.
According to VirtualBacon, the biggest event for crypto this year isn’t the Bitcoin halving or ETF approvals, it’s the Federal Reserve’s liquidity pivot.
For over 18 months, the Fed has been in Quantitative Tightening (QT) mode, reducing its $7 trillion balance sheet to fight inflation. This tightening drained cash from markets, pressuring Bitcoin and altcoins.
— VirtualBacon (@VirtualBacon0x) October 28, 2025
The Fed is on the verge of ending QT, just like 2019 and that means one thing: Liquidity is coming back.
If you know what this means for #Bitcoin and altcoins, you should be excited.
Here’s why I think this is the…
Now, signs indicate this phase may end soon, potentially refilling liquidity and sparking the next crypto rally. Major banks like Goldman Sachs, Bank of America, and Evercore expect QT to conclude by November or December, setting the stage for renewed market momentum.
According to VirtualBacon, every major crypto bull run has aligned with periods when the Fed loosened liquidity.
When central banks inject money, investors typically turn “risk-on,” favoring volatile assets like crypto. The pattern is simple: when the Fed prints, altcoins pump.
Economic indicators are flashing familiar warning signs. Bank reserves are falling, stress in the repo market is rising, and the U.S. Treasury recently added $800 billion to its cash account, temporarily removing liquidity from the system.
This mirrors 2019, when the Fed quietly injected cash in a move called “stealth QE.”
Supporting this outlook, the CME FedWatch tool shows a 99.9% chance of a rate cut this month and an 87.9% chance of another in November or December, pointing to a clear move toward easing.
VirtualBacon points out that Bitcoin hasn’t topped yet, and none of the 30 historical peak indicators have triggered. He believes this is a mid-cycle phase, not a market top. With global M2 money supply already rising, and gold leading the way, Bitcoin could soon follow with a sharp move higher.
If liquidity indeed returns, VirtualBacon believes Ethereum, Solana, XRP, and BNB could be the first to surge, paving the way for another broad-based crypto rally.
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
It signals rising liquidity, which often boosts Bitcoin and altcoins as investors shift toward riskier assets.
When the Fed adds liquidity, money flows into risk assets like crypto, driving prices higher across major tokens.
Yes, many analysts believe more liquidity could ignite a new rally, similar to Bitcoin’s surge after 2019’s easing.
Rate cuts lower borrowing costs and increase liquidity, creating a favorable environment for Bitcoin and altcoins to rise.
The post Pi Coin Price Shoots Up 15% Amid ISO 20022 Buzz, What’s Next? appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Today pi coin price has stirred up excitement with a sharp jump. After trading sideways, Pi price suddenly broke out on strong trading volume and is trending higher. The catalyst? Pi Network just joined the ISO 20022 group, a move that caught the market’s attention.
This fresh alignment with global banking standards, coupled with a big reduction in tokens on exchanges. Moreover, a technical breakout, has transformed pi coin’s near-term outlook. As curiosity around ISO 20022 and pi coin price today grows, I’ll walk you through what’s driving this run and whether momentum can last.
The Pi price has been on a roll, gaining +15.4% over the past 24 hours and +29.69% for the week. Today Pi Network price is $0.2638, rebounding after dipping to a 24 hour low of $0.2276 and peaking at $0.2706. The daily market cap stands at $2.18 billion, while trading volumes have cooled to $94.31 million, down 15.58% as some traders take profits.
On the technical side, the Pi network price had been stuck in a week-long range. Squeezed between key support at $0.23 and resistance at $0.28. As the ISO 20022 news landed, buyers overwhelmed the sell wall at $0.28, pushing the price to new short-term highs.
Supporting this bullishness is a sharp drop in exchange supply. Data shows that roughly 10 million PI tokens left exchange wallets, which typically signals stronger hands are accumulating and less coin is available for quick sale. This supply crunch can amplify price swings.
Can the rally continue? Momentum looks healthy for now, but Pi coin faces the next resistance at $0.3626. If broader crypto markets cooperate and the project delivers further institutional progress, today Pi coin price could grind higher. Watch $0.23 as critical support if the rally fades, but so far, sentiment feels upbeat.
Pi Network’s price jump was driven by Pi Network joining the ISO 20022 banking standards group. Combined with a technical breakout above $0.28 resistance and a shrinking exchange supply.
ISO 20022 aligns Pi Network with global banking systems, putting it in the same league as XRP and Stellar.
Momentum is currently strong thanks to bullish news and shrinking sell-side supply. However, the market remains volatile, so it’s wise to watch for a confirmed trend.
World Liberty Financial will distribute 8.4 million WLFI tokens across six exchanges, including Gate.io, KuCoin, LBank, HTX Global, Flipster and MEXC.
The local industry has welcomed the Australian Securities and Investments Commission’s expanded crypto guidance, but resourcing concerns remain.
Visa CEO Ryan McInerney said the payments giant is adding support for four new stablecoins on four blockchains, and will allow banks to mint and burn.
Ethereum’s Fusaka update has debuted on Hoodi, its final testnet, and is slated to bring several security and scalability improvements to the blockchain’s mainnet.
Philippines' digital finance platform Coins.ph has appointed Amira Alawi as its new Global Marketing Director amid international expansion.
The post Coins.ph appoints Amira Alawi as Global Marketing Director to lead international expansion and brand globalization appeared first on CoinGeek.
U.S. tech firm Cybastion hosts Mauritania for digital transformation, while Vietnam's agriculture embraces digital technologies for sustainable growth.
The post Cybastion hosts Mauritania’s ambassador on digital transformation appeared first on CoinGeek.
Sequans' BTC transfer to Coinbase Prime may signal strategic shifts in crypto asset management, impacting market dynamics and investor confidence.
The post Bitcoin treasury company Sequans moves 970 BTC to Coinbase Prime appeared first on Crypto Briefing.
China's crackdown on unauthorized digital currency transfers underscores its commitment to controlling cross-border financial activities.
The post Beijing court sentences five for $166M disguised foreign exchange transactions appeared first on Crypto Briefing.
The strong debut of Bitwise's Solana ETF highlights growing investor confidence in blockchain technology and the potential for mainstream adoption.
The post Bitwise’s spot Solana ETF sees $69.5M first-day inflows appeared first on Crypto Briefing.
Solana failed to stay above $200 and corrected gains. SOL price is now trading below $200 and might decline further if it dips below $192.
Solana price started a decent increase after it settled above the $192 zone, beating Bitcoin and Ethereum. SOL climbed above the $198 level to enter a short-term positive zone.
The price even smashed the $200 resistance. A high was formed near $205 and the price recently corrected some gains. There was a move below the 23.6% Fib retracement level of the upward wave from the $177 swing low to the $205 high.
Besides, there was a break below a bullish trend line with support at $198 on the hourly chart of the SOL/USD pair. Solana is now trading below $198 and the 100-hourly simple moving average.
On the upside, the price is facing resistance near the $198 level. The next major resistance is near the $200 level. The main resistance could be $205. A successful close above the $205 resistance zone could set the pace for another steady increase. The next key resistance is $212. Any more gains might send the price toward the $220 level.
If SOL fails to rise above the $200 resistance, it could start another decline. Initial support on the downside is near the $192 zone and the 50% Fib retracement level of the upward wave from the $177 swing low to the $205 high. The first major support is near the $188 level.
A break below the $188 level might send the price toward the $180 support zone. If there is a close below the $180 support, the price could decline toward the $166 support in the near term.
Technical Indicators
Hourly MACD – The MACD for SOL/USD is gaining pace in the bearish zone.
Hourly Hours RSI (Relative Strength Index) – The RSI for SOL/USD is below the 50 level.
Major Support Levels – $192 and $188.
Major Resistance Levels – $200 and $205.
Dogecoin saw a sharp jump in trading activity on Tuesday, but prices did not follow immediately. Volume over the last 24 hours rose by 60%, pushing total traded value above $2 billion, according to CoinMarketCap.
Yet the token traded near $0.21 at the time of the report, down about 0.18% in the day and down 12% so far this month.
According to CoinMarketCap data, the sudden spike in volume shows many more hands moving DOGE than usual. Reports have disclosed that this wave of trades coincides with renewed interest among retail buyers and larger holders.
Data shows that October has historically been a strong month for Dogecoin, with modest gains of 30% to a more impressive 101% from 2021 up to 2024. Those past returns help explain why some traders expect a positive close this month.
Reports have disclosed several large transfers tied to the surge. One report described a dormant whale with a 36 DOGE seed reactivating and making a transfer valued at $26.8 million to Binance.
Another dormant wallet reportedly moved 15.115 million DOGE, valued at about $2.95 million, out of the same exchange. These movements drew attention because big transfers can change where liquidity sits and how quickly prices move when buying or selling picks up.
Another dormant wallet reportedly moved 15 million DOGE, valued at about nearly $3 million, out of Binance. These movements drew attention because big transfers can change where liquidity sits and how quickly prices move when buying or selling picks up.
Macro Drivers And Market Sentiment
The volume surge came as major cryptocurrencies showed strength. Reports have disclosed Bitcoin moving higher toward $115,000 while Ethereum traded near $4,200.
That broader rally can lift smaller tokens as traders rotate capital across markets. Still, metrics are mixed: one recent forecast predicted DOGE could rise by 13% to $0.22 by November 27, 2025, while technical indicators flagged the current sentiment as Bearish and the Fear & Greed Index sat at 50.
Outlook And Risks Ahead
The picture is straightforward and messy at the same time. Higher volume suggests interest; price action says caution. Whale transfers can both fuel rallies and add selling pressure, depending on intent.
Traders watching the symmetrical triangle will likely wait for a clear break up or down before making bigger bets. Those looking at seasonal trends may find hope in October’s past strength, but historical gains do not guarantee future returns.
Featured image from Unsplash, chart from TradingView
XRP price started a fresh increase above $2.550. The price is now facing hurdles above $2.650 and at risk of another decline in the near term.
XRP price started a fresh increase after it settled above $2.50, like Bitcoin and Ethereum. The price surpassed the $2.550 and $2.60 resistance levels.
The bulls were able to push the price above $2.650. A high was formed at $2.6972 and the price recently started a downside correction. There was a move below the 23.6% Fib retracement level of the recent move from the $2.327 swing low to the $2.6972 high.
Besides, there was a break below a bullish trend line with support at $2.6350 on the hourly chart of the XRP/USD pair. The price is now trading below $2.60 and the 100-hourly Simple Moving Average.
If there is a fresh upward move, the price might face resistance near the $2.620 level. The first major resistance is near the $2.650 level, above which the price could rise and test $2.6880. A clear move above the $2.6880 resistance might send the price toward the $2.720 resistance. Any more gains might send the price toward the $2.7650 resistance. The next major hurdle for the bulls might be near $2.80.
If XRP fails to clear the $2.650 resistance zone, it could start a fresh decline. Initial support on the downside is near the $2.5650 level. The next major support is near the $2.550 level.
If there is a downside break and a close below the $2.550 level, the price might continue to decline toward $2.5120 or the 50% Fib retracement level of the recent move from the $2.327 swing low to the $2.6972 high. The next major support sits near the $2.450 zone, below which the price could continue lower toward $2.40.
Technical Indicators
Hourly MACD – The MACD for XRP/USD is now gaining pace in the bearish zone.
Hourly RSI (Relative Strength Index) – The RSI for XRP/USD is now below the 50 level.
Major Support Levels – $2.550 and $2.5120.
Major Resistance Levels – $2.650 and $2.6880.
Ethereum-focused treasury company ETHZilla said it has sold roughly $40 million worth of ether to fund ongoing share repurchases, a maneuver aimed at closing what it calls a “significant discount to NAV.” In a press statement on Monday, the company disclosed that since Friday, October 24, it has bought back about 600,000 common shares for approximately $12 million under a broader authorization of up to $250 million, and that it intends to continue buying while the discount persists.
The company framed the buybacks as balance-sheet arbitrage rather than a strategic retreat from its core Ethereum exposure. “We are leveraging the strength of our balance sheet, including reducing our ETH holdings, to execute share repurchases,” chairman and CEO McAndrew Rudisill said, adding that ETH sales are being used as “cash” while common shares trade below net asset value. He argued the transactions would be immediately accretive to remaining shareholders.
ETHZilla amplified the message on X, saying it would “use its strong balance sheet to support shareholders through buybacks, reduce shares available for short borrow, [and] drive up NAV per share” and reiterating that it still holds “~$400 million of ETH” on the balance sheet and carries “no net debt.” The company also cited “recent, concentrated short selling” as a factor keeping the stock under pressure.
The market-structure logic is straightforward: when a digital-asset treasury trades below the value of its coin holdings and cash, buying back stock with “coin-cash” can, in theory, collapse the discount and lift NAV per share. But the optics are contentious inside crypto because the mechanism requires selling the underlying asset—here, ETH—to purchase equity, potentially weakening the very treasury backing that investors originally sought.
Popular crypto trader SalsaTekila (@SalsaTekila) commented on X: “This is extremely bearish, especially if it invites similar behavior. ETH treasuries are not Saylor; they haven’t shown diamond-hand will. If treasury companies start dumping the coin to buy shares, it’s a death spiral setup.”
Skeptics also zeroed in on funding choices. “I am mostly curious why the company chose to sell ETH and not use the $569m in cash they had on the balance sheet last month,” another analyst Dan Smith wrote, noting ETHZilla had just said it still holds about $400 million of ETH and thus didn’t deploy it on fresh ETH accumulation. “Why not just use cash?” The question cuts to the core of treasury signaling: using ETH as a liquidity reservoir to defend a discounted equity can be read as rational capital allocation, or as capitulation that undermines the ETH-as-reserve narrative.
Beyond the buyback, a retail-driven storyline has rapidly formed around the stock. Business Insider reported that Dimitri Semenikhin—who recently became the face of the Beyond Meat surge—has targeted ETHZilla, saying he purchased roughly 2% of the company at what he views as a 50% discount to modified NAV. He has argued that the market is misreading ETHZilla’s balance sheet because it still reflects legacy biotech results rather than the current digital-asset treasury model.
The same report cites liquid holdings on the order of 102,300 ETH and roughly $560 million in cash, translating to about $62 per share in liquid assets, and calls out a 1-for-10 reverse split on October 15 that, in his view, muddied the optics for retail. Semenikhin flagged November 13 as a potential catalyst if results show the pivot to ETH generating profits.
The company’s own messaging emphasizes the discount-to-NAV lens rather than a change in strategy. ETHZilla told investors it would keep buying while the stock trades below asset value and highlighted a goal of shrinking lendable supply to blunt short-selling pressure.
For Ethereum markets, the immediate flow effect is limited—$40 million is marginal in ETH’s daily liquidity—but the second-order risk flagged by traders is behavioral contagion. If other ETH-heavy treasuries follow the playbook, selling the underlying to buy their own stock, the flow could become pro-cyclical: coins are sold to close equity discounts, the selling pressures spot, and wider discounts reappear as equity screens rerate to the weaker mark—repeat.
That is the “death spiral” scenario skeptics warn about when the treasury asset doubles as the company’s signal of conviction.
At press time, ETH traded at $4,156.
Ethereum price started a downside correction from $4,250. ETH is moving lower below $4,000 and might decline further if it trades below $3,920.
Ethereum price extended gains above the $4,050 level, like Bitcoin. ETH price even surpassed $4,200 before the bears appeared. A high was formed at $4,252 and the price recently started a downside correction.
There was a move below the $4,120 and $4,050 levels. The price dipped below the 50% Fib retracement level of the recent wave from the $3,708 swing low to the $4,252 high. Moreover, there was a break below a bullish trend line with support at $4,100 on the hourly chart of ETH/USD.
Ethereum price is now trading below $4,080 and the 100-hourly Simple Moving Average. If there is another increase, the price could face resistance near the $4,040 level. The next key resistance is near the $4,080 level.
The first major resistance is near the $4,120 level. A clear move above the $4,120 resistance might send the price toward the $4,200 resistance. An upside break above the $4,200 region might call for more gains in the coming sessions. In the stated case, Ether could rise toward the $4,240 resistance zone or even $4,250 in the near term.
If Ethereum fails to clear the $4,080 resistance, it could start a fresh decline. Initial support on the downside is near the $3,950 level. The first major support sits near the $3,920 zone and the 61.8% Fib retracement level of the recent wave from the $3,708 swing low to the $4,252 high.
A clear move below the $3,920 support might push the price toward the $3,880 support. Any more losses might send the price toward the $3,840 region in the near term. The next key support sits at $3,780.
Technical Indicators
Hourly MACD – The MACD for ETH/USD is gaining momentum in the bearish zone.
Hourly RSI – The RSI for ETH/USD is now below the 50 zone.
Major Support Level – $3,920
Major Resistance Level – $4,080
XRP hovers at a key resistance, signaling a crucial decision point. With momentum building, traders now wonder, will one final dip come before the next major breakout?
CasiTrades, in a recent market update, highlighted that XRP continues to range within a critical zone, keeping its setup for a potential final wave down valid. The analyst noted that the price remains at a key decision point, with ongoing tests of the Wave 4 highs acting as a firm ceiling against further upside movement.
According to CasiTrades, the pivotal level to watch is $2.82 on Binance. A confirmed breakout and sustained hold above this resistance would invalidate the bearish setup and signal renewed bullish momentum. However, XRP has so far failed to push through, maintaining a range-bound structure between support and resistance, a sign that the market has yet to commit to a clear directional trend.
The analyst emphasized that a V-shaped recovery typically breaks through resistance with strong conviction, but such a move has not been seen here. Instead, XRP’s hesitancy indicates that selling pressure may still be present, preventing a clean continuation to the upside.
CasiTrades went on to explain that most major exchanges are now aligning around their key Fibonacci retracement levels, particularly the 0.618 zone. On Binance, this range sits between $1.35 and $1.46, which the analyst identified as the area where the next corrective wave could complete. According to the expert, this move would finalize the macro Wave 2 correction, paving the way for a powerful Wave 3 impulse that might propel XRP toward $6.50 or even $10.
The analyst emphasized that these lower price levels shouldn’t be viewed as a cause for concern but rather as valuable accumulation opportunities for long-term investors. Historically, zones like these have marked points of strong institutional buying and major trend reversals, presenting some of the best risk-to-reward setups before a large bullish expansion.
CasiTrades also noted that exchange discrepancies add a layer of complexity to the analysis. For instance, during a recent liquidation event, Binance briefly fell to $0.77, while Coinbase never reached its .618 retracement. This variation means traders should always chart on the specific exchange they plan to execute trades on, as price reactions can differ slightly between platforms. In conclusion, the analyst noted that until XRP breaks and holds above $2.82, the market structure still supports the idea of one final downward wave before a major upward cycle begins.
Bitcoin price is correcting gains below $113,500. BTC could continue to move down if it stays below the $114,200 resistance.
Bitcoin price extended gains above the $113,500 zone. BTC gained pace for a move above the $115,000 pivot level. The price even spiked above $116,200 before the bears appeared.
A high was formed at $116,309 and the price is now correcting some gains. There was a move below the $114,200 support zone. The price dipped below the 23.6% Fib retracement level of the recent wave from the $106,718 swing low to the $116,309 high.
Moreover, there was a break below a bullish trend line with support at $114,050 on the hourly chart of the BTC/USD pair. Bitcoin is now trading below $114,000 and the 100 hourly Simple moving average.
Immediate resistance on the upside is near the $113,650 level. The first key resistance is near the $114,200 level. The next resistance could be $115,000. A close above the $115,000 resistance might send the price further higher. In the stated case, the price could rise and test the $116,200 resistance. Any more gains might send the price toward the $117,500 level. The next barrier for the bulls could be $118,000.
If Bitcoin fails to rise above the $114,200 resistance zone, it could continue to move down. Immediate support is near the $112,000 level. The first major support is near the $111,500 level or the 50% Fib retracement level of the recent wave from the $106,718 swing low to the $116,309 high.
The next support is now near the $110,500 zone. Any more losses might send the price toward the $110,000 support in the near term. The main support sits at $108,500, below which BTC might struggle to recover in the short term.
Technical indicators:
Hourly MACD – The MACD is now gaining pace in the bearish zone.
Hourly RSI (Relative Strength Index) – The RSI for BTC/USD is now below the 50 level.
Major Support Levels – $112,000, followed by $111,500.
Major Resistance Levels – $114,200 and $115,000.
Are investors ready for Uptober rallies, or are Fed rate concerns causing jitters? The hunt for top cryptos to invest in today has intensified as institutional inflows and ETF developments drive market optimism. Sub-dollar tokens, presales, and meme coins are stealing attention for accessibility, upside potential, and hype. Strategic early entry is vital to maximize gains, as timing, conviction, and momentum determine returns. Social engagement, scarcity mechanics, and staking incentives are key to positioning for success in volatile markets, ensuring early participants in top crypto presales capture multi-fold opportunities in 2025.
BullZilla embodies this high-potential strategy. Built on Ethereum, it merges cinematic storytelling, deflationary mechanics, and staking rewards. Each lore chapter triggers Roar Burns to shrink supply, rewarding holders. Stage 8 (Echoes of the Bull), Phase 2, has raised over $980,000, with 31 billion tokens sold to more than 3,300 holders. Referral bonuses encourage community growth with 10 percent extra on $50+ purchases and earnings from friends’ buys. With automated price surges every $100,000 or 48 hours, BullZilla stands among the most compelling top cryptos to invest in today.
“Don’t miss BullZilla at $0.00019906, claim your early stake before the next Roar Burn ignites!”
Bitcoin declined 1.18 percent to $114,149.11 despite renewed optimism for a US-China trade deal. Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent announced a “very substantial framework” ahead of the APEC summit. Bitcoin surged above $116K in reaction to improved sentiment. Twenty-four-hour trading volume jumped 87.11 percent to $62.55 billion, with total market cap climbing 1.95 percent. Futures open interest reached $76.18 billion, while short sellers faced $123.3 million in liquidations, showing strong long investor positioning. Institutional confidence and global optimism continue supporting BTC, highlighting why it remains a prime contender among the top cryptos to invest in today.
Market participants are closely watching Thursday’s Trump–Xi meeting in South Korea. On-chain data shows BTC fluctuating between $113,015.30 and $116,273.31 since Sunday, indicating volatility. Long-term holders continue leveraging dips for accumulation. Stocks also rallied alongside BTC, reflecting broader market optimism. This combination of institutional positioning, market metrics, and macroeconomic catalysts reinforces Bitcoin’s status as a key benchmark in early-stage presales and emerging high-momentum coins. Investors seeking the top cryptos to invest in today can monitor these developments to strategically time entries and maximize potential upside.
Bitcoin fell 1.18 percent due to profit-taking and market adjustments following recent gains. Despite the dip, US-China trade optimism and institutional accumulation support long-term confidence and potential for early presale and token investment opportunities.
News of a substantial trade framework lifted market sentiment. Optimism around the Trump–Xi meeting encouraged institutional inflows, supporting Bitcoin’s price stability and growth potential among top cryptos to invest in today.
BullZilla is among the top cryptos to invest in today, combining cinematic narrative, scarcity mechanics, and high-yield staking. Each lore chapter triggers Roar Burns, reducing supply. The HODL Furnace delivers 70 percent APY for long-term holders, while referral bonuses promote community growth. Its presale stages, automated price surges, and multi-layered ecosystem create a unique investment opportunity, blending hype and utility. With over $980,000 raised and 3,300 holders, BullZilla demonstrates measurable growth, making it a standout in the top cryptos to invest in today for both early believers and strategic investors.
Stage 8 (Echoes of the Bull), Phase 2, sees BZIL trading at $0.00019906. ROI from Stage 8B to listing at $0.00527 is projected at 2,548.15 percent, while early participants enjoy 3,361.91 percent. A $3,000 investment secures 15.069 million tokens. Referral bonuses add 10 percent extra for $50+ purchases, with friends’ buys contributing additional earnings. Price surges occur every $100,000 raised or 48 hours. The combination of scarcity, staking, and community-driven growth positions BullZilla as one of the top cryptos to invest in today.
A $3,000 investment in BullZilla at $0.00019906 provides 15.069 million tokens. At listing, the projected value exceeds $79,400, excluding referral and staking rewards. Roar Burns shrinks supply, amplifying scarcity and potential ROI. Strategic entry timing maximizes advantage. Early participation blends momentum, loyalty, and foresight, making this presale rocket fuel for early believers. For investors seeking the top cryptos to invest in today, BullZilla combines fun, utility, and measurable growth potential in a high-impact presale environment.
Connect a compatible wallet, select your investment, and confirm before the next price trigger. Purchases over $50 earna 10 percent bonus, plus 10 percent from friends’ buys. Rewards unlock after two weeks. Price rises every $100,000 or 48 hours, creating urgency. This structure ensures scarcity, momentum, and community engagement. Joining BullZilla’s presale offers strategic access to one of the top cryptos to invest in today while securing staking opportunities, referral rewards, and early participation benefits for maximum potential growth.
BullZilla’s Roar Burn reduces 8 billion tokens as each lore chapter progresses. Supply decreases permanently, boosting scarcity and value. Combined with staking and referrals, this mechanism incentivizes long-term holding and amplifies investor ROI. The live burn events enhance transparency, creating excitement in the community. This unique approach positions BullZilla as a standout among the top cryptos to invest in today, blending scarcity, utility, and hype into a measurable growth engine that rewards both loyalty and strategic presale participation.
BullZilla combines cinematic storytelling, Roar Burns, staking, and referrals. Its structured presale, scarcity mechanics, and community engagement make it a top crypto presale for measurable returns and long-term growth.
Stage 8B participants project 2,548.15 percent ROI to listing. Early believers, plus staking and referral bonuses, can achieve even higher gains, making BullZilla one of the top cryptos to invest in today.
Referral bonuses unlock two weeks post-purchase to ensure liquidity and fair distribution, reinforcing investor confidence and rewarding early presale participation in BullZilla’s ecosystem.
Presales offer early access to tokens before public listings, allowing investors to benefit from low entry prices, referral bonuses, and staking rewards. Structured presales like BullZilla provide scarcity, momentum, and measurable ROI. Early participation builds community influence while compounding potential returns. Timing, research, and strategic engagement are crucial. Understanding tokenomics, vesting schedules, and ecosystem mechanics ensures informed decision-making. Presales can transform modest investments into significant portfolios when combined with scarcity-driven mechanisms. They are especially valuable in high-momentum markets, positioning investors for maximum gains. For those seeking the top cryptos to invest in today, presales remain a key strategic tool.
“Secure Your BullZilla Tokens Now, the 3.35% Price Surge is Approaching Fast, and Early Believers Always Roar Louder!”
Bitcoin Cash decreased 0.84 percent to $555.54 amid market corrections. Despite this, network adoption and merchant use remain steady. Daily transaction volumes indicate consistent usage, and liquidity remains strong. Analysts see the dip as a short-term entry point for strategic investors. BCH continues to attract attention in the payments space, maintaining relevance alongside emerging presales like BullZilla. Price adjustments reflect natural volatility, while long-term growth potential remains supported by network utility and infrastructure development. Investors tracking the top cryptos to invest in today consider BCH as a complementary, stable exposure.
Short-term price action provides accumulation opportunities for investors. BCH’s robust blockchain, low transaction fees, and increasing adoption in the retail sector support long-term prospects. Market observers highlight its value as a stable alternative amid high-volatility altcoins. Combined with emerging presales, BCH allows diversified entry strategies. Understanding network fundamentals, adoption trends, and ecosystem upgrades helps investors make informed decisions. Strategic positioning in BCH complements high-momentum presales like BullZilla, aligning risk management with growth potential for those seeking the top cryptos to invest in today.
Bitcoin Cash declined 0.84 percent due to short-term market corrections and profit-taking. Despite the dip, adoption and liquidity remain strong, supporting its status among top cryptos to invest in today.
Yes. BCH’s network utility, merchant adoption, and low fees make it appealing for strategic investors. It complements high-potential presales like BullZilla for portfolio diversification and long-term growth.
The top cryptos to invest in today require careful analysis of market trends, adoption, and institutional support. Bitcoin showed minor corrections amid US-China trade optimism, while Bitcoin Cash demonstrated steady adoption and utility. Investors seeking high-potential entries can combine stablecoins with emerging presales for diversification, timing, and growth potential. Early positioning and strategic engagement remain essential for maximizing ROI, particularly in volatile markets where momentum and scarcity define success.
BullZilla exemplifies the most compelling presale opportunity with Stage 8 metrics: over $980,000 raised, 31 billion tokens sold, and 3,300 holders. ROI to listing at $0.00527 is projected at 2,548.15 percent, with additional gains from staking and referrals. Automated Roar Burns and scarcity mechanics enhance value while preserving liquidity. Combining high-yield mechanics, community growth, and timing, BullZilla continues to dominate as one of the top cryptos to invest in today, offering measurable potential and strategic exposure for early believers.
“BullZilla’s Presale is Climbing Rapidly, Join Today and Ride the Wave Before the Next Historic Milestone!
Follow BZIL on X (Formerly Twitter)
Cryptocurrency investments are subject to market risk. This content is for informational purposes only and should not be taken as financial advice. Always DYOR before investing.
Read More: BullZilla Targets 2,548% ROI While Bitcoin Faces 1.18% Dip and Bitcoin Cash Stays Resilient: Top Cryptos to Invest in Today">BullZilla Targets 2,548% ROI While Bitcoin Faces 1.18% Dip and Bitcoin Cash Stays Resilient: Top Cryptos to Invest in Today
Amid the emergence of XRP treasury companies, the XRP price could react favorably if these firms scale up to amass up to 15% of the total XRP supply. Notably, a growing number of companies have started building XRP treasuries this year as regulatory clarity improves in the United States.
XRP technical analyst 24hrscrypto1 has reignited optimism across the XRP community by declaring that “something big is going on.” He went on to add that the price of XRP will reach $100 way before 2030. The statement comes just days after he reaffirmed his firm belief that XRP will hit $100 by 2030.
It has been an up-and-down and often frustrating month for Bitcoin traders, a period of wild price swings that has put the seasonal promise of an “Uptober” rally to a severe test.
Now, with just a few days left in the month, a tense battle is underway as the bulls fight to keep the world’s leading cryptocurrency in positive territory, a goal that could have significant implications for the rest of the year.
Historically, October has been a powerful launchpad for Bitcoin, delivering average gains of more than 20%. But this year has been a different story.
After spiking above $123,000 early in the month, the market was hit by a brutal 13% correction that saw prices plummet to $107,000.
Since then, the bulls have been in a grinding, hard-fought recovery, with the price currently hovering around $115,000, a meager 1.14% gain for the month.
This fragile recovery is being supported by a powerful macroeconomic tailwind.
Traditional markets are firing on all cylinders, with the S&P 500 hitting fresh record highs as investors confidently price in a quarter-point interest rate cut from the Federal Reserve this week.
This dovish monetary policy, combined with an easing of US-China trade tensions, has propelled a “risk-on” sentiment that typically benefits assets like crypto.
Adding another layer of support is a renewed wave of institutional interest.
Spot Bitcoin ETFs have now recorded their third consecutive day of inflows, a clear signal of conviction from the market’s larger and more influential players.
A deep dive into the technical charts reveals a bullish short-term structure that suggests the path of least resistance is now to the upside.
The Average Directional Index (ADX), a key measure of trend strength, is sitting at a strong 32.14, a reading that suggests the current upward momentum is likely to persist.
At the same time, the Squeeze Momentum Indicator is flashing a “bullish Impulse,” a high-probability signal that directional movement to the upside is just beginning.
The Ichimoku Cloud analysis also shows Bitcoin trading above the clouds, another classic indicator of trend continuation.
While the technical and macro pictures are aligning in favour of the bulls, a major and binary risk event looms on the horizon: the Federal Reserve’s policy announcement on Wednesday.
While the market is pricing in a 25-basis-point cut, any hawkish language about the future path of interest rates could easily trigger a wave of short-term volatility.
The key for the bulls will be whether Bitcoin can maintain its critical support above the $114,000 level through any Fed-related turbulence.
If it can, then this “Uptober,” while not as explosive as many had hoped, may still end in the green, setting the stage for a potentially powerful final two months of the year.
The post Battle for a green month: Can Bitcoin hold its gains as ‘Uptober’ comes to a close? appeared first on CoinJournal.
The post Ripple News: New Report Reveals XRP ETF Launch Timeline appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
The first-ever spot ETFs for Solana (SOL), Litecoin (LTC), and Hedera (HBAR) began trading on Wall Street yesterday, marking a big moment for altcoins. But as these products go live, many investors are asking one question: when will XRP ETFs arrive?
Ripple’s latest State of the XRP Ledger – Q3 2025 report may have provided the first concrete timeline.
According to the report, seven U.S. spot XRP ETF filings are currently under review by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). The agency is expected to make decisions between October 18 and November 14, following its September approval of new generic listing standards for spot crypto ETFs.
Market data platform Polymarket now shows a greater than 99% probability that the SEC will approve a spot XRP ETF by the end of 2025. That level of confidence suggests strong institutional expectation that XRP will soon follow Bitcoin, Ethereum, and Solana in joining the U.S. ETF market.
Ripple’s report points out that XRP has now met a key regulatory condition for ETF approval. The SEC’s updated listing framework requires a minimum of six months of regulated futures trading before any spot crypto ETF can be listed.
XRP futures began trading on Coinbase Derivatives Exchange on April 21, 2025, and later on the CME Group on May 18, 2025. Based on this timeline, XRP completes its six-month futures requirement by late November, allowing for potential SEC approval and a U.S. spot XRP ETF launch by the end of 2025.
While the U.S. review continues, international markets have already moved ahead. Three spot XRP ETFs launched in Canada in June 2025, while Hashdex introduced the world’s first XRP spot ETF in Brazil in April.
These developments add pressure on U.S. regulators to follow suit, especially now that ETFs for Solana, Litecoin, and Hedera are trading actively on Wall Street.
The legal uncertainty around XRP has also been resolved. On August 7, Ripple and the SEC jointly dropped their appeals in the Second Circuit Court. This confirmed Judge Analisa Torres’ July 2023 ruling as the final judgment in the case.
That ruling stated that Ripple’s programmatic sales of XRP on retail exchanges did not violate securities laws, though institutional sales did. Ripple agreed to pay a $125 million civil fine to close the matter.
With the case now legally settled, Ripple says the company is “well-positioned to support regulated financial products built on XRP,” hinting that ETF approval may only be a matter of time.
The Bank of Korea should make clear rules for stablecoin issuers, allowing banks and non-banks to issue the tokens, says Kaia DLT Foundation chair Dr. Sangmin Seo.
Western Union has selected Solana for its Digital Asset Network and USDPT stablecoin, which it expects to be rolled out in the first half of 2026.
The Dogecoin price is fighting to hold the psychological $0.20 support as large investors continue offloading holdings and leveraged traders exit the market. The Dogecoin price briefly traded above $0.21 earlier this week, but has since slipped by more than 2%, highlighting the mounting selling pressure in the market.
Related Reading: Is The Dogecoin Bull Run Over? Analyst Predicts When DOGE Rallies Again
According to on-chain data, whales have sold over 500 million DOGE tokens in the past week, fueling fears of further downside. The selloff coincides with a sharp 61% drop in futures open interest, plunging from $5.03 billion to $1.95 billion, signaling widespread position liquidations and trader fatigue.
Derivatives data show declining participation across major exchanges, with traders closing out long positions rather than adding new exposure. Meanwhile, Dogecoin’s 24-hour trading volume surged 17.5% to nearly $2 billion, a sign that sellers remain in control even as overall market recovery stalls.
Technical indicators paint a similarly cautious picture. On the daily chart, the Dogecoin price is forming a potential “death cross” between the 50-day and 200-day exponential moving averages, a bearish pattern that often precedes a further drop.
If sustained selling continues, analysts warn the Dogecoin price could fall toward the $0.166 support, which aligns with the lower boundary of its long-term ascending trendline.
However, this same trendline has historically triggered strong rebounds. Previous retests have led to price recoveries of nearly 100%, leaving some traders optimistic that a similar setup could emerge if support holds firm.
Currently, Dogecoin price hovers near $0.20 with a market cap of $30.3 billion, holding above the critical psychological zone but struggling to regain upward momentum. The immediate resistance lies between $0.204 and $0.210, while a decisive close below $0.19 could accelerate losses toward $0.18–$0.166.
For now, the balance between whale distribution and new buyer demand will determine DOGE’s next move. If fresh inflows return and futures activity stabilizes, a recovery toward $0.23–$0.25 remains possible.
Related Reading: Bitcoin And Crypto Market Set To Bounce As Rate Cut Probabilities Touch 98.3%
But without renewed conviction from large holders, the Dogecoin price risks extended consolidation, or a deeper retracement before the next bullish wave begins.
Cover image from ChatGPT, DOGEUSD chart from Tradingview
An analyst has explained how Solana could decide its next big move after rising to $210, the resistance level of a Parallel Channel.
In a new post on X, analyst Ali Martinez has talked about how the trajectory of Solana is looking from the perspective of a technical analysis (TA) pattern. The pattern in question is a Parallel Channel, which forms whenever an asset’s price trades between two parallel trendlines.
The upper line of the channel is considered a source of resistance, meaning that tops can be probable to appear on retests of it. Similarly, the lower level is assumed to provide support to the price, helping it to arrive at bottoms. A breakout of either of these bounds can signal a continuation of the trend in that direction. That is, a surge above the Parallel Channel can be a bullish signal, while a drop under it may lead to bearish action.
There are a few different types of Parallel Channels, depending on how the channel is oriented with respect to the graph axes. Channels that have a positive slope are known as Ascending Channels, while those that slope downward are called Descending Channels.
In the context of the current topic, the third and simplest type is the one of interest: a Parallel Channel that’s also parallel to the time-axis. This case corresponds to a phase of true sideways consolidation in the asset.
Now, here is the chart shared by Martinez that shows the Parallel Channel that the 4-hour price of Solana has been stuck inside for the last couple of weeks:
As displayed in the above graph, Solana retested the lower level of the Parallel Channel last week and successfully found support. The cryptocurrency has since been rising and nearing the resistance level, located at $210. Considering the coin’s current trajectory, the analyst has noted that its price may be heading for a retest at $210 before making its next big move. However, the direction of such a move, if one happens, remains uncertain.
Given that the $210 level corresponds to the resistance line of the Parallel Channel, it’s possible that a retest could reject Solana all the way back down to the support level around $176. It’s also possible, though, that this retest could instead lead to a breakout. In this case, SOL could naturally see a sustained bullish push. It now remains to be seen which of the two scenarios will play out for the asset if the Parallel Channel holds and a retest takes place.
At the time of writing, Solana is floating around $200, up over 7.5% in the last seven days.
The Solana decentralized finance (DeFi) ecosystem just gained another powerful addition with the launch of SolsticeFi. This innovative new platform is poised to introduce a much-needed layer of risk-controlled yield generation, directly addressing one of the primary concerns for users venturing into the safety of their deposited capital.
SolsticeFi is reimagining how investors earn on Solana by introducing a defensively engineered approach to yield, one that directly protects the value of user deposits. According to crypto commentator Madissa’s post on X, one of SolsticeFi’s most compelling features is its ability to allow users to continue earning staking rewards while keeping their assets liquid and usable across the broader DeFi ecosystem.
This innovation created continuous opportunities for user to deploy their capital in other protocols without interrupting their base yield, instead of locking up funds. SolsticeFi platform is designed to prioritize full transparency and validator diversification, minimizing exposure to single-validator risks and opaque yield platforms. Furthermore, depositing capital into SolsticeFi provides support for SOL’s network security while generating sustainable returns for users.
Related Reading: Solana Stays Strong: Network Outperforms Rivals Amid AWS Outage Turmoil
Crypto analyst Hokage has also mentioned how Solana is improving and completely revolutionizing financial transaction speeds in traditional finance (TraFi), where transfers take days, settlements drag, and middlemen slow everything down.
SOL has changed the game by creating a new block every 400 milliseconds, and currently, the central to this acceleration is Bam, the new block assembly marketplace. This Bam will speed up how quickly user transaction gets picked up and integrated into a block, and slash inclusion times to an astonishing 50-100 milliseconds. Building on this is Alpenglow, which takes finality down to an incredible 100-150 milliseconds faster than a blink, and the point where the network confirms the user transaction is 100% done and irreversible.
One project that stands out in these ultra-fast ecosystem steps is SolsticeFi’s USX, a stablecoin specifically built to move at that speed, which enables users to send dollars, deploy capital, and settle instantly. Hokage concluded that “while these advancements might sound like pure sci-fi, if you’ve been around the SOL ecosystem, you would know it’s not.”
While SolsticeFi provides speed and reduces risk to Solana yield platforms, KOLS Manager at Binance, investor, and trader BitGuru, has noted that SOL’s price is currently showing a strong bullish setup, after following a steady downtrend and now stabilizing near key support.
As a result of that action, the SOL market is now pulling back with considerable strength, aiming to break above the critical $210 resistance level, a zone that has capped multiple attempts at recovery. A decisive breakout above $210 would likely trigger SOL’s next leg higher toward $230 and beyond.
The Cardano (ADA) price is flying under the radar amid growing accumulation by large-holders (“whales”) and a technical formation that traders seldom ignore, a symmetrical triangle.
With ADA currently trading around $0.66, after briefly reaching $0.69 earlier in the week, the stage appears set for a breakout, or a breakdown. Analysts suggest that if the bullish scenario prevails, ADA could target $1 and beyond, potentially even reaching $5 or more in a longer-term move.
Despite short-term price softness, on-chain data reveal that wallets holding large quantities of ADA are steadily increasing their positions.
According to recent reports, wallets with 100,000 ADA tokens have been accumulating over the past six weeks, even while retail demand remains lukewarm. This accumulation is taking place as ADA forms a low-volatility consolidation, such behaviour often precedes major market moves.
The divergence is noteworthy. While Open Interest and spot cumulative volume delta (CVD) remain weak, signaling limited retail/speculator engagement, whales are quietly buying the dips.
Enthusiasm among large-holders suggests confidence in ADA’s fundamentals and plays into the bullish thesis that this accumulation could underpin a powerful move once the technical breakout triggers.
Technical analysts highlight that ADA has been trading within a symmetrical triangle pattern, a convergence of support and resistance trendlines, typically signalling a buildup of tension before a decisive move.
The crucial support near $0.61 and resistance roughly at $0.70–$0.75 mark the boundaries of this formation. A decisive breakout above the upper trendline could unlock a rally toward $0.80–$0.85, and potentially beyond $1.70 per some projections.
Conversely, a breakdown below the support would invalidate the bullish setup and could see ADA revisit $0.55 or lower. Given the whale accumulation underway, the bullish scenario currently seems favoured, but traders must still watch for confirmation.
The question now gaining traction is: could ADA eventually hit $5? While the immediate target may be around $1 to $2, some longer-term models based on Fibonacci extensions and structural breakout maths place significantly higher levels on the table.
If ADA converts supply zones into support and elevates its on-chain narrative, the powerful combination of whale positioning + breakout could carry it much higher.
Cover image from ChatGPT, ADAUSD chart from Tradingview
Luxury world is trust-based. When one buys a Gucci bag, Rolex watch, or Louis Vuitton wallet, he or she has the confidence based on the knowledge and understanding that it is genuine. Value is represented by the quality of the style, the logo, the craftsmanship, all that combined. But when the fake luxury market came up with fakes, the trust was cut off. Regrettably, counterfeiting has turned out to be a multi-billion-dollar business.
According to reports from 2025, counterfeit luxury goods alone are estimated to cost brands over 400 billion dollars in lost sales annually. Counterfeiting has become an international issue with fake designer clothes and imitated watches. The counterfeiters are using advanced printing and e-commerce techniques at their disposal, and hence imitations are very hard to spot, and this leaves the consumers and the brands in jeopardy.
Another approach was used in the past, where luxury brands were using a serial number, paper certificates, or unique packaging, and although brands were immensely proud of their capability to prevent counterfeiters by such means, the vast majority of these security measures were reproducible or lost. The introduction of blockchain technology is the place where there is more opportunity to change. Through the development of authentication tokens, luxury brands will now be able to offer an identification of all legitimate products being linked to a digital record that cannot be replicated or modified.
These tokens are helping rebuild trust. They give proof that a product is genuine. They also make it possible to track an item from the moment it is made until it is sold again in resale markets. This blog explains how these luxury goods authentication tokens work, why brands are using them, and what the future looks like for digital proof of luxury ownership.
Luxury goods authentication tokens are like a digital passport for high-end items. They demonstrate that a product is not a duplicate. The tokens are identifiable such as a fingerprint and are stored safely in a blockchain network.
A luxurious brand sets a new bag, watch or jewelry and gives it a token. The brand name, date of manufacture, materials and serial number are some of the information contained in this token. This information is then written on the blockchain, and it cannot be altered. The token is kept with the item in the course of its life.
In the case of the sale of a product, the ownership of the token also changes. This will aid in monitoring the actual owner and preventing the entry of fake products into the market. The system is not complicated, but solid in usage. Any person who swipes or counterchecks the token can prove that the product is authentic.
Luxury goods authentication tokens are bridges between the online and the real world. They ensure that all products of luxury can be checked anytime. And since the blockchain is transparent and public, it is difficult to cheat the system.
How Blockchain Helps Verify Luxury Items
Blockchain is a digital record-keeping system that allows you to store information securely in blocks. When a block is inserted in the information chain, it cannot be erased or modified. The blocks are linked to the succeeding information. This is what renders blockchain credible to authentication.
Any luxurious item can create a record that captures all the noteworthy features of the product with regard to the user. The record can contain details on the object including identification, place of production, and ownership. Each time a luxury commodity is bought or sold among the owners, we will have a new entry in the book of records and we will be able to construct the whole history of disposition between factory and customer.
Traditional certifications can be lost or counterfeit. The information in blockchain is indefeasible. The token generated about the luxury product can be viewed and tracked by the public, which is completely stored on the blockchain. Thus, the consumer who bought the Prada bag or Rolex watch will simply have to check the authenticity with the help of the blockchain in case they wish to do so.
Here’s a simple comparison to show the difference:
|
Feature |
Paper Certificate |
Blockchain Token |
|
Security |
Easy to forge |
Almost impossible to fake |
|
Storage |
Can be lost or damaged |
Stored permanently online |
|
Transfer |
Manual and slow |
Automatic and verified instantly |
|
Transparency |
Limited to seller |
Visible to everyone |
|
Cost |
Extra management cost |
Low digital cost |
Blockchain makes luxury verification more reliable. It keeps every product’s truth in one safe place. This system gives brands protection and gives customers confidence that what they are buying is genuine.
Luxury brands have always been in battle against imitation products. Over the past few years, most individuals have turned to authentication that is based on blockchain as it comes with permanent solutions and not short-term solutions. Digital trust is replacing physical beauty in the luxury market as much as physical beauty is, hence the rapid transition.
The brands that are included in the Aura Blockchain Consortium are Prada, Cartier, and Louis Vuitton. This technology assigns a digital identity to each product and allows consumers to check it at any time. It allows a buyer to determine the date, place of creation and resale of the item.
In the case of luxury houses, it is not only about prevention of fakes. New business opportunities are also created by authentication tokens. Indicatively, when a product is sold in the resale market, the brand continues to remain as part of a transaction. That preserves its worth and relationship.
Here’s a small look at how popular brands are already using this system.
|
Brand |
Blockchain Partner |
Product Type |
|
Prada |
Aura Consortium |
Fashion |
|
Cartier |
Aura Consortium |
Jewelry |
|
LVMH |
Aura Consortium |
Handbags |
|
Vacheron Constantin |
Arianee |
Watches |
|
Breitling |
Arianee |
Chronometers |
These brands have seen that authentication tokens help keep their heritage safe. Buyers feel proud knowing their product has a digital record from the official brand. It’s also helping younger buyers, who are used to digital items, feel more connected to luxury ownership.
Another reason for this move is sustainability. Numerous brands are now demonstrating how the materials for their goods and products are sourced and produced with blocks. This can offer proof of ethically sourced and manufactured products, which is very important to modern luxury consumers today.
Luxury goods authentication tokens have a simple yet effective process. The objective is to connect each physical item to a digital identity that is ultimately stored forever as part of the blockchain. This digital identity will travel with the product as it crosses owners or geographical locations. The process can be divided into three general facets: the creation of a digital ID, the linking of a token to the ID, and the transfer of ownership.
Every luxury item is produced with a unique digital ID. When a bag, shoe, or watch is produced, its specifications are captured in a digital record. Digital records may include aspects ranging from the specific materials used, color, model number, place of manufacture, and even the code of the artisan. These records are retained in the blockchain immediately, establishing the product’s digital fingerprint.
This means that even if a brand produces hundreds of the same model, no two products will ever be identical because each item is associated with an ID. No two identical items will ever have the same digital signature.
After the ID is created, it gets linked to a blockchain token. This token acts as proof of authenticity. To make the connection real-world, brands use methods like QR codes, NFC chips, or even microchips stitched inside the product. When someone scans the code, they can see the digital record on the blockchain. The connection between the physical product and digital record is what makes counterfeiting extremely difficult.
Once the item is sold, the ownership information is also updated on the blockchain. The token now shows the new owner. This process repeats every time the product changes hands. No paperwork is needed, and ownership can be confirmed instantly.
The steps can be seen in this table below.
|
Step |
Description |
|
1 |
Digital ID created for each product |
|
2 |
Token recorded on blockchain |
|
3 |
Linked to physical item using chip or code |
|
4 |
Ownership updated during resale or transfer |
|
5 |
Record stored permanently for verification |
This system builds a clear and permanent history for every luxury product. It keeps both the brand and the customer protected. And since blockchain is shared publicly, any person can verify the authenticity without needing to trust only the seller.
Luxury brands have started seeing big results from using authentication tokens. These tokens are not only protecting brands from fake products but also changing how customers interact with their purchases. The system brings transparency and long-term value for both buyers and sellers.
The first major benefit is that authentication tokens prevent counterfeit products from proliferating. When each product is assigned a digital ID on blockchain, a counterfeit version cannot be created. The blockchain record demonstrates where the product originated and verifies that it is original. This provides buyers with peace of mind while also strengthening the brand’s reputation.
The second advantage is customer trust. Customers increasingly demand to know where their products come from and how they were created. Blockchain records allow marketers to show consumers the whole lifecycle of a product, from conception to delivery. Allowing customers to see that information for themselves fosters trust and enhances the possibility of repeat purchases. Another advantage for customers is openness in resale markets.
Watches, shoes, and purses are among the many luxury items traded and resold in secondary markets. When each of these products has a blockchain record, the buyer in the resale market can check its history before committing to buy.
This adds value to the secondhand market and encourages more customers to purchase authentically. The final big benefit is that it allows firms that believe in sustainable and ethical fashion practices to demonstrate how they obtain their materials, where they manufacture their products, and how they compensate their employees. This enables brands to communicate data in order to meet sustainability goals while also providing consumers with trust in the products they purchase.
The shift towards authentication tokens is no longer theoretical. Numerous prominent blockchain and luxury consortia projects are fully functional and ongoing around the world.
The, Aura Blockchain Consortium, founded by LVMH, Prada and Cartier provides the largest consortium in terms of legacy luxury in existence, using a blockchain to provide an unverifiable certificate of authenticity for each product. Customers then scan along with being able to even verify real time data of the product’s journey along with sourcing of materials. Aura Blockchain Consortium also connects to resale markets so that second-hand purchasers are receiving verified goods as well.
Another successful project is Arianee, an open blockchain platform utilizing digital identity protocols for luxury products, watch brands such as Vacheron Constantin and Breitling use Arianee to record ownership. Arianee’s open standard makes it simple for brands to adopt, without them having to build new, unique infrastructure.
VeChain is also known for helping track supply chains of luxury products. It places small chips in physical goods that connect to blockchain records. This helps detect fake products even before they reach the market.
Luxury good authentication tokens are changing how consumers think about ownership. They allow the user to prove the authenticity of an item and assist in linking the physical experience to the digital experience. This tokenile system protects brands from counterfeit items and adds confidence to customers that their items are authentic.
Leading luxury brands like Prada and Cartier are ushering in this shift. Blockchain technology has made the verification process safer, more efficient, quicker and more verifiable. Buyers will be able to verify the physical and digital histories of a product in seconds using a simple scan instead of relying on the traditional paper system.
Although there are still barriers, including cost, privacy aspects and education, the direction is clear. The luxury market is embracing a digital future where every product sold will have a verifiable identity.
The idea of using authentication tokens will continue to expand and we will all see a future where every handbag, watch or pair of shoes has a digital twin that tells its story. This is what luxury will become: an increase in transparency and trust in what constitutes exclusiveness and uniqueness.
A luxury goods authentication token is a digital certificate that proves a product is real. It is stored on blockchain so that no one can copy or change it.
Each product has a unique digital ID that lives on blockchain. Fake items can’t copy this record, so buyers and brands can confirm authenticity instantly.
Big brands like Louis Vuitton, Prada, Cartier, and Breitling are already using blockchain-based authentication systems.
They are similar but slightly different. NFTs represent digital ownership, while authentication tokens connect directly to real physical items.
Yes. Since blockchain records cannot be changed, it’s one of the safest ways to verify product authenticity and track ownership history.
Most likely yes. As the technology becomes cheaper and easier, more brands will use blockchain to protect their designs and improve customer trust.
Blockchain: A digital ledger that keeps records safe and transparent. It is made of connected blocks that store data permanently.
NFT (Non-Fungible Token): A unique digital asset that represents ownership of something special, often used in art and fashion.
Authentication Token: A digital proof stored on blockchain that confirms a luxury product is real.
Digital Twin: A virtual copy of a physical product used for tracking and verification.
Smart Contract: A program on blockchain that runs automatically when certain conditions are met.
Aura Blockchain Consortium: A group of luxury brands using blockchain to verify authenticity, including LVMH, Prada, and Cartier.
Luxury goods authentication tokens are revolutionizing the way the fashion and luxury industry addresses authenticity. These electronic certificates, built on the blockchain technology, render any counterfeit scenario virtually impossible. They increase trust in resale marketplaces, lead to more sustainable practices, and help develop a stronger relationship between brands and their customers.
With projects like the Aura Consortium, Arianee and VeChain leading the charge, the luxury industry is moving toward a transparent future. Yes, while the technology is still emerging, the opportunity is and can be endless. Soon, there will be many more social networking platforms, And, electronic certificates for every designer bag or high-end watch, if that’s how you want to remember it with digital identity, which could include everything we know about the object from the workbench of the craftsperson to the purchase.
Read More: Luxury Goods Authentication Tokens: How Blockchain Protects High-End Fashion and Collectibles">Luxury Goods Authentication Tokens: How Blockchain Protects High-End Fashion and Collectibles
What if the next breakout crypto was already preparing for liftoff, and most investors were still staring at the charts? Every bull run begins with a single moment when conviction pays off, and hesitation costs more than any dip ever could. The search for the best crypto coin to buy now is a game of timing, and right now, the clock is ticking on one presale that’s turning believers into early contenders.
Litecoin and Stellar are generating fresh momentum with ecosystem updates and strong price action that hint at renewed institutional confidence. But MoonBull’s live presale is the one commanding the spotlight. With transparency, real mechanics, and a fast-selling structure, MoonBull is quickly positioning itself as the best crypto coin to buy now for investors who want a blend of meme energy and mathematical precision.
MoonBull ($MOBU) presale isn’t built on hype; it’s powered by design. Its Bull’s Engine redirects every sell order into a closed-loop growth system that strengthens the ecosystem from within. Two percent of each sale is added to liquidity for price stability, another two percent is redistributed to holders as reflections for passive earnings, and one percent is burned forever to reduce supply. The result: a self-reinforcing economy that grows stronger with each transaction, making MoonBull the best crypto coin to buy now for investors seeking conviction over speculation.
Adding to that power is MoonBull’s referral system, one of the cleanest and most rewarding structures in crypto. Every referral gives both the inviter and invitee a 15% bonus in tokens, instantly. This on-chain mechanism builds organic demand while expanding the community. It’s not marketing fluff; it’s built-in growth logic. These dual systems, The Bull’s Engine and the Referral Engine, position MoonBull among the best crypto coins to buy now, blending DeFi intelligence with community-driven velocity.
MoonBull’s numbers paint the full picture. The MoonBull presale is now in Stage 5, priced at $0.00006584, with over $500,000 raised and more than 1,600 holders already on board. Early entrants from Stage 1 have seen returns above 163%, and projections to the $0.00616 listing price suggest a 9,256% potential ROI. Each stage features a 27.40% price increase, building urgency and rewarding quick action.
A $2,000 entry right now could multiply dramatically if the presale continues at its current pace. This moment feels like catching a rocket before ignition, quiet, steady, but loaded with thrust. The design is intentional: it rewards timing, conviction, and patience. Blink, and the next stage may already leave the launchpad.
Litecoin is back in the conversation as institutional players explore new ways to list crypto ETFs tied to major blockchain assets. The recent announcements around possible Litecoin exposure through spot products have fueled renewed optimism, with the token rising 4.36% to $104.36 in the last 24 hours. That move signals growing acceptance from traditional finance circles looking to re-enter crypto markets with established, low-volatility coins.
This wave of institutional attention could strengthen Litecoin’s credibility in mainstream investment portfolios. LTC reinforces crypto’s broader legitimacy. For conservative investors balancing risk and recognition, Litecoin remains a cornerstone asset, but MoonBull offers the high-velocity play.
Stellar is gaining traction again as new tokenized assets and cross-border payment initiatives launch on its network. The token climbed 1.06% to $0.3341 in the last 24 hours, supported by optimism around real-world adoption and institutional participation. Developers are also expanding the Stellar ecosystem to bridge traditional finance with decentralized payments, increasing its long-term relevance.
Yet, while Stellar strengthens its ecosystem, its price action remains steady rather than explosive. It’s a reliable builder’s coin, a foundation for innovation, not quick profits. For investors scanning the horizon for the best crypto coin to buy now, MoonBull’s early-stage growth mechanics and presale momentum create a distinctly higher-risk, higher-reward opportunity.
In a market where Litecoin builds institutional credibility and Stellar focuses on adoption, MoonBull’s presale breaks through as the best crypto coin to buy now. Its liquidity-reflection-burn cycle, referral-based reward engine, and structured 23-stage model create a blend of fairness, growth, and scarcity rarely seen in meme-inspired tokens. It’s more than hype – it’s a smart contract ecosystem designed to scale.
MoonBull’s presale is live now. Stages are filling fast, prices are climbing, and each tick forward raises the entry cost. For investors who understand that opportunity doesn’t repeat, this presale represents a chance to get in before the headlines hit mainstream screens. The bull is moving – those who wait may only see the dust trail.
For More Information:
Website: Visit the Official MOBU Website
Telegram: Join the MOBU Telegram Channel
Twitter: Follow MOBU ON X (Formerly Twitter)
MoonBull fuses meme-driven excitement with real tokenomics, liquidity, reflections, burns, and referral incentives. This mix creates sustainable growth, fueling both hype and utility, making it one of the most compelling and balanced crypto investments of 2025.
MoonBull’s 23-stage presale system raises prices by 27.40% each stage, driving urgency and fair valuation. This progressive model ensures transparency, consistent investor demand, and a predictable price trajectory that rewards early believers while maintaining long-term sustainability.
MoonBull’s referral system gives both the inviter and invitee a 15% token bonus instantly. This dual incentive encourages organic network growth, spreading awareness while rewarding community participation and fostering stronger, community-driven expansion within the ecosystem.
Absolutely. MoonBull operates on Ethereum’s ERC-20 standard with verified, gas-optimized smart contracts. A professional third-party audit and locked liquidity ensure investor confidence, transparency, and protection against vulnerabilities or manipulation throughout the presale and beyond.
Yes, but through innovation rather than imitation. While Litecoin and Stellar emphasize infrastructure and stability, MoonBull thrives on early-stage momentum, massive community engagement, and deflationary design, targeting exponential returns that established projects can rarely match.
Read More: Best Crypto Coin to Buy Now? MoonBull Presale Signals 9,256% ROI Potential While Litecoin and Stellar Trend Higher">Best Crypto Coin to Buy Now? MoonBull Presale Signals 9,256% ROI Potential While Litecoin and Stellar Trend Higher
The post Why is the Crypto Market Down Today? appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
The crypto market cap dropped by over 1% to hover around $3.9 trillion on Tuesday, October 28, during the late North American session. Bitcoin (BTC) price led the wider altcoin market in bearish sentiment, having dropped to a local low of about $112,412.
Ethereum (ETH) price slipped over 3% during the past 24 hours to trade at about $3,946 at press time. Nonetheless, the fear of further crypto capitalization has gradually declined as traders await high-impact news from the United States.
The crypto market experienced higher volatility during the past 24 hours ahead of the upcoming FOMC data. The Fed rate jitters have sent shockwaves to the crypto market amid rising calls for an altseason 2025.
Nonetheless, crypto traders are expecting the bullish outlook to return amid anticipated Fed rate cuts and the onset of Quantitative Easing (QE). Furthermore, the ongoing capital rotation from Gold to Bitcoin will be bolstered by notable cash printing from the Federal Reserve, with experts predicting $1.5 trillion in the near term.
The wider cryptocurrency market experienced a slight drop following news that spot altcoin ETFs are now live, amid the ongoing U.S. government shutdown. The altcoin ETF hype is gradually getting factored in, as traders await QE and Fed rate cuts.
The crypto market recorded a notable decline on Tuesday, fueled by heavy liquidation of long traders. According to market data from CoinGlass, out of the $567 million liquidated from crypto traders during the past 24 hours, more than $409 million involved long traders.
Bitwise’s Solana staking ETF saw $55.4 million on its first day, the highest of all crypto ETFs this year, alongside the launch of Hedera and Litecoin ETFs from Canary Capital.
The new company will use Near’s blockchain and NVIDIA technology to build privacy-preserving AI infrastructure, while offering exposure to the NEAR token.
According to Norwegian authorities, more than 73,000 people in the country reported on $4 billion in crypto holdings for the 2024 tax year.
Bitcoin hit resistance at $116,000; bulls might not clear the barrier until Wednesday’s Fed announcement on interest rates and this week’s resolution of the US-China trade war.
After a September decision from a US regulator paved the way for Polymarket's return, the company is reportedly only weeks away from a relaunch.
Bitwise’s Solana ETF kicked off trading with $223 million in assets, showing US appetite for staking-based crypto ETFs after receiving SEC clarity.
Bitcoin is showing early signs of strength as it attempts to reclaim the $115,000 level. After weeks of mixed sentiment and heavy selling pressure, momentum appears to be turning slightly bullish. The recent weekly close above $114,500 has confirmed a reclaim of the Short-Term Holder (STH) Realized Price, a key on-chain threshold currently sitting near $113,000. This metric represents the average cost basis of recent market participants and often serves as a pivotal line separating bullish from bearish sentiment.
Top analyst Darkfost shared that this reclaim is an encouraging signal, reflecting renewed buyer confidence after a volatile October. However, he also cautioned that Bitcoin’s position must still be monitored closely. A rejection at current levels could lead to a renewed correction phase, mirroring the pattern seen in 2024, when BTC faced multiple failed attempts before regaining upward momentum.
For now, the market sits at a delicate crossroads — consolidating below resistance while holding critical on-chain support. If Bitcoin can sustain this structure and push convincingly above $115K, analysts believe it could open the door for a broader bullish continuation and potentially a retest of the $120K region in the weeks ahead.
According to top analyst Darkfost, Bitcoin’s reclaim of the Short-Term Holder (STH) Realized Price around $113,000 could mark a crucial turning point for market structure. He notes that during the 2024 correction, BTC faced four failed attempts to break above this same metric. Each rejection was driven by short-term holders selling at their break-even points — a typical psychological reaction that delays trend reversals. Once Bitcoin finally sustained above the STH Realized Price, however, the market quickly regained momentum and entered a new expansion phase.
This time, the dynamic appears similar. If Bitcoin successfully consolidates above this zone, it could pave the way for a strong bullish impulse and potentially a new all-time high (ATH) in the short term. The STH Realized Price acts as a measure of conviction among recent investors; holding above it suggests growing confidence and a shift from capitulation to accumulation.
Darkfost also highlights another critical observation: throughout the current bull cycle, Bitcoin has never fallen below the yearly STH Realized Price. Each time the price neared that level, a rebound followed — reaffirming it as a structural support for the broader trend.
Still, caution remains essential. A breakdown below the $94,000 mark — the current yearly STH Realized Price — would likely signal a deeper market shift. Such a move could mark the transition from a mid-cycle correction into a more prolonged bearish phase.
For now, the data suggests resilience, not weakness. As long as BTC remains above its short-term realized threshold, the broader uptrend remains intact — with potential for the next major rally if buying pressure continues to build above $115K.
Bitcoin is currently trading around $114,360, consolidating after a brief rally that tested resistance near $115,800–$117,500. The chart shows that BTC successfully reclaimed the 200-period moving average (red line) on the 4-hour timeframe, a level that had acted as resistance throughout mid-October. This reclaim is an encouraging short-term signal, but momentum appears to be slowing as traders await the next catalyst.
The $113,000–$114,000 range now serves as immediate support — aligning with the Short-Term Holder (STH) Realized Price, a key on-chain level that reflects the cost basis of recent buyers. Holding this zone could allow bulls to consolidate strength before another attempt at breaking above $117,500, the main horizontal resistance that capped previous rallies.
On the downside, failure to maintain above the 200-MA could trigger a retest of $111,000, where the 100-MA (green line) provides secondary support. Trading volume remains subdued, reflecting investor caution ahead of the Federal Reserve’s interest rate decision later this week.
Bitcoin remains in a constructive phase as long as it holds above $113K. Sustained consolidation above this level would reinforce bullish structure — while a decisive break above $117,500 could open the path toward $120,000+ in the short term.
Featured image from ChatGPT, chart from TradingView.com
Dogecoin (DOGE) is facing a steep market cooldown after weeks of heightened trading activity in early October. Data from CoinGlass shows that both Open Interest (OI) and trading volume for DOGE futures have crashed, indicating a sharp decline in the meme coin’s momentum. The latest figures reveal a significant pullback in derivatives activity and spot market participation, suggesting that traders may be retreating from speculative positions as volatility eases.
Dogecoin’s Open Interest has plunged dramatically from its October highs, reflecting a rapid exodus of leveraged traders from the market. According to CoinGlass, total exchange DOGE futures Open Interest has fallen over 62% from a peak of $5.03 billion on October 7 to $1.88 billion on October 28. This represents a drop to approximately 9.41 billion DOGE, valued at $ 0.20 per token.
Despite the decline in Open Interest, Binance, BitMEX, and Bybit continue to lead as the top exchanges with the highest Dogecoin futures activity. Still, the downturn has been widespread across exchanges. Kucoin recorded the largest drop in recent hours at 3.1%, followed closely by Bitget, which saw a 2.27% decline. Over the last 24 hours, Bitunix recorded the steepest drop in Open Interest, down 15.86%, while Crypto.com saw a 7.36% reduction.
Even Binance, which consistently leads Dogecoin futures trading, has seen a notable pullback. CoinGlass reports that the exchange’s Open Interest peaked at $964.7 million on October 7, marking a monthly high. Since then, it has fallen to $380.29 million (1.9 billion DOGE), representing a staggering 60.6% crash in just over three weeks.
Trading volume for Dogecoin has mirrored the collapse in Open Interest. CoinGlass data shows that Dogecoin’s futures volume heatmap across major crypto exchanges is in the red zone. Total trading volume had spiked to $20.45 billion on October 11, following the devastating crypto flash crash on October 10, but has since plummeted to $5.31 billion as of October 28. This represents a whopping 74% decline.
On individual exchanges, Binance’s DOGE trading volume dropped by 9.35% in the past 24 hours, while OKX saw a 13.69% decline. CoinEx recorded the largest volume decrease at 26.1%, followed by Gate.io at 23.94%. Popular exchanges like Bitget, Kucoin, and Bitunix also reported varying declines of 4.96%, 20.37% and 13.16%, respectively, as overall market liquidity thinned.
However, a few exchanges bucked the downward trend, recording slight gains. dYdX saw its DOGE volume surge by 167.61%, HTX increased by 49.93%, and Hyperliquid rose by 23.88%. Bybit and MEXC also recorded modest gains of 24.98% and 1.88%, respectively.
Alongside its decline in trading volume, CoinGlass notes that Dogecoin’s price performance has slipped. The meme coin is currently trading at $0.20, down 13.19% over the past 30 days and 2.86% in the last 24 hours.
The XRP price recently saw a sharp drop that was very scary for many traders, and some in the crypto market think the chart looks weak now. However, an analyst on X, Cryptoinsightuk, disagrees. The analyst explains that XRP is not bearish right now, even after the 50% flash crash, and the price can still move higher when liquidity returns.
Cryptoinsightuk says that XRP has “no downside liquidity.” The analyst explains that sellers are not strong, so there is very little liquidity sitting below the current price level. It does not mean the XRP price will stay still, although it may move up and down for now. At some point, exchanges and market makers may push the price higher into deeper liquidity, where they can make money.
The analyst says that the flash crash does not damage the weekly chart. The weekly picture still shows a normal trend even after the sharp fall. He notes that online discussions are focusing on the monthly chart and using it to claim that XRP is weak, but the monthly chart alone is only one timeframe and not enough to call the price truly bearish. The slight drop shows weakness only on lower timeframes, not in the broader market structure, and Cryptoinsightuk believes the bigger structure is still pointing up, which is a key reason he does not see a bearish trend forming even after the 50% flash crash.
The analyst’s comment about market makers also gives hope to traders who worry that the XRP price will keep falling. When market makers see better opportunities at higher price levels, the price often moves up to where they want to make profits. It gives XRP a path to recovery later, rather than staying low. He keeps pointing to the weekly chart because it shows that XRP still holds its larger bullish setup even after the fear caused by the flash crash.
Cryptoinsightuk further adds that higher timeframes are always more reliable for reading price trends and recommends looking at the XRP price chart over the past three months. In his view, the three-month chart looks good and supports a strong long-term trend.
He also looks at the daily RSI, and it recently hit an oversold area. When this happened the last time, the XRP price later saw a strong move up. The analyst shared a fractal a few weeks ago that shows what a new “measured move” could look like if this same pattern repeats.
The fractal suggests the XRP price could rise again from here. The oversold RSI signal suggests that buyers could return and push the price higher in the future.
Smart contracts changed how agreements run online. There’s one big gap, though: blockchains do not fetch outside data by themselves. That limitation created an entire discipline blockchain oracle development and it now sits at the heart of serious dApp work.
Think through a few common builds. A lending protocol needs live asset prices. A crop-insurance product needs verified weather. An NFT game needs randomness that players cannot predict. None of that works without an oracle. Get the oracle piece wrong and you invite price shocks, liquidations at the wrong levels, or flat-out exploits.
This guide lays out the problem, the tools, and the practical moves that keep your contracts safe while still pulling the real-world facts you need.
Blockchains are deterministic and isolated by design. Every node must reach the same result from the same inputs. That’s perfect for on-chain math, and terrible for “go ask an API.” If a contract could call random endpoints, nodes might see different responses and break consensus.
That creates the classic oracle problem: you need outside data, but the moment you trust one server, you add a single point of failure. One feed can be bribed, hacked, or just go down. Now a supposedly trust-minimised system depends on one party.
The stakes are higher in finance. A bad price pushes liquidations over the edge, drains pools, or lets attackers walk off with funds. We’ve seen it. The fix isn’t “don’t use oracles.” The fix is to design oracles with clear trust assumptions, meaningful decentralisation, and defenses that trigger before damage spreads.
Choosing the right fit starts with a quick model map. These types of blockchain oracles for dApps cover most needs:
Pull data from web APIs or databases: asset prices, sports results, flight delays, shipping status. This is the workhorse for DeFi, prediction markets, and general app data.
Feed physical measurements to the chain: GPS, temperature, humidity, RFID events. Supply chains, pharmaceutical cold chains, and logistics rely on these.
Aggregate readings from many independent sources and filter outliers. If four feeds say $2,000 and one says $200, the system discards the odd one out.
Perform heavy work off-chain (randomness, model inference, large dataset crunching) and return results plus proofs. You get richer logic without blowing up gas.
This choice mirrors broader blockchain tradeoffs.
Centralized oracles
Decentralized oracle networks
A good rule: match the design to the blast radius. If the data touches balances, liquidations, or settlements, decentralize and add fallbacks. If it powers a UI badge or a leaderboard, a lightweight source can be fine.
Hybrid is common: decentralized feeds for core money logic, lighter services for low-stakes features.
Choosing from the best Oracle providers for blockchain developers requires understanding each platform’s strengths and ideal use cases. Here’s what you need to know about the major players.
Chainlink dominates the space for good reason. It’s the most battle-tested, most widely integrated oracle network, supporting nearly every major blockchain. Chainlink offers an impressive suite of services: Data Feeds provide continuously updated price information for hundreds of assets; VRF (Verifiable Random Function) generates provably fair randomness for gaming and NFTs; Automation triggers smart contract functions based on time or conditions; CCIP enables secure cross-chain communication.
The extensive documentation, large community, and proven track record make Chainlink the default choice for many projects. Major DeFi protocols like Aave, Synthetix, and Compound rely on Chainlink price feeds. If you’re unsure where to start, Chainlink is usually a safe bet.
Band Protocol offers a compelling alternative, particularly for projects prioritizing cost efficiency and speed. Built on Cosmos, Band uses a delegated proof-of-stake consensus mechanism where validators compete to provide accurate data. The cross-chain capabilities are excellent, and transaction costs are notably lower than some alternatives. The band has gained traction, especially in Asian markets and among projects requiring frequent price updates without excessive fees.
API3 takes a fascinating first-party approach that eliminates middlemen. Instead of oracle nodes fetching data from APIs, API providers themselves run the oracle nodes using API3’s Airnode technology. This direct connection reduces costs, increases transparency, and potentially improves data quality since it comes straight from the source. The governance system allows token holders to curate data feeds and manage the network. API3 works particularly well when you want data directly from authoritative sources.
Pyth Network specializes in high-frequency financial data, which is exactly what sophisticated trading applications need. Traditional oracle networks update prices every few minutes; Pyth provides sub-second updates by aggregating data from major trading firms, market makers, and exchanges. If you’re building perpetual futures, options protocols, or anything requiring extremely current market data, Pyth delivers what slower oracles can’t.
Tellor offers a unique pull-based oracle where data reporters stake tokens and compete to provide information. Users request specific data, reporters submit answers with stake backing their claims, and disputes can challenge incorrect data. The economic incentives align well for custom data queries that other oracles don’t support. Tellor shines for less frequent updates or niche data needs.
Chronicle Protocol focuses on security and transparency for DeFi price feeds, employing validator-driven oracles with cryptographic verification. It’s gained adoption among projects prioritizing security audits and transparent data provenance.
| Oracle Provider | Best For | Key Strength | Supported Chains | Average Cost |
| Chainlink | General-purpose, high-security applications | Most established, comprehensive services | 15+ including Ethereum, BSC, Polygon, Avalanche, Arbitrum | Medium-High (Data Feeds sponsored, VRF costs $5-10) |
| Band Protocol | Cost-sensitive projects, frequent updates | Low fees, fast updates | 20+ via Cosmos IBC | Low-Medium |
| API3 | First-party data requirements | Direct API provider integration | 10+ including Ethereum, Polygon, Avalanche | Medium |
| Pyth Network | High-frequency trading, DeFi derivatives | Sub-second price updates | 40+ including Solana, EVM chains | Low-Medium |
| Tellor | Custom data queries, niche information | Flexible request system | 10+ including Ethereum, Polygon | Variable |
| Chronicle Protocol | DeFi protocols prioritizing transparency | Validator-based security | Ethereum, L2s | Medium |
You don’t need theory here — you need a build plan.
1) Pin down the data
What do you need? How fresh must it be? What precision? A lending protocol might want updates every minute; a rainfall trigger might settle once per day.
2) Design for cost
Every on-chain update costs gas. Cache values if several functions use the same reading. Batch work when you can. Keep hot paths cheap.
3) Validate everything
Refuse nonsense. If a stablecoin price shows $1.42, reject it. If a feed hasn’t updated within your time window, block actions that depend on it.
4) Plan for failure
Add circuit breakers, pause routes, and manual overrides for emergencies. If the primary feed dies, switch to a fallback with clear recorded governance.
5) Test like a pessimist
Simulate stale data, zero values, spikes, slow updates, and timeouts. Fork a mainnet, read real feeds, and try to break your own assumptions.
6) Monitor in production
Alert on stale updates, weird jumps, and unusual cadence. Many disasters arrive with a small warning you can catch.
Let’s get hands-on with a step-by-step integrate oracle in Solidity tutorial. I’ll show you how to implement smart contract external data oracles using Chainlink, walking through a complete example.
First, you’ll need a proper development setup. Install Node.js, then initialize a Hardhat project. Install the Chainlink contracts package:
npm install –save @chainlink/contracts
Grab some testnet ETH from a faucet for the network you’re targeting. Sepolia is currently recommended for Ethereum testing.
Here’s a practical contract that fetches ETH/USD prices. Notice how we’re importing the Chainlink interface and setting up the aggregator:
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.19;
import “@chainlink/contracts/src/v0.8/interfaces/AggregatorV3Interface.sol”;
contract TokenPriceConsumer {
AggregatorV3Interface internal priceFeed;
Loginconstructor(address _priceFeed) {
priceFeed = AggregatorV3Interface(_priceFeed);
}
function getLatestPrice() public view returns (int) {
(
uint80 roundId,
int price,
uint startedAt,
uint updatedAt,
uint80 answeredInRound
) = priceFeed.latestRoundData();
require(price > 0, "Invalid price data");
require(updatedAt > 0, "Round not complete");
require(answeredInRound >= roundId, "Stale price");
return price;
}
function getPriceWithDecimals() public view returns (int, uint8) {
int price = getLatestPrice();
uint8 decimals = priceFeed.decimals();
return (price, decimals);
}The validation checks are crucial. We’re verifying that the price is positive, the round completed, and we’re not receiving stale data. These simple checks prevent numerous potential issues.
For randomness and custom data requests, you’ll use a different pattern. Here’s how VRF integration works:
import “@chainlink/contracts/src/v0.8/VRFConsumerBaseV2.sol”;
import “@chainlink/contracts/src/v0.8/interfaces/VRFCoordinatorV2Interface.sol”;
contract RandomNumberConsumer is VRFConsumerBaseV2 {
VRFCoordinatorV2Interface COORDINATOR;
uint64 subscriptionId;
bytes32 keyHash;
uint32 callbackGasLimit = 100000;
uint16 requestConfirmations = 3;
uint32 numWords = 2;
uint256[] public randomWords;
uint256 public requestId;
constructor(uint64 _subscriptionId, address _vrfCoordinator, bytes32 _keyHash)
VRFConsumerBaseV2(_vrfCoordinator)
{
COORDINATOR = VRFCoordinatorV2Interface(_vrfCoordinator);
subscriptionId = _subscriptionId;
keyHash = _keyHash;
}
function requestRandomWords() external returns (uint256) {
requestId = COORDINATOR.requestRandomWords(
keyHash,
subscriptionId,
requestConfirmations,
callbackGasLimit,
numWords
);
return requestId;
}
function fulfillRandomWords(
uint256 _requestId,
uint256[] memory _randomWords
) internal override {
randomWords = _randomWords;
}This two-transaction pattern (request then fulfill) is standard for operations requiring computation or external processing.
Once you can fetch oracle data, integrate it into your application’s core functions. Here’s an example for a collateralized lending system:
function calculateLiquidationThreshold(
address user,
uint256 collateralAmount
) public view returns (bool shouldLiquidate) {
int ethPrice = getLatestPrice();
require(ethPrice > 0, “Cannot fetch price”);
uint256 collateralValue = collateralAmount * uint256(ethPrice) / 1e8;
uint256 borrowedValue = borrowedAmounts[user];
uint256 collateralRatio = (collateralValue * 100) / borrowedValue;
return collateralRatio < 150; // Liquidate if under 150%Deploy to testnet and verify everything works. Use Chainlink’s testnet price feeds, available on their documentation. Test edge cases systematically:
Only after thorough testnet validation should you consider mainnet deployment.
Implementing oracle services smart contract integration for production requires following established security and efficiency patterns.
Never assume oracle data is correct. Always implement validation logic that checks returned values against expected ranges. If you’re querying a stablecoin price, flag anything outside $0.95 to $1.05. For ETH prices, reject values that differ by more than 10% from the previous reading unless there’s a clear reason for such movement.
Stale data causes problems. Always verify the timestamp of oracle updates. Set maximum acceptable ages based on your application’s needs. A high-frequency trading application might reject data older than 60 seconds, while an insurance contract might accept hours-old information.
Oracles can and do fail. Your contracts must handle this gracefully rather than bricking. Include administrative functions allowing trusted parties to pause contracts or manually override oracle data during emergencies. Implement automatic circuit breakers that halt operations when oracle behavior becomes anomalous.
Oracle interactions cost gas. Minimize calls by caching data when appropriate. If multiple functions need the same oracle data, fetch it once and pass it around rather than making multiple oracle calls. Use view functions whenever possible since they don’t cost gas when called externally.
For critical operations, query multiple oracles and compare results. If you’re processing a $1 million transaction, spending extra gas to verify data with three different oracle providers is worthwhile. Implement median calculations or require consensus before proceeding with high-value operations.
Set up monitoring infrastructure that alerts you to oracle issues. Track update frequencies, data ranges, and gas costs. Anomalies often signal problems before they cause disasters. Services like Tenderly and Defender can monitor oracle interactions and alert you to irregularities.
Maintain clear documentation of every oracle dependency: addresses, update frequencies, expected data formats, and fallback procedures. Future maintainers need to understand your oracle architecture to safely upgrade or troubleshoot systems.
Oracle providers evolve, and you may need to switch providers. Use proxy patterns or similar upgrade mechanisms, allowing you to change oracle addresses without redeploying core contract logic. This flexibility proves invaluable as the Oracle landscape develops.
Blockchain oracle development is the hinge that lets smart contracts act on real facts. Start by sizing the blast radius: when data touches balances or liquidations, use decentralized feeds, aggregate sources, enforce time windows, and wire circuit breakers. Choose providers by fit—Chainlink for general reliability, Pyth for ultra-fresh prices, Band for cost and cadence, API3 for first-party data, Tellor for bespoke queries, Chronicle for auditability.
Then harden the pipeline: validate every value, cap staleness, cache to save gas, and monitor for drift in cadence, variance, and fees. Finally, plan for failure with documented fallbacks and upgradeable endpoints, and test on forks until guards hold. Move facts on-chain without central choke points, and your dApp simply works.
A service that delivers external facts to smart contracts in a way every node can verify.
Match to value at risk. High-value money flows need decentralised, aggregated feeds. Low-stakes features can run on simpler sources.
Chainlink is the broad, battle-tested default. Use Pyth for ultra-fast prices, Band for economical frequency, API3 for first-party data, Tellor for custom pulls, and Chronicle when auditability is the top ask.
Yes. Reduce risk with decentralisation, validation, time windows, circuit breakers, and multiple sources for important calls.
Deploy to a testnet, use the provider’s test feeds, and force failures: stale rounds, delayed updates, and absurd values. Ship only after your guards catch every bad case.
Blockchain oracle development is now core infrastructure. The guide explains why blockchains cannot call external APIs and how oracles bridge that gap without creating a single point of failure. It outlines oracle types, including software, hardware, inbound, outbound, consensus, and compute-enabled models. It compares centralized speed with decentralized resilience and advises matching the design to the value at risk. It reviews major providers: Chainlink for broad coverage, Band for low cost, API3 for first-party data, Pyth for ultra-fast prices, Tellor for custom queries, and Chronicle for transparent DeFi feeds. It then gives a build plan: define data needs, control gas, validate values and timestamps, add circuit breakers and fallbacks, test for failure, and monitor in production. Solidity examples show price feeds and VRF patterns. Real uses include DeFi, insurance, supply chains, gaming, cross-chain messaging, and ESG data. The takeout is simple: design the oracle layer with safety first, since user funds depend on it.
Read More: Blockchain Oracle Development: A Complete Guide for Smart Contract Integration">Blockchain Oracle Development: A Complete Guide for Smart Contract Integration
Which crypto could turn today’s small investment into tomorrow’s fortune? The market is roaring again, and investors everywhere are hunting for the next big breakout that could rewrite their financial story. From meme coins catching fire on social media to giants reclaiming their dominance, every move counts. Chainlink (LINK) continues to make waves with its rising network activity, and Ethereum (ETH) remains a pillar of strength with a growing ecosystem and impressive live price momentum.
Yet, while these giants battle for attention, a new contender is quietly stirring up excitement, MoonBull ($MOBU). Its presale is live, and the buzz is unlike anything seen in months. Early participants are calling it a once-in-a-cycle opportunity, where timing could make the difference. As whispers grow louder and the entry price remains low, could MoonBull lead among the best cryptos to invest in 2025? Let’s dive in and explore what’s propelling MoonBull, Chainlink, and Ethereum toward the spotlight in this explosive crypto season.
MoonBull ($MOBU) is setting a new gold standard for transparency and investor trust. Once the final presale stage concludes, MoonBull will transition directly into its launch phase, supplying liquidity to the decentralized exchange immediately. All presale buyers will receive full access to their $MOBU tokens right after, with the liquidity pool funded and locked for 48 hours. No vesting, no waiting, every token becomes claimable the moment liquidity goes live.
A unique 60-minute claim delay safeguard ensures that a buy must match any sell, preventing dump pressure and stabilizing the launch price. Alongside this, MoonBull introduces a powerful referral system that actually pays: both referrers and invitees earn 15% bonuses instantly, with the top three referrers rewarded monthly with 10% USDC bonuses. In comparison, 4th and 5th places earn 5%. Backed by an 11% referral allocation totaling $8.05 billion $MOBU, this ecosystem rewards community expansion and fair access from day one. Clearly, MoonBull leads among the best cryptos to invest in 2025.
Don’t blink, the presale of MoonBull ($MOBU) is live and snowballing. At its current Stage 5, the price stands at $0.00006584, presale tally is over $500K, and token holders have surpassed 1,600. With a current ROI of over 9,256% from Stage 5 to the listing price of $0.00616 and an ROI until Stage 5 for the earliest joiners at 163.36%, the surge potential is massive. Price increase in each stage is 27.40% until Stage 22, and the leap to Stage 23 is 20.38%.
At Stage 5, if you invest $500, you will receive 7,594,167.68 tokens, and your earnings at listing will be $46,780.07. The clock is ticking, and this train is leaving the station; miss this and you might regret it. The next wave is coming, and MoonBull leads among the best cryptos to invest in 2025, so act now and ride the frenzy.
Chainlink (LINK) is trading near $18.72, with a strong 24-hour trading volume of $846 million. As a leading oracle network, Chainlink continues to bridge real-world data with blockchain applications, powering cross-chain interoperability and smart contract reliability.
Its technology plays a vital role in DeFi, gaming, and enterprise integrations, making LINK a consistent performer in the crypto market. With ongoing discussions around crypto price forecasts and future predictions, LINK’s expanding use cases keep it in the spotlight for both institutional and retail investors seeking long-term blockchain utility and sustainable growth in 2025 and beyond.
Ethereum (ETH) currently trades around $4,147, maintaining dominance with a massive 24-hour volume of nearly $39 billion. As the foundation for decentralized finance (DeFi), NFTs, and smart contracts, Ethereum’s ecosystem remains unmatched in scale and innovation. The ongoing shift to staking and upcoming network upgrades continue to fuel optimism among traders and analysts.
Many crypto price forecasts suggest Ethereum could push to new highs in 2025, supported by robust demand and limited staking supply. ETH’s resilience and steady adoption make it a cornerstone asset for anyone tracking long-term performance in the blockchain and digital asset space.
Across these three projects, the story is clear: established giants like Chainlink and Ethereum carry weight, live price momentum, and credible ecosystems. Yet, given the explosive potential of early-stage investment, MoonBull ($MOBU) stands out as the presale opportunity designed for impact.
The launch mechanics, referral rewards, and presale structure combine to make MoonBull the smartest bet for those seeking breakout gains. With its presale live, the urgency to act is real, and the chance to capture something big is here. Don’t let this chance slip. The MoonBull presale is the call to action, and MoonBull leads among the best cryptos to invest in 2025.
For More Information:
Website: Visit the Official MOBU Website
Telegram: Join the MOBU Telegram Channel
Twitter: Follow MOBU ON X (Formerly Twitter)
FAQs About Best Cryptos to Invest in 2025
MoonBull ($MOBU) is considered a 1000x crypto to buy due to its structured presale, limited supply, and high ROI potential for early investors.
Which is a top meme coin to buy now?
MoonBull’s presale, staking rewards, and referral bonuses make it a top meme coin to buy now for maximum early-stage gains.
Which top meme coin offers the highest ROI?
Stage 5 buyers of MoonBull see projected returns of over 9,256% which ranks it among the top meme coins offering the highest ROI.
How can investors secure the next breakout crypto?
By participating in the MoonBull presale, early buyers can claim the next breakout crypto before the price rises.
MoonBull’s live presale stages with rising prices make it the crypto presale with the best early-stage gains.
The article introduces MoonBull ($MOBU) as a high-potential presale opportunity, detailing its launch mechanics, referral program, and investment structure. It compares MoonBull’s momentum to established coins like Chainlink and Ethereum, providing live price updates and context. With excitement, urgency, and FOMO-style language, it emphasizes MoonBull’s status as the best crypto to invest in, particularly given its presale, live now, and ends with a compelling call to action for early participation.
Disclaimer: This article is for informational purposes only and does not constitute financial advice. Cryptocurrency investments carry risks. Always conduct independent research before investing in any project.
Read More: Experts Reveal Why MoonBull Dominates the Best Cryptos to Invest in 2025 While LINK and ETH Rally – October 2025 Market Update">Experts Reveal Why MoonBull Dominates the Best Cryptos to Invest in 2025 While LINK and ETH Rally – October 2025 Market Update
Bitcoin Magazine
Bitcoin Knots Has Been Nothing More Than A Denial-of-Service Attack On Bitcoin
In computing, a denial-of-service attack (DoS attack; UK: /dɒs/ doss US: /dɑːs/ daas[1]) is a cyberattack in which the perpetrator seeks to make a machine or network resource unavailable to its intended users by temporarily or indefinitely disrupting services of a host connected to a network. -The Wikipedia definition of denial-of-service attack.
This is a very basic concept. Someone makes use of their own resources to disrupt the functioning of other machines on a network.
DoS attacks have been an issue for as long as the internet existed. One of the commonly argued “first Distributed Denial-of-service (DDoS) attacks” was against the Internet Service Provider (ISP) Panix in the mid-90s. There were of course many prior technical examples on older internet services, but this was one of, if not the, first major examples of such an attack on the modern World Wide Web.
This attack had numerous computers start to initiate a Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) connection with the ISPs servers, but never finishing the handshake protocol that finalized the connection. This consumes the server’s resources for managing network connections and prevents honest users from accessing the internet through the ISP’s servers.
Ever since this “initial” DDoS attack, they have been as common on the internet as storms are in nature, a regular occurrence that massive pieces of internet infrastructure have been built to defend against.
The blockchain is one of the core components of Bitcoin, and a required dependency for Bitcoin’s functionality as a distributed ledger. I am sure many people in this space would call so-called “spam” transactions a DoS attack on the Bitcoin blockchain. In order to call it that, you would have to define the “service” that the blockchain is offering as a system, and explain how spam transactions are denying that service to others in a way not intended by the design of the system.
I’d wager a bet that most people who believe spam is a DoS attack would say something like “the service the blockchain offers is processing financial transactions, and spam takes space away from people trying to do that.” The problem is, that is not specifically the service the blockchain offers.
The service it actually offers is the confirmation of any consensus valid transaction through a real-time auction that periodically settles whenever a miner finds a block. If your transaction is consensus valid, and you have bid a high enough fee for a miner to include your transaction in a block, you are using the service the blockchain provides exactly as designed.
This was a conscious design decision made over years during the “Block Size Wars” and finalized in the activation of Segregated Witness and the rejection of the Segwit2x blocksize increase through a hard fork pushed by major companies at the time. The blockchain would function by prioritizing the highest bidding fee transactions, and users would be free to compete in that auction. This is how blockspace would be allocated, with a global restriction to protect verifiability and a free market pricing mechanism.
Nothing about a transaction some arbitrarily define as “spam” winning in this open auction is a DoS of the blockchain. It is a user making use of that resource in the way they are supposed to, participating in the auction with everyone else.
Many, if not most, Bitcoin nodes offer transaction relay as a service to the rest of the network. If you broadcast your transactions to your peers on the network, they will forward them on to their peers, and so on. Because the peering logic deciding which nodes to peer with maintains wide connectivity, this service allows transactions to propagate across the network very quickly, and specifically allows them to propagate to all mining nodes.
Another service is block relay, propagating valid blocks as they are found in the same manner. This has been highly optimized over the years, to the point where most of the time an entire block is never actually relayed, just a shorthand “sketch” of the blockheader and the transactions included in it so you can reconstruct them from your own mempool. In other words, optimizations in block relay depend on a transaction relay functioning properly and propagating all valid and likely to be mined transactions.
When nodes do not have transactions in a block already in their mempool, they must request them from neighboring nodes, taking more time to validate the block in the process. They also explicitly forward those transactions along with the block sketch to other peers in case they are missing them, wasting bandwidth. The more nodes filtering transactions they classify as spam, the longer it takes blocks including those filtered transactions to propagate across the network.
Transaction filtering actively seeks to disrupt both of these services, in the case of transaction relay failing miserably to prevent them from propagating to miners, and in the case of block propagation having a marginal but noticeable performance degradation the more nodes on the network are filtering transactions.
These node policies have the explicit purpose of degrading the network service of propagating transactions to miners and the rest of the network, and view the degradation of block propagation as a penalty to miners who choose to include valid transactions they are filtering. They seek to create a degradation of service as a goal, and view the degradation of another service resulting from that attempt as a positive.
This actually is a DoS attack, in that it actually is degrading a network service contrary to the design of the system.
The entire saga of Knotz vs. Core, or “Spammers” vs. “Filterers”, has been nothing more than a miserably ineffective and failed DoS attack on the Bitcoin network. Filters do absolutely nothing to prevent filtered transactions from being included in blocks. The goal of disrupting transaction propagation to miners has had no success whatsoever, and the degradation of block relay has been marginal enough to not be a disincentive to miners.
I see this as a huge demonstration of Bitcoin’s robustness and resilience against attempted censorship and disruption on the level of the Bitcoin Network itself.
So now what?
A BIP by an anonymous author has been put forward to enact a temporary softfork that would expire after roughly a year making numerous ways to include “spam” in Bitcoin transactions consensus invalid through that time period. After realizing the DoS attack on the peer-to-peer network has been a total failure, filter supporters have moved to consensus changes, as many of them were told would be necessary over two years ago.
Will this actually solve the problem? No, it won’t. It will simply force people who wish to submit “spam” to this forked network, if they actually follow through on implementing it, to use fake ScriptPubKeys to encode their data in unspendable outputs that will bloat the UTXO set.
So even if this fork was met with resounding support, activated successfully, and did not result in a chainsplit, it would still not achieve the stated goal and leave “spammers” no option but to “spam” in the most damaging way to the network possible.
This post Bitcoin Knots Has Been Nothing More Than A Denial-of-Service Attack On Bitcoin first appeared on Bitcoin Magazine and is written by Shinobi.
Bitcoin Magazine
Bitcoin Price Crashes to $112,000 Ahead of Fed Decision, Markets Eye U.S.-China Talks
Bitcoin price continued its semi-green week for a bit today trading above $115,000 today and briefly reaching $116,077. Since then, bitcoin’s price has dumped to the mid $112,000s, according to Bitcoin Magazine Pro data.
This bitcoin price movement comes as traders weigh the Federal Reserve’s upcoming interest-rate decision and renewed optimism in the U.S.-China trade relations.
Data from Bitcoin Magazine Pro showed a 1.6% daily gain for BTC before the dump in late afternoon.
Despite historical trends of Bitcoin pulling back ahead of major U.S. economic events, the cryptocurrency held steady ahead of Wednesday’s Federal Open Market Committee (FOMC) meeting, where a 25-basis-point rate cut is widely expected.
Traders remain divided on near-term price targets. Some believe the market may be bottoming and an uptrend could follow for the rest of the week, while others believe $117,000 as a potential pre-Fed local top before BTC revisits the CME futures gap near $111,000.
The broader macro backdrop also supported risk-on assets. Gold fell to under $4,000 per ounce, its lowest since Oct. 6, helping fuel gains in Bitcoin and altcoins.
Bitcoin’s price has entered one of its tightest trading ranges in history, moving between $106,000 and $123,000 for over four months. This extended calm has driven volatility to record lows on six-month metrics — levels that have historically preceded major directional moves. The weekly Bollinger Band Width, a key volatility indicator, has reached its lowest reading ever, suggesting that a large expansion in volatility could be imminent.
In past cycles, similar compression periods have led to price surges exceeding 65% within 100 days.
Applying those historical patterns implies a potential target of $170,000–$180,000 by 2026 if Bitcoin follows a comparable trajectory. However, these low-volatility phases can persist for months before breaking out, meaning Bitcoin may continue trading sideways into early 2026.
Corporate and institutional crypto activity is also making headlines. Japanese hotelier-turned-Bitcoin treasury Metaplanet Inc. announced a $500 million share buyback, while Cathie Wood and Ark Invest increased its holdings in Block Inc. by $30.9 million across three ETFs.
Wood, known for her $1.5 million Bitcoin prediction, is one of the most bullish investors in crypto. Through ARK Invest, she has consistently invested millions in major crypto-related stocks.
Her firm held positions in Circle Internet Group, Coinbase, Robinhood, and Bitmine Immersion Technologies.
Recently, ARK expanded its crypto exposure by purchasing about $31 million worth of Block Inc. shares. The ARK Innovation ETF bought 210,916 shares, the ARK Next Generation Internet ETF added 59,827 shares, and the ARK Fintech Innovation ETF acquired 114,842 shares.
This post Bitcoin Price Crashes to $112,000 Ahead of Fed Decision, Markets Eye U.S.-China Talks first appeared on Bitcoin Magazine and is written by Micah Zimmerman.
Bitcoin Magazine
House Democrat Targets President Trump With Bill to Ban Lawmakers From Owning Crypto
U.S. Congressman Ro Khanna (D-CA) is introducing legislation that would prohibit the U.S. President, members of Congress, and their immediate families from owning, trading, or creating cryptocurrencies while in office, according to MSNBC reporting.
Khanna’s bill would mark the first major attempt to separate digital assets from political power.
Early details indicate the measure will bar elected officials and their families from holding or issuing cryptocurrencies and from accepting foreign-backed crypto investments.
The California lawmaker said the initiative aims to rebuild public trust and prevent policymakers from profiting off the very technologies they regulate.
The proposal follows President Donald Trump’s pardon of Binance founder Changpeng Zhao and seeks to eliminate what Khanna calls “blatant corruption” at the intersection of politics and crypto.
“The pardon of Zhao is corrupt,” Khanna said on MSNBC. “You’ve got a foreign billionaire engaged in money laundering and financing terrorism, who supports the president’s son’s cryptocurrency firm, and then the president pardons him. This is corruption in plain sight.”
Zhao, the co-founder and former CEO of Binance, served four months in prison after pleading guilty to violating U.S. banking laws.
His company was accused of allowing illicit money flows linked to child exploitation, drug trafficking, and terrorism. Soon after Zhao’s financial backing of World Liberty Financial — the crypto project founded by Donald Trump Jr. and Eric Trump — was revealed, Trump granted him a pardon.
Khanna’s proposal directly targets that entanglement. By banning crypto ownership and trading among officials, he hopes to draw a clear boundary between public service and private gain.
The measure mirrors previous calls to ban stock trading by lawmakers and follows Senator Adam Schiff’s COIN Act, which specifically sought to limit the Trump family’s crypto activities.
Lawmakers have long and repeatedly introduced legislation in hopes to curb insider trading among members of Congress.
The STOCK Act, passed in 2012 with broad bipartisan support, was designed to require members to disclose stock trades within 30 days and penalize those who used insider information for personal gain.
Earlier this year, The Preventing Elected Leaders from Owning Securities and Investments (PELOSI) Act (S.1498) was proposed in the U.S. Senate by Senator Josh Hawley (R-MO).
The bill addresses concerns about conflicts of interest and potential insider trading among Members of Congress by prohibiting them and their spouses from holding, purchasing, or selling most individual stocks, security futures, commodities, and similar financial instruments while in office.
This post House Democrat Targets President Trump With Bill to Ban Lawmakers From Owning Crypto first appeared on Bitcoin Magazine and is written by Micah Zimmerman.
Securitize, a pioneering platform in asset tokenization, has announced its intention to go public through a merger with Cantor Equity Partners II, valuing the company at $1.25 billion.
The platform disclosed the strategic move on October 28, 2025, with this set to mark a major development for the tokenization industry.
Securitize is at the forefront of bringing global financial institutions onchain.
The move sees it join a growing number of crypto-focused companies going public across Wall Street and elsewhere.
In its case, the platform, renowned for its role in tokenizing assets for entities such as BlackRock and Apollo, will merge with Cantor Equity Partners II as it eyes the $1.25 billion listing.
Cantor Equity Partners is a special purpose acquisition company (SPAC) sponsored by Cantor Fitzgerald.
The transaction is anticipated to generate up to $469 million in gross proceeds, including a $225 million private investment in public equity (PIPE) financing round.
This capital infusion will enhance Securitize’s ability to scale its operations and advance its mission of making capital markets more accessible and efficient through tokenization.
8/ The deal is expected to deliver $469M of gross proceeds consisting of an upsized $225 million in committed common stock PIPE, anchored by new and existing blue-chip institutional investors, and $244 million of cash held in CEPT’s trust account, assuming no redemptions.
— Securitize (@Securitize) October 28, 2025
The merged entity, to be renamed Securitize Corp., will list on Nasdaq under the ticker symbol “SECZ.”
Going public sees Securitize cement its position as a leader in the tokenization space.
The platform, which has facilitated over $4 billion in tokenized assets, could attract even more attention as a public entity.
The company’s platform offers a comprehensive ecosystem, integrating with major blockchains and financial institutions.
It stands out as the first vertically integrated, SEC-registered tokenization provider.
BlackRock and Apollo are among firms to tokenize funds with Securitize.
“This is a defining moment for Securitize and for the future of finance,” said Carlos Domingo, co-founder and chief executive officer of Securitize. “We founded this company with a mission to democratize capital markets by making them more accessible, transparent, and efficient through tokenization. This is the next chapter in making financial markets operate at the speed of the internet and is another step in our mission to bring the next generation of finance onchain and tokenize the world.”
The public listing of Securitize is expected to accelerate the adoption of tokenization across traditional financial markets. Cantor Fitzgerald CEO Brandon Lutnick noted:
“We believe that blockchain technology has massive potential to transform finance, and partnering with Securitize underscores our confidence in tokenization as a foundational force in the next era of capital markets.”
The real-world asset (RWA) tokenization market has expanded by 135% over the past year, reaching a total value of $35 billion, according to recent data.
Analysts at Citi project that the tokenized RWA sector could climb to nearly $4 trillion by 2030.
The post Securitize to go public via $1.25 billion SPAC deal appeared first on CoinJournal.
The post SOL vs XRP: Western Union Opts for Solana Over XRPL to Build Its Stablecoin appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
The XRP community has lost a major opportunity to the Solana (SOL) ecosystem. On Tuesday, Western Union announced a strategic partnership with Anchorage Digital to launch a stablecoin dubbed USDPT on the Solana network.
“For 175 years, we’ve been connecting people, moving $150 billion a year. Digital assets are the next evolution. We looked at alternatives and came to the conclusion that Solana was the right choice,” Devin McGranahan, CEO of Western Union, noted.
Notably, Western Union once used Ripple Labs xRapid, which uses XRP, to facilitate cross-border payments. The pilot program between Western Union and Ripple did not gain traction, as it was negatively impacted by the recently concluded lawsuit against Ripple by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC).
Western Union has joined other institutional investors building on the Solana blockchain, including PayPal and Fiserv. The Solana network has been running for more than a year without any downtime amid its notable scalability and affordability.
The Solana chain is also compliant with existing regulations, including the recently enacted GENIUS Act by President Donald Trump.
The Solana’s global community has grown in the past years, fueled by its high throughput and cheap transaction rates. As such, Western Union will reach more global markets and users for its USDPT stablecoin.
The market impact of Western Union launching its stablecoin on Solana has a mutual benefit to both parties. As for Solana, the demand for SOL to facilitate USDPT payments will bolster its macro bullish sentiment.
On the other hand, Western Union has a higher chance of thriving in cross-border payments in the future, thus bolstering its stock market.
Tesla is considering internal CEO candidates as shareholders prepare to vote on Elon Musks $1 trillion compensation package.
The post Tesla considers internal CEO candidates amid potential Musk departure appeared first on Crypto Briefing.
Polymarket plans a US relaunch focused on sports betting by late November after clearing regulatory hurdles and acquiring QCX licenses.
The post Polymarket readies US comeback with sports betting focus appeared first on Crypto Briefing.
Western Union's stablecoin launch could revolutionize global remittances, enhancing speed and reducing costs for millions worldwide.
The post Remittance giant Western Union to launch USDPT stablecoin on Solana appeared first on Crypto Briefing.
Uniswap (UNI) has been consolidating since the October 10 market crash, with price action stabilizing but volatility still lingering. The decentralized exchange (DEX) token has struggled to regain its previous momentum, reflecting the broader uncertainty across the altcoin market. Analysts remain divided on its short-term outlook — some view Uniswap as a key driver of Ethereum’s DeFi ecosystem and a potential leader in the next recovery phase, while others caution that lingering liquidity stress and waning trader activity could spark more turbulence ahead.
Despite this cautious backdrop, new on-chain data suggests a shift may be underway. According to CryptoQuant insights, Binance whales have become increasingly active on UNI, with large transactions and outflows spiking to multi-month highs. Historically, this type of whale behavior — especially when coupled with heavy exchange outflows — has been associated with accumulation phases and strategic repositioning by major players.
As Uniswap’s fundamentals remain solid, with trading volumes and user engagement steadily recovering, the renewed whale activity could indicate that smart money is quietly preparing for the next market leg. Whether this accumulation marks the early stages of a trend reversal or just a temporary pause before further volatility remains to be seen.
In recent days, Uniswap’s native token, UNI, has seen a notable uptick in large-scale activity, signaling renewed interest from major market participants. According to on-chain data from CryptoQuant, whale wallets — typically identified by the top 10 largest transactions — have begun moving significant amounts of UNI out of Binance. These outflows represent transfers from exchange wallets to external addresses, a behavior that often indicates accumulation or long-term repositioning by large holders rather than short-term trading.
The data highlights a daily peak of 17,400 UNI withdrawn from Binance, alongside a monthly peak of 5,250 UNI, marking a three-month high in whale activity. Historically, such outflow spikes tend to occur during accumulation phases, as whales seek to reduce exposure to centralized exchanges and secure tokens for longer-term holding or staking opportunities.
This renewed movement comes at a time when UNI is still digesting the market correction that began in July, with prices stabilizing but failing to regain strong upward momentum. Analysts interpret this surge in whale activity as a potential early indicator of confidence returning to the asset. If sustained, it could mark the beginning of a structural reversal — a shift from post-crash consolidation to the early stages of renewed accumulation and recovery.
Uniswap (UNI) continues to consolidate near the $6.50 level after a sharp correction that began in July 2025. The weekly chart shows a prolonged period of sideways movement following a breakdown from the $12 resistance zone, where bullish momentum previously failed to sustain. Despite multiple attempts to rebound, UNI remains below the 50-week and 200-week moving averages, both of which now act as dynamic resistance levels.
The recent price action reflects investor hesitation, with the broader market still digesting the effects of the October 10 crash. However, volume analysis indicates that selling pressure has started to decline, suggesting that sellers may be exhausting and that accumulation could be forming at current levels.
From a technical perspective, the $6.00–$6.20 zone serves as immediate support, while a decisive reclaim above $8.00 would be required to shift market structure toward a potential mid-term recovery. Interestingly, the recent whale accumulation reported by on-chain data aligns with this stabilization phase — a pattern often seen near cyclical bottoms.
If Uniswap maintains support and market sentiment improves, UNI could attempt to retest the $10–$12 zone in the coming months. Conversely, a failure to hold above $6 could open the door for a retest of the 2024 range lows around $4.
Featured image from ChatGPT, chart from TradingView.com
A recent debate on the social media platform X has drawn attention to XRP’s long-term price outlook after an XRP enthusiast, Crypto Bitlord, proposed a rather wild scenario where the cryptocurrency teleports to $500 instantly. His post, which imagined XRP being used by the US government to pay off its $35 trillion debt, caused some reactions across the XRP community.
In response, well-known crypto analyst ChartNerd stepped in to temper expectations, explaining that while XRP’s future is bright, such a leap to $500 is far from realistic this market cycle.
ChartNerd’s comments immediately stood out for their grounded tone, especially amongst reactions filled with predictions of explosive, instant gains. Responding directly to Bitlord’s vision of XRP rocketing to $500, ChartNerd clarified that XRP’s price will not trade at that price target this cycle. “$XRP will not teleport to $500,” he said.
Instead of a three-digit price, the analyst noted that the XRP price can only realistically reach the double-digit threshold in this cycle. “Realistically, it could definitely teleport to $13-$27 this cycle,” he continued.
This double-digit price target, although very bullish compared to XRP’s current price action, pales in comparison to other bullish projections from other crypto analysts, with many anticipating triple-digit price targets and others even predicting a run to $1,000 and beyond.
As conversations around potential XRP ETFs continue to gain momentum, one commenter asked ChartNerd whether his projections accounted for the billions in possible ETF inflows and the tokens expected to be locked in treasury funds and liquidity pools over the next few months.
His response showed that his analysis was not detached from these developments. ChartNerd explained that even if XRP captured half of Bitcoin’s ETF trading volume from the past two years, the result would still translate to a market capitalization of roughly $1.2 trillion, bringing the price closer to his $27 upper target rather than $500.
Most ultra-bullish XRP price predictions are contingent on the cryptocurrency gaining adoption among banks and players in traditional finance. However, adoption models grow over years, not weeks, with ChartNerd adding that “these developments take time, and triple digits are not possible until many a year down the line.”
Another user remarked that Bitcoin once faced similar disbelief before breaching $100,000, meaning that XRP could surprise skeptics in the same way. ChartNerd, however, maintained his cautious stance with the response, “Highly unlikely imo, we shall see. I’ll stick to double digits.”
Such comparisons overlook the fundamental differences between Bitcoin’s and XRP’s market dynamics, especially when it comes to their circulating supplies.
At the time of writing, XRP is trading at $2.66, a 1% increase in the past 24 hours and a 9.2% rise over the last seven days. To reach the hypothetical $500 level, XRP would need to surge by roughly 18,690% from its current price. By contrast, hitting $13 or $27 would represent gains of approximately 388% and 915%, respectively.
The recent Dogecoin market action has seen its price now hovering below $0.20 after surging to $0.208 in the past 24 hours. Despite the consolidation, analysts and traders are watching the meme coin closely, believing that the next major move could redefine its long-term trajectory.
Among those voices is crypto analyst EtherNasyonaL, who predicted that Dogecoin’s third and most powerful bullish phase is still ahead. His technical analysis on the monthly chart presents a structure that reveals the groundwork for another massive uptrend to above $0.8 is already in motion.
The monthly candlestick price chart shared by EtherNasyonaL calls attention to Dogecoin’s cyclical nature since 2014, showing two completed bull waves and a third one forming. Each of these bullish waves was formed after Dogecoin broke above and then retested the upper trendline of a descending channel of lower highs that had confined its price action in the preceding years. This retest was also highlighted by a confluence of the 25 Moving Average (MA) indicator.
The first wave, which began in 2017, caused Dogecoin’s earliest exponential rise from near-zero levels, right when the meme coin entered into popular crypto discussions. The second, and far more explosive, bull wave occurred between 2020 and 2021, when Dogecoin surged from under $0.003 to an all-time high of $0.7316, which has stood until now.
Each bull run started once Dogecoin reclaimed its 25-month moving average as support, following extended consolidation periods that spanned multiple months. The current setup reflects the same condition, as the 25MA line has once again turned upward, and Dogecoin has successfully retested the upper trendline of its previous descending channel, as shown in the chart below.
Dogecoin 1M price chart. Source: @EtherNasyonaL on X
The analysis reveals that Dogecoin has recently broken free from a long-term downtrend that spanned between mid-2021 and early 2025. Notably, recent crypto market liquidation events in October have seen the Dogecoin price complete a successful retest of the resistance level, now turned support, around the $0.17 to $0.20 price range.
This successful retest also coincides with a simultaneous bounce off the bottom trendline of an ascending channel. EtherNasyonaL describes the current price action as Dogecoin “accumulating strength in the lower band of a years-long ascending channel.”
The projected trajectory on the chart above shows Dogecoin following its established pattern by moving from the lower region of the ascending channel to its upper boundary. If the third bull wave plays out as the previous two did, Dogecoin’s price could challenge its $0.73 all-time high and break into new price territories. The first price target in this case is the $0.8 mark, and then as high as $4 in the long term.
Institutional crypto demand is losing momentum amid ongoing regulatory uncertainty. Delayed ETF approvals have further slowed capital inflows into non-Bitcoin assets.
Despite overall market resilience, the latest CoinShares report reveals that institutional crypto demand for major altcoins such as Solana, Cardano, and Sui has cooled sharply in recent weeks.
CoinShares’ weekly data highlights a pronounced drop in institutional crypto demand across several leading altcoins. Solana recorded inflows of $29.4 million, while XRP saw $84.3 million, both far below their October peaks.
Just weeks ago, Solana saw a record-breaking $706.5 million in inflows that highlighted just how fast institutional sentiment can change. Cardano saw a flip from $3.7 million in inflows to $0.3 million outflows, as Sui slid into redemptions of $8.5 million.
Also Read: Major Win for Metaplanet as It Joins CoinShares Index – What This Means for Investors
Analysts observe that a lot of funds are dialing back on accumulation plans. Until they have a clear picture as to when ETFs will be approved and warn that institutional demand for crypto could continue to tread water in the short term.
With altcoins in the struggle, Bitcoin maintains its grip on global investment. Institutional crypto demand for Bitcoin soared last week, with inflows totaling $921 million.
Investors appear increasingly confident in Bitcoin’s ability to perform as a macro-hedge as inflation cools and the Federal Reserve prepares for another rate cut.
This renewed confidence has lifted cumulative Bitcoin investments to $9.4 billion since the last rate adjustment, highlighting how institutional crypto demand remains concentrated in the world’s largest digital asset.
Ethereum’s performance diverged from Bitcoin’s strength. After five consecutive weeks of positive inflows, Ethereum recorded $169 million in outflows, suggesting that institutional crypto demand for the asset is fading.
U.S. spot Ethereum ETFs also reported three straight days of net outflows, even as ETH briefly rallied above $4,200 before traders locked in profits. Market strategists link Ethereum’s weakness to regulatory uncertainty and profit-taking after its recent rally.
The U.S. remained the leader in institutional crypto demand, recording $843 million in inflows. Germany followed with a record-high $502 million, indicating sustained institutional participation in Europe’s largest economy.
Switzerland, however, registered $359 million in outflows, a figure analysts say largely reflects internal asset transfers rather than outright selling. These patterns illustrate a split market: strong institutional crypto demand in the U.S. and Germany versus cautious positioning in Switzerland and other European regions.
Despite lower institutional inflows, Solana continues to display technical strength. The token trades near $199, up 3.5% for the week.
Analyst curb.sol noted that Solana’s breakout from the $200 resistance zone signals a potential macro expansion, with long-term price targets near $1,000 and $2,000. If institutional crypto demand improves, Solana could spearhead the next phase of altcoin growth, much like its explosive rally in 2021.
Analyst Crypto Patel maintains a bullish long-term perspective. He projects that Solana could replicate its earlier 27,560% growth cycle, potentially reaching $9,200 by 2029. Patel described the current market as a Wyckoff-style accumulation phase.
He emphasized that a rebound in institutional crypto demand will likely depend on ETF approvals and renewed macroeconomic stability, both of which could trigger a strong capital rotation back into altcoins.
Despite weakness in altcoins, global crypto funds saw a combined inflow of $921 million last week. Daily data from Farside showed that Bitcoin exchange-traded products attracted $477 million on October 21 alone.
Global trading volumes remained high at $39 billion, indicating strong market activity. Liquidity and participation stay healthy even as institutional crypto demand cools temporarily.
The drop in institutional crypto demand also highlights a market that continues to be highly sensitive to U.S. regulatory news. EOS, ADA and Sui lost short-term momentum altcoins like Solana, Cardano andSUI have lost short-term resistance is possible profit taking into Bitcoin.
Analysts expect institutional crypto demand to return as ETF approvals advance. As monetary policy settles, paving the way for a fresh boom in the digital-asset space.
Also Read: $2 Billion Liquidity Incoming for BlackRock’s Bitcoin ETF as UK Traders Pile Into IBIT
Institutional Crypto Demand – Investment interest and capital inflows from large financial institutions into digital assets.
ETF – A regulated investment vehicle that tracks the price of an asset, such as Bitcoin or Ethereum.
Altcoins – Cryptocurrencies other than Bitcoin, including Solana, Cardano, XRP, and Sui.
Inflows/Outflows – The amount of money entering or exiting crypto investment products over a given period.
Regulatory Uncertainty – Lack of clear government policies affecting crypto investment decisions.
Liquidity – The ease with which assets can be bought or sold without affecting their price.
It refers to investment activity from large financial institutions, including hedge funds, asset managers, and banks, allocating capital to cryptocurrencies.
Delays in ETF approvals and regulatory uncertainty have reduced confidence among major investors, leading to temporary pullbacks in altcoin investments.
Solana, Cardano, Sui, and XRP have seen the largest drops in institutional crypto demand in recent weeks.
Yes. Institutional crypto demand for Bitcoin remains robust, as it’s viewed as a stable and liquid hedge during market uncertainty.
Read More: ETF Delays Hit Institutional Crypto Demand: Solana, Cardano, and Sui See Pullbacks">ETF Delays Hit Institutional Crypto Demand: Solana, Cardano, and Sui See Pullbacks
This article was first published on The Bit Journal.
Liquidity-driven DeFi continues to become more sophisticated, and finding the best yield farming platforms for 2025 is more crucial now than ever. With the total value locked (TVL) in yield-farming protocols already reaching hundreds of billions of dollars; identifying platforms that strike a good balance between reward and safety is a top priority.
Yield farming; also known as liquidity mining, is the process of locking or staking cryptocurrency on a protocol in return for rewards; usually in the form of interest; governance tokens; or a share of transaction fees.
This process involves supplying liquidity to pools on decentralized exchanges (DEXs); or lending assets on money-markets. To stand out from the crowd; the best yield farming platforms need to offer high yields; audited smart contracts, and transparent tokenomics.
Yield farming is increasingly becoming an integral component of decentralized finance (DeFi); and a growing demand for structured exposure through high-quality yield farming platforms is being seen.
Here are five leading yield farming platforms worth evaluating in 2025:
| Platform | Network(s) | Why It Stands Out |
| Aave | Ethereum; Polygon; Arbitrum | Robust lending/borrowing framework with large TVL. |
| Curve Finance | Ethereum; Arbitrum; Base | Stable-coin pools offer lower risk; and steady returns. |
| Yearn Finance | Ethereum | Automated vaults optimize returns across strategies. |
| PancakeSwap | BNB Chain | High-yield farming and simple user interface for retail users. |
| Uniswap | Multi-chain | Leading AMM enabling LP rewards and farming on varied tokens. |
When it comes to selecting a standout platform; one can’t just look for the highest APY. It is important to focus on security and yield optimization. Top analysts at DeFiLlama and industry insiders; agree that protocols with audited contracts; transparent team governance, and high TVL are the ones worth keeping an eye on.
For instance; Hacken’s smart-contract risk report drives home the point that even a high APY isn’t enough to outweigh weak audits or opaque token emissions.
As the yield farming landscape continues to evolve; the best yield farming platforms are starting to develop into “yield aggregators” that automatically optimize strategies.
When choosing the best yield farming platforms; consider the following criteria:
Security and audit track record – Protocols that have been audited by reputable firms and have a clear governance and transparent operations; are generally more trustworthy.
Total Value Locked (TVL) and liquidity depth – A higher TVL is a good indicator of user confidence and protocol stability; and indicates lower risk.
Yield sustainability and tokenomics – A platform that offers elevated yields without a clear reward mechanism or token model is likely to present some hidden risks.
Chain compatibility and fee efficiency – Lower transaction costs and cross-chain support can help reduce the barriers to entry for a larger user base.
Transparency of mechanics – The best platforms clearly publish how yield is generated; reward distribution mechanics, and any potential risks involved.
In a nutshell; when it comes to picking the best yield farming platforms; it is important to focus on the ones that offer large; diverse liquidity, a trustworthy audit history; manageable tokenomics, and open transparency.
Despite the upside; yield-farming comes with real risks that need to be managed:
Impermanent loss: This occurs when an LP token’s fundamental assets diverge in price; more relevant in volatile token pairs than stablecoin pools.
Smart contract vulnerabilities: Even mature protocols can have bugs, exploits or governance attacks, audits don’t eliminate risk entirely.
Tokenomics dilution and reward inflation: High-yield offers might be token reward inflation rather than sustainable yield from protocol operations.
Liquidity risk / exit risk: Low-TVL pools can hinder withdrawal or expose users to more volatility when large withdrawals happen.
Chain- and protocol-specific risks: Fees, network congestion, chain hacks or bridge exploits can affect yields or access.
Mitigating measures are diversifying across protocols, using audited platforms, favoring high-TVL pools and being aware of protocol governance and reward token models.
While high APYs are attractive, the real value is in choosing platforms where long-term security and protocol credibility match yield potential.
The universe of yield farming platforms in 2025 offers many opportunities for passive yield generation in crypto. But the focus has shifted from just getting high APYs to choosing platforms based on security; liquidity, transparency and risk tolerance.
Aave; Curve, Yearn, PancakeSwap and Uniswap; stand out for being functional and reliable. Success in yield-farming will favor disciplined strategy; continuous monitoring and understanding what drives yield; not chasing headline percentages.
DeFi (Decentralized Finance): Financial systems and protocols on blockchain; without centralized intermediaries..
Liquidity Provider (LP): Someone who deposits assets into a pool; and earns rewards from trades or protocol activity.
APY (Annual Percentage Yield): The annualized interest rate when interest is compounded.
TVL (Total Value Locked): The total amount of assets in a DeFi protocol. It’s a measure of its size and trust.
Impermanent Loss: Loss for LPs when price changes of assets in a pool; cause value to diverge from just holding them.
Yield Aggregator: A protocol that optimizes yield across many pools and platforms.
Yield farming is depositing crypto into DeFi protocols; like liquidity pools or lending platforms; to earn interest or tokens.
Staking is locking coins to secure a blockchain and earn rewards; less complex; often lower return and lower risk.
Top platforms have audits and large TVL; but risks like smart-contract bugs; impermanent loss; token emission dilution and market volatility remain. Always use protocols with transparent history and manage risk.
They reward liquidity providers via fees; governance tokens or interest from lending pools. Auto-compounding and leveraged strategies also boost returns.
Yes; but start with simple pools (e.g. stable-coin pairs); on trusted platforms like Curve or PancakeSwap. Ensure to understand fees, locking terms and risks like impermanent loss. Don’t use complex strategies until comfortable with DeFi.
Impermanent loss is when one provides liquidity in a pool and asset prices diverge, reducing value compared to just holding.
It’s a big risk for LPs; so many of the best yield farming platforms now offer stable-coin only pools or optimized LP strategies to reduce this.
Read More: Best Yield Farming Platforms for 2025: How to Find the Perfect Balance of Risk and Reward">Best Yield Farming Platforms for 2025: How to Find the Perfect Balance of Risk and Reward
This article was first published on The Bit Journal. Bitcoin surged past $116,000 on Monday morning after U.S. Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent announced a “very substantial framework” for a trade agreement between Washington and Beijing.
Although a video of 79-year-old President Donald Trump dancing when he landed in Malaysia caught social media attention throughout the weekend, it was the words of Bessent that led to the optimistic reaction of global markets and investors, which boosted both stocks and cryptocurrencies.
The Bitcoin surge was accompanied by an increase in traditional markets, as stocks also opened higher in Asia and the U.S, reflecting renewed optimism on reducing trade tensions between the two largest economies in the world.
Trump arrived in Kuala Lumpur on Sunday to pay a visit to the 47 th Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) summit where his delegation is said to have assisted in brokering a peace deal between Cambodia and Thailand. Bessent, in the meantime, had signed various memorandums of understanding (MOUs) with Asian collaborators on rare earth mineral cooperation the strategic victory at a time of continued global realignments of supply chains.
Nevertheless, the greatest achievement was the behind-the-scenes talks made by Bessent with the Chinese officials, which led to a tentative framework of trade that sought to end months of trade stalemate. Bessent said during an interview on NBC:
“We’ve created a framework for the two leaders to discuss on Thursday in Korea.I think it will be fantastic for U.S. citizens, for U.S. farmers, and for our country in general.”
The markets reacted quickly to the announcement. Bitcoin surge momentum drove the price to $114,217.55 at the time of writing, a 1.93 percent rise on the last day and 4.73 percent on the week, respectively. The cryptocurrency has been ranging between $113,015.30 and $116,273.31 since Sunday, which is one of the most stable and bullish weekends of the cryptocurrency in the last several months.
Trade activity increased accordingly. The 24-hour trading volume of Bitcoin increased by 87.11 percent to reach $62.55 billion, and market capitalization increased by 1.95 percent. The crypto market dominance of the asset did not significantly change at 59.63, increasing by a small margin of 0.01%.
The enthusiasm was reflected in derivatives markets. According to Coinglass data, open interest in Bitcoin futures rose 3.05 to $76.18 billion and total liquidations reached $140.97 million. Bitcoin surge had a big impact on short positions where they sustained a loss of $123.30 million and long traders suffered a relatively small loss of $17.67 million.
The most recent Bitcoin boom, analysts argue, highlights the extent to which cryptocurrency markets are following macroeconomic trends and geopolitical changes. The recent surge of Bitcoin demonstrates how vulnerable the digital goods are to conventional market drivers such as trade policy and diplomatic co-operation, according to one Singapore-based trader.
The following week may be a key one. On Thursday, Donald Trump and Chinese President Xi Jinping will hold an initial meeting on the Asia Pacific Economic Cooperation (APEC) summit in South Korea where both the leaders are likely to agree on the specifics of the proposed trade setup.
Should the discussions lead to tangible gains, analysts foresee the potential further increase of the Bitcoin surge and even new all-time highs by early November.
As global markets ride a wave of optimism, all eyes now turn to Thursday’s APEC summit in South Korea. The anticipated Trump–Xi meeting could determine whether the current Bitcoin surge and stock market rally evolve into sustained economic momentum or fade with unmet expectations.
Follow us on Twitter and LinkedIn, and join our Telegram channel to be instantly informed about breaking news!
Bitcoin Surge: Rapid rise in Bitcoin’s price.
Scott Bessent: U.S. Treasury Secretary behind the trade deal news.
Trade Framework: Initial U.S.-China trade agreement plan.
Donald Trump: U.S. President attending ASEAN and APEC summits.
U.S.-China Trade Deal: Agreement easing economic tensions.
ASEAN Summit: Meeting of Southeast Asian nations.
APEC Summit: Asia-Pacific trade summit for U.S.-China talks.
Derivatives Market: Trading based on asset value changes.
Open Interest: Active futures contracts in the market.
Geopolitical Factors: Global political events affecting markets.
It rose after the U.S. announced a major trade framework with China.
He attended the ASEAN summit and helped broker a peace deal.
Stocks and crypto surged on renewed trade optimism.
All eyes are on the APEC summit for further trade progress.
Read More: Bitcoin Surges as U.S.-China Trade Breakthrough Sparks Market Rally">Bitcoin Surges as U.S.-China Trade Breakthrough Sparks Market Rally
Japan’s financial infrastructure is entering a new era as TIS Inc., the nation’s largest payments processor, officially launches its Multi-Token Platform on Avalanche. For decades, TIS has powered the core of Japan’s financial operations.
The Nasdaq-listed company will allocate 5.6% of its $3.57 billion Ether treasury through ether.fi and EigenCloud on Linea, marking one of the largest corporate DeFi deployments to date.
The expanded integration lets Coinbase Prime clients stake Solana, Avalanche and other proof-of-stake assets directly from custody.
Éric Ciotti of the Union of the Right for the Republic led the charge with a motion to ban CBDCs and promote stablecoins in France.
Bitcoin Magazine
Bitcoin Miner TeraWulf (WULF) Stock Jumps 25% on Positive AI News
Shares of TeraWulf (NASDAQ: WULF) jumped more than 25% Tuesday morning after the company announced a pivot to AI.
TeraWulf, one of the largest publicly traded bitcoin miners, is accelerating its shift into artificial intelligence infrastructure through a new joint venture with AI cloud provider Fluidstack.
The companies plan to build 168 megawatts (MW) of high-performance computing capacity at TeraWulf’s Abernathy, Texas, campus under a 25-year hosting agreement valued at roughly $9.5 billion in contracted revenue.
TeraWulf will hold a 51% stake in the venture and retain exclusive rights to participate in Fluidstack’s next ~168 MW project on similar terms. Construction is expected to be completed in the second half of 2026, with the total project costing $8 million to $10 million per MW, the company announced.
To support project financing, Google has committed to back about $1.3 billion of Fluidstack’s long-term lease obligations, improving the credit profile of the joint venture’s debt structure.
No equity issuance or warrants were included as part of the deal.
The announcement expands TeraWulf’s contracted high-performance compute pipeline to more than 510 MW and supports an updated growth strategy targeting 250 MW to 500 MW of new contracted capacity annually.
The company, best known for its bitcoin mining operations, has increasingly leaned into AI-focused data center development amid a market shift toward GPU-based compute demand.
“Securing more than 510 MW of critical IT load in the past 10 months provides a direct proof-point of our growth strategy,” CEO Paul Prager said.
Alongside the expansion, TeraWulf reported preliminary third-quarter revenue of $48 million to $52 million — up roughly 84% from a year earlier — and adjusted EBITDA of $15 million to $19 million.
Leading Bitcoin mining companies are switching over to AI on top of their mining efforts. Firms like Marathon Digital, Riot Platforms, and CleanSpark are seeing strong stock gains but are also pivoting toward Artificial Intelligence and High-Performance Computing (HPC), leveraging their large-scale energy and data infrastructure.
This transition positions miners as emerging technology players beyond cryptocurrency, attracting investor interest.
Other companies, including Core Scientific, Bitdeer, and Hut 8, are following suit — Bitcoin miners are becoming key contributors to the AI-driven digital economy while maintaining exposure to Bitcoin.
According to their website, TeraWulf is a U.S.-based digital asset technology company that owns and operates sustainable data centers for high-performance computing (HPC) and bitcoin mining.
This post Bitcoin Miner TeraWulf (WULF) Stock Jumps 25% on Positive AI News first appeared on Bitcoin Magazine and is written by Micah Zimmerman.
Bitcoin Magazine
France Proposes National Bitcoin Reserve, Wants to Buy 2% of Bitcoin Supply
A pro-crypto bill will be tabled today in the French Parliament by the center-right Union of the Right and Centre (UDR) party, led by lawmaker Éric Ciotti, marking the first time such a comprehensive legislative proposal on cryptocurrency has been introduced in France.
The initiative calls for a national Bitcoin Strategic Reserve and aims to position the cryptocurrency as a form of “digital gold” to strengthen financial sovereignty.
The proposed legislation would see France aim to acquire up to 2% of Bitcoin’s total supply — roughly 420,000 BTC — over the next seven to eight years, according to journalist Gregory Raymond.
To manage the reserve, the bill envisions the creation of a Public Administrative Establishment (EPA), similar in structure to France’s gold and foreign-currency holdings.
Funding for the Bitcoin reserve would come from multiple sources. Surplus nuclear and hydroelectric energy would power public Bitcoin mining operations, with adapted taxation for miners to encourage domestic participation.
BREAKING:
— Bitcoin Magazine (@BitcoinMagazine) October 28, 2025
Back in July, French lawmakers submitted a proposal to convert surplus electricity into economic value through Bitcoin mining. The bill outlined a five-year experimental program allowing energy producers to use excess power — particularly from nuclear and renewable sources — for mining.
The July initiative aimed to tackle France’s recurring issue of energy overproduction, as producers were often forced to sell surplus electricity at a loss due to limited storage. The proposal described this as an “unacceptable economic and energy loss.”
This new bill would also allow France to retain crypto seized during legal proceedings, and a quarter of funds collected via popular savings schemes, such as the Livret A and LDDS, would be allocated to daily Bitcoin purchases — approximately 15 million euros per day, or 55,000 BTC per year.
Pending constitutional approval, citizens could also pay certain taxes in Bitcoin.
The bill also emphasizes the use of euro-denominated stablecoins for everyday payments, recognizing them as a credible alternative to traditional payment networks.
Transactions under €200 would be exempt from taxation and social contributions, and payment of taxes in euro stablecoins would be allowed.
The proposal explicitly opposes a European Central Bank-controlled digital euro, arguing that a centralized CBDC could threaten financial freedoms and personal privacy.
To support industry development, the legislation proposes adapting electricity taxation for mining through a progressive excise duty and flexible tariffs for data centers. It also encourages institutional adoption of Bitcoin and other crypto-assets via Exchange Traded Notes (ETNs) and calls for revisions to European prudential rules, which currently impose high risk-weightings on certain crypto-assets, limiting the use of crypto as collateral for “Lombard” loans.
Despite its ambitious scope, the bill faces steep political hurdles. The UDR holds only 16 of 577 seats in the National Assembly, making adoption unlikely without broader support, per Raymond.
This post France Proposes National Bitcoin Reserve, Wants to Buy 2% of Bitcoin Supply first appeared on Bitcoin Magazine and is written by Micah Zimmerman.
Bitcoin Magazine
SoFi to Launch Bitcoin and Crypto Trading, Eyes Record Year
SoFi Technologies (NASDAQ: SOFI) raised its full-year profit forecast on Tuesday after reporting record third-quarter results that beat Wall Street expectations, driven by fee revenue and more user growth across its financial products.
CEO Anthony Noto said the company remains on track to launch crypto trading by the end of the year, with plans to roll out its own SoFi USD stablecoin in the first half of 2026 — marking its biggest step yet into the digital asset economy.
SoFi said adjusted revenue climbed 38% year-over-year to $950 million, surpassing analyst estimates of $886.6 million.
This move echoes that of banking giant Morgan Stanley. Earlier this quarter, Morgan Stanley announced plans for crypto trading for retail clients on its E*Trade platform, partnering with Zerohash for liquidity, custody, and settlement.
Adjusted profit for SoFi more than doubled to $0.11 per share in the three months ended September 30, topping expectations of $0.08 per share. Shares of SoFi rose 3.8% in pre-market trading following the announcement, according to Reuters reporting.
JUST IN:
— Bitcoin Magazine (@BitcoinMagazine) October 28, 2025
Founded as a student loan refinancing startup, SoFi has evolved into a full-scale financial services platform offering products ranging from IPO investing to credit cards and high-yield savings accounts.
The company now boasts a market capitalization of roughly $36 billion, cementing its position among the leading players in the fintech sector.
Earlier this year in June, SoFi announced that it had reintroduced spot crypto trading and launched plans for a blockchain-based global remittance service after halting crypto services in 2023 due to regulatory constraints.
The company said SoFi members would again be able to buy, sell, and hold cryptocurrencies such as Bitcoin within its platform.
In addition to reinstating crypto trading, SoFi revealed a new self-serve international money transfer feature, expected to go live soon.
The service would let SoFi Money users send funds across dozens of countries directly from the SoFi app, with transfers conducted over secure blockchain networks.
Recipients would receive local currency instantly, with full fee and exchange-rate transparency provided upfront and 24/7 access to transactions.
Back in June, CEO Anthony Noto said SoFi viewed blockchain and crypto as central to the future of financial services, emphasizing the company’s goal of offering members more control and flexibility across their financial lives.
This post SoFi to Launch Bitcoin and Crypto Trading, Eyes Record Year first appeared on Bitcoin Magazine and is written by Micah Zimmerman.
Bitcoin Magazine
Bitcoin Price Volatility Hits Record Lows
Bitcoin price is once again testing the patience of traders, moving within one of the tightest percentile price ranges in its history. For more than four months, BTC has traded between roughly $106,000 and $123,000. This period of quiet has pushed volatility to its lowest level ever recorded on six-month metrics. Each time in the past that volatility has fallen to similar depths, it has been followed by a major trending move.
The current lull stands out even compared to previous phases of consolidation in this cycle. Despite occasional liquidations and sharp wicks, the broader price structure has barely shifted since June. One of the most telling metrics is the weekly Bollinger Band Width — the indicator has now reached its lowest weekly reading ever. In every past instance that Bitcoin’s bands have squeezed to this degree, bitcoin price volatility expansion followed shortly after.
Periods of ultra-low volatility have never lasted long. In this cycle alone, there have already been five examples where similar consolidations ended with significant moves exceeding 65% gains within 100 days. Averaging those historical fractals to today’s setup would imply a potential bitcoin price target between $170,000 and $180,000 by 2026 if the next expansion phase mirrors prior behavior.
However, bitcoin price volatility compression does not guarantee immediate upside. Previous examples have shown that these low-volatility periods can extend for several months before a breakout occurs. Bitcoin could continue to trade sideways through late Q1 2026, oscillating within the current range before direction is decided.
Several macro factors could serve as a catalyst for renewed bitcoin price volatility. The Federal Reserve is expected to announce another rate cut, which markets currently price at near-certainty. Gold’s recent reversal after setting new highs also hints at potential capital rotation. If even a small fraction of that capital migrates toward Bitcoin amid falling rates and renewed risk appetite, the effect could amplify any breakout once volatility expands.
Volatility naturally declines as Bitcoin matures from a multi-billion to a multi-trillion-dollar asset, but the cyclical nature of expansion and contraction remains. The current compression phase has lasted unusually long, and historically such conditions have preceded powerful multi-month trends.
The final months of 2025 and early 2026 may test this pattern once again. With bitcoin price volatility metrics at record lows, macro conditions turning supportive, and market sentiment subdued, Bitcoin appears poised on the edge of its next major move.
For a more in-depth look into this topic, watch our most recent YouTube video here: Bitcoin Is About To Surprise Everyone.
For deeper data, charts, and professional insights into bitcoin price trends, visit BitcoinMagazinePro.com.
Subscribe to Bitcoin Magazine Pro on YouTube for more expert market insights and analysis!
Disclaimer: This article is for informational purposes only and should not be considered financial advice. Always do your own research before making any investment decisions.
This post Bitcoin Price Volatility Hits Record Lows first appeared on Bitcoin Magazine and is written by Matt Crosby.
Ozak AI and BlockchainFX Impress, But BlockDAG’s Coinbase & Kraken Listing Leaks Starts Whale Frenzy!
Lately, Ozak AI and BlockchainFX have dominated crypto-chatter, one promising an AI-driven trading ecosystem that’s already pulled millions in funding, the other pushing a cross-market super-app connecting DeFi, forex, and equities. Both are fueling discussions about what the next generation of presale crypto coins could look like. But if these projects are setting the stage for innovation, what happens when a network built for speed, scalability, and real utility suddenly steps into the exchange spotlight?
That’s exactly what’s unfolding with BlockDAG (BDAG). According to the tweet from Crypto Rover, its listings on Coinbase and Kraken aren’t speculation, they’re structured, confidential, and virtually ready to launch. The crypto space might just be standing on the edge of its next breakout moment.
When Crypto Rover hinted that internal documents confirming BlockDAG’s listings on Coinbase and Kraken had surfaced, the community lit up. The leaks show this isn’t rumor, it’s paperwork. Coinbase has already outlined trading pairs like BDAG/USDT and BDAG/USD, along with in-app promotions and banner placements. Kraken’s cooperation file reveals $300,000 set aside for liquidity and another $300,000 for marketing campaigns, including token disbursements. Together, they paint a picture of a project entering the exchange arena with precision and preparation.
This leak hit right as presale crypto coins were competing for attention, and BlockDAG instantly stole the spotlight. Its presale has raised over $430 million across 31 batches, selling more than 27 billion BDAG coins to 312,000+ holders. The final TGE code still allows late investors to access the presale price of $0.0015, with the mainnet launch price expected at $0.05. Few presale crypto coins have shown this level of traction before listing day, and that’s exactly why this leak feels monumental.
Add to that over 20,000 mining rigs sold, audits from CertiK and Halborn, and a multi-year F1® partnership, and you’ve got a project that looks ready for its big exchange debut. Rover’s leak might have just signaled the countdown.
Ozak AI has become one of the most talked-about new tokens of late, especially after its presale crossed the $4 million mark. Priced around $0.012 per token, the project claims to be building a decentralized AI ecosystem powered by Prediction Agents that let users create or use trading models without coding.
It’s built around a DePIN-based streaming network that handles low-latency data and runs on decentralized compute infrastructure. Partnerships with Pyth Network, Dex3, Hive Intel, and SINT have helped boost its visibility, while its integration plans suggest practical use cases in analytics and on-chain data services.
Much of the hype around Ozak AI comes from its positioning as a utility-driven token rather than a speculative one. The presale phase allocates 30% of its 10-billion supply, with the rest split between ecosystem development, liquidity, and reserves. Its backers claim it could reach $1 if the roadmap holds a, bold projection that reflects both optimism and risk. With several promotional articles calling it the “AI-crypto of 2025,” the project now sits among the year’s most watched early-stage tokens, especially as investors weigh how far its claimed technology can really go.
BlockchainFX has turned heads by raising over $7 million in its presale and positioning itself as a bridge between traditional finance and crypto. The project aims to create a multi-asset platform where users can trade more than 500 instruments, from cryptocurrencies to stocks, forex, ETFs, and commodities, all from a single app.
Its token, BFX, is priced between $0.019 and $0.023 in the current presale phase, with an expected listing target around 0.05. Reports also mention daily USDT rewards for stakers and redistribution of 70% of platform trading fees back to the community, showing how the token is built around active ecosystem use.
What makes BlockchainFX stand out is its attempt to merge DeFi tools with everyday trading functionality. The roadmap mentions Visa card integration for crypto payments and ongoing audits by firms like CertiK and Coinsult. The presale has attracted over 8,500 investors, thanks to its focus on accessibility and cross-market exposure. While much of the buzz is driven by promotional coverage, the idea of a single gateway that connects digital and traditional assets has made BFX one of 2025’s most closely watched presale projects, especially as it edges toward its public launch.
Ethereum’s steady upgrades and Solana’s strong developer traction have both reinforced their positions as key market leaders. Yet, even with network expansions and rising transaction activity, both continue to face limitations, Ethereum in speed and costs, Solana in stability during surges. As investors look for newer ecosystems that combine both reliability and scale, attention is shifting toward projects offering stronger fundamentals before listing.
That’s where BlockDAG has gained an edge. Unlike Ozak AI and BlockchainFX, which are still deep in their development phases, BlockDAG already has tangible progress, with $430 million raised, 312,000 holders, and confirmed listing agreements with Coinbase and Kraken. Among all presale crypto coins right now, BDAG’s blend of technology, transparency, and readiness makes it the project everyone’s watching heading into 2025.
Disclosure: This is a sponsored press release. Please do your research before buying any cryptocurrency or investing in any projects. Read the full disclosure here.
The post Ozak AI and BlockchainFX Impress, But BlockDAG’s Coinbase & Kraken Listing Leaks Starts Whale Frenzy! appeared first on The Merkle News.
Prague, Czech Republic – October 2025 — Every ambitious trader asks the same question: What’s the fastest way to scale? Should you grind through endless two-step challenges, or go straight for instant funding?
The choice is more than technical. For thousands of traders worldwide, it’s the difference between finally breaking through — or burning out before the journey even starts.
For years, two-step challenges were sold as the “fair test” of a trader’s skill. In reality, they’ve become a money-printing machine for firms — and a graveyard for traders’ dreams.
Here’s the truth:
As one trader described it:
“Passing the challenge was harder than trading real markets. It felt like a game designed for me to lose.”
This is the dark side of the two-step model — and why so many traders are turning to instant funding.
Instant funding flips the model. No months of hoops, no simulated games — just real capital from day one.
If you want a clear comparison of top firms offering instant funding vs. two-step evaluations, explore our breakdown of the Best Crypto Prop Trading Firms of 2025.
Martin’s Story: From Burnout to BreakthroughMartin, a 29-year-old trader from Germany, nearly gave up on his dream.
He spent six months and over $2,000 trying to pass multiple two-step challenges at offshore firms. Each time, he got close — only for the rules to shift or the payout to vanish. By the end, he wasn’t just broke; he was broken.
“I felt like I was gambling against the house. Even when I passed, they always found a reason not to pay. I told myself: maybe trading isn’t for me.”
Then Martin found Mubite. He applied for Instant Funding, got $20,000 in capital on day one, and within four weeks, withdrew his first profit — real money, on time, no excuses.
Now, just three months later, Martin has scaled to a $60,000 account and says he finally feels like a professional:
“Mubite gave me what others never could: trust. For the first time, my effort actually mattered.”
Unlike offshore firms, Mubite gives traders both options:
Learn how to build consistency from day one with our guide: 5 Habits Every Beginner Needs to Succeed in Crypto Prop Trading.
Whether it’s instant funding or two-step evaluations, the truth is this: the model means nothing if the firm doesn’t pay.
That’s why Mubite puts trust first:
As Mubite’s CEO explains:
“The model is only half the story. The other half is trust. We built Mubite so traders know: if they perform, they get paid. Period.”
Mubite’s vision is bigger than instant funding or challenges. The firm is building the world’s first global trading tribe — a network where 100,000 traders can scale capital, compete in tournaments, and grow together.
With live events planned in Dubai, Asia, and Latin America, plus online competitions for traders worldwide, Mubite is turning crypto prop trading from a lonely grind into a global movement.
The choice is clear:
Mubite proves that with transparency, fast payouts, and a real trading community, scaling doesn’t take months of games — it starts today.
👉 Join Mubite, get up to $40,000 in instant funding, and trade with a firm that’s already paid $500k+ to 10,000 traders worldwide.
Because trading should be about your skill — not their games.
Disclosure: This is a sponsored press release. Please do your research before buying any cryptocurrency or investing in any projects. Read the full disclosure here.
The post Instant Funding vs. Two-Step Challenges — Which Prop Trading Model Really Works for Crypto Traders? appeared first on The Merkle News.
The Gnosis price has experienced modest volatility following the passing of the GnosisDAO GIP-140 proposal, a major governance update aimed at overhauling the platform’s voting mechanisms.
The GIP-140 initiative replaces the current subgraph-based GNO strategy with a suite of strategies that read blockchain state directly from both the execution and beacon layers.
The proposal’s approval marks a significant step toward enhancing the accuracy and reliability of Snapshot voting while adding support for StakeWise tokens and reducing dependency on external data providers.
GIP-140’s passage reflects a broad consensus among GnosisDAO participants, with 82 votes cast, overwhelmingly in favour of the measure.
The core objective is to eliminate the subgraph dependency, which has historically caused delays and inaccuracies in voting power calculations.
The new system attributes voting power to GNO balances across both the Gnosis Chain and Ethereum, locked GNO holdings, validator balances, and StakeWise’s sGNO and osGNO tokens.
By pulling data directly from on-chain and beacon chain sources, the proposal seeks to create a more robust and transparent voting environment that can better reflect actual stakeholder influence.
The technical implementation involves updating Snapshot’s configuration via a SafeSnap transaction, pointing to aggregator contracts deployed on both Gnosis Chain and Ethereum, as well as a new beacon-chain strategy for staked GNO.
Delegation mechanisms have also been updated to integrate these new sources, ensuring a seamless transition for DAO members accustomed to existing workflows.
The changes position GnosisDAO to handle complex governance requirements while reducing reliance on third-party indexers like The Graph, which previously introduced inconsistencies.
Surprisingly, following the approval of GIP-140, the Gnosis price has seen a slight pullback, falling 0.89% over the past 24 hours and underperforming the broader crypto market, which gained 0.06%.
The price movement aligns with profit-taking behaviour after GNO achieved a 7.98% weekly gain and an 8.3% rise during October.
Technical indicators suggest the market is testing resistance around the 30-day simple moving average of $137.93 and the 61.8% Fibonacci retracement level at $138.47.
While the RSI remains neutral at 53.42, a bearish divergence in the MACD hints at potential short-term consolidation.
In addition, liquidity pressures stemming from CoinDCX’s June 2025 delisting continue to weigh on GNO trading activity.
Despite being months old, the delisting reduced retail access to the token, and the 24-hour turnover ratio of 1.08% remains relatively low compared with broader DeFi sector averages.
Regulatory uncertainties surrounding stablecoins, particularly the relaunch of USDS under the stricter US GENIUS Act, may also indirectly influence sentiment toward Gnosis Chain assets.
Nevertheless, milestones like Gnosis Pay’s $100 million transaction volume suggest that ecosystem adoption could counterbalance some of these headwinds.
The combination of technical consolidation, lingering liquidity constraints, and regulatory considerations creates a cautious but watchful environment for Gnosis price movements.
Holding the $135–$137 zone could provide the stability needed for renewed momentum, particularly as GnosisDAO’s upgraded Snapshot strategies begin to reflect more accurate voting power across multiple token types.
In the coming weeks, the Gnosis price may respond to both market dynamics and the tangible impact of GIP-140’s execution, particularly if the changes enhance voting accuracy and encourage broader participation in the DAO.
For now, the community appears aligned, and the successful passage of GIP-140 represents a meaningful milestone that could shape GNO’s trajectory in both governance and market performance.
The post Gnosis price outlook as GnosisDAO GIP-140 proposal passes appeared first on CoinJournal.
The blockchain ecosystem continues to expand rapidly but for many users, it still feels fragmented. Managing wallets, switching gas tokens, and handling liquidity across multiple chains creates friction that slows adoption.
Mono Protocol enters this space with a mission to redefine blockchain interaction. It focuses on bringing users, assets, and applications together under one simplified framework.
Currently in Stage 15 of its presale, the project has already secured $2.8 million, signalling strong interest from the Web3 community.
This growing momentum underscores the need for infrastructure that reduces complexity and builds confidence in decentralised finance.
For years, blockchain users have had to navigate a disjointed landscape — multiple wallets, isolated balances, and incompatible ecosystems. These technical hurdles often make blockchain feel less accessible than it should be.
Mono Protocol tackles this challenge through unified balances that allow assets from various chains to appear in one account. Instead of tracking which network tokens belong to, users interact through a single, connected interface.
This results in a fluid, intuitive experience that minimises failed transfers and offers consistent transaction outcomes. The system’s guaranteed settlement layer enhances reliability, allowing both users and developers to operate across networks with greater confidence.
By simplifying complex interactions, Mono Protocol sets a new standard for how Web3 can function as one cohesive ecosystem.
While many blockchain presales emphasise speculation, Mono Protocol’s presale stands out for its focus on tangible innovation. The ongoing Stage 14 offers an entry point for participants who recognise the value of chain abstraction, MEV-resistant execution, and liquidity locks.
These technical foundations ensure transactions settle efficiently and securely across multiple networks. The presale follows a successful $2 million private round, underscoring consistent investor confidence in the project’s utility-driven roadmap.
Beyond funding, this progress strengthens Mono Protocol’s capacity to deliver on its promise — building an infrastructure that makes Web3 interaction more natural and reliable. Each presale milestone contributes to refining features that address real pain points rather than adding unnecessary complexity.
With nearly full funding achieved in the current stage, the project is positioned as one of the most credible new crypto presales in today’s oversaturated market.
Gas fees remain one of blockchain’s biggest usability challenges. Mono Protocol introduces a universal gas model, allowing users to pay fees using any token, eliminating the constant need to hold native chain assets.
Its governance framework aligns stakeholders across the ecosystem. Token holders can participate in decision-making while staking MONO to enhance security and support validator stability.
Meanwhile, the protocol’s execution bond mechanism ensures dependable transaction settlement. Under the Resource Locks model, solvers and routers stake MONO to guarantee that every confirmed transaction executes promptly and securely.
These innovations demonstrate a clear focus on real-world usability, addressing the most common frustrations of DeFi with infrastructure that prioritizes efficiency and trust.
The coming weeks bring milestone moments for Mono Protocol. Starting October 30, the Smart Contract Audit will strengthen the platform’s foundation with enhanced security and trust.
On November 7, the Launch Beta begins, opening access to a new phase of user interaction and testing. Then, on November 13, the CEO AMA will provide fresh insights into Mono’s roadmap and next major updates.
Together, these milestones reflect steady growth and community-focused innovation.
Mono Protocol’s Reward Hub is an interactive platform for earning $MONO while supporting Web3 growth. From presale and social quests to referral missions, each action brings exclusive rewards and opportunities.
Stay active through daily and weekly events to gain levels and unlock higher bonuses. It’s designed for users who want to engage meaningfully while growing alongside Mono’s expanding ecosystem.
Join today, complete your first quest, and start turning participation into progress in the MONO Reward Hub.
Blockchain’s true potential depends on removing the fragmentation that divides it. Mono Protocol’s ongoing presale showcases how this can be achieved with a unified, interoperable approach.
By merging balances, simplifying gas payments, and ensuring instant settlement, the project moves beyond conceptual fixes toward practical solutions that work in real-world environments. Its vision isn’t about hype, it’s about making decentralized systems usable for everyone.
With $2.6 million already secured, Mono Protocol is on the verge of closing another strong chapter in its presale journey. Its progress reinforces a broader industry shift toward projects that deliver genuine value, transparency, and scalability.
If blockchain is to feel connected, accessible, and ready for mass adoption, Mono Protocol offers a blueprint for how that transformation begins.
Learn more about Mono Protocol:
Website: https://www.monoprotocol.com/
X: https://x.com/mono_protocol
Telegram: https://t.me/monoprotocol_official
LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/company/monoprotocol/
The post The future of unified blockchain interaction with Mono Protocol: New developments, announcements, and rewards appeared first on CoinJournal.
Polygon Labs has announced a strategic partnership with Manifold Trading as it looks to boost Polygon’s decentralized finance (DeFi) ecosystem.
The platform revealed the integration with the quantitative trading firm via a press release on October 28, 2025.
The news came as POL, the native token of the Polygon network, gained amid broader market optimism.
At the time of writing, POL hovered above $0.20.
Institutional-grade execution is the main take of Polygon Lab’s partnership with Manifold.
According to the announcement, the integration represents a deliberate effort to elevate the infrastructure of DeFi platforms within Polygon’s ecosystem.
At its core is Manifold’s proprietary quantitative models and high-frequency trading algorithms.
The integration brings the firm’s institutional infrastructure and experience to Polygon.
The alliance focuses on integrating Manifold’s execution engine directly into Polygon’s AggLayer, with Manifold deploying its sophisticated order routing and market-making tools tailored for DeFi environments to the Ethereum scaling solution’s network.
“Access to deep, stable liquidity is foundational to any mature financial system,” said Maria Adamjee, head of investor relations at Polygon Labs. “Manifold’s ability to actively manage spreads, size, and responsiveness across multiple venues makes them an ideal ecosystem partner as we continue scaling institutional-grade DeFi across the Polygon ecosystem.”
This integration is expected to roll out progressively.
At the centre of this partnership is the infusion of institutional liquidity into the DeFi ecosystem, addressing longstanding challenges such as fragmented pools and volatile pricing.
Manifold’s quantitative models excel in providing deep liquidity through automated market-making and predictive analytics, which can dynamically adjust to market conditions.
“Polygon has become one of the most active venues for DeFi innovation,” said Noah Hanover, quantitative developer at Manifold. “We’re focused on supporting market stability and depth at scale, so that traders, protocols, and capital allocators can operate in a liquid, reliable environment.”
The integration aligns with broader market and regulatory trends.
Many top platforms are incorporating features such as on-chain proof-of-reserves and compliance hooks to appeal to enterprise adopters.
Polygon, which recently activated its Rio upgrade to boost network transaction speed, efficiency, and cut fees, is one of the platforms eyeing greater traction.
Part of the growth has earned recognition. Ethereum co-founder Vitalik Buterin recently lauded Polygon’s role in pioneering zero-knowledge proofs.
POL is the native token that powers the Polygon ecosystem.
It functions as the platform’s native gas and staking token, which means it helps to secure the network as well as allow users access to the growing number of apps built on Polygon.
This marks POL as a token with real utility, a factor that has seen its price grow significantly amid both retail and institutional demand.
At the time of writing, POL traded above $0.20, a key level for bulls following recent declines
The post Polygon partners Manifold to boost DeFi ecosystem appeared first on CoinJournal.
Digital assets performed well on Tuesday as Bitcoin reclaimed $117,000.
The broader sector has turned bullish amid optimistic updates and tomorrow’s Fed decision on interest rates.
In a groundbreaking move that has stirred the altcoin space, US regulators have reportedly approved exchange-traded funds linked to Solana, Litecoin, and Hedera.
This marks a crucial moment for the digital assets industry, with diversified ETF offerings beyond Bitcoin and Ethereum.
Enthusiasts can now access Bitwise Solana, Canary HBAR, and Canary Litecoin exchange-traded funds on the New York Stock Exchange.
The decision follows the new policies that allow issuers to evade the lengthy review procedures by the SEC.
The new financial products are experiencing significant investor appetite.
According to ETF analyst Eric Balchunas, the Bitwise SOL staking ETF saw its trading volume hit $10 million within the first 30 minutes.
It has eclipsed Hedera and Litecoin at $4 million and $400k, respectively.
Here's numbers fter 30min$BSOL: $10m$HBR: $4m$LTCC: $400k
— Eric Balchunas (@EricBalchunas) October 28, 2025
Meanwhile, the approval will boost investor exposure in SOL, LTC, and HBAR through regulated channels.
That eliminates the complexity of navigating wallets and finding legitimate brokers.
The new funds have already debuted on leading United States exchanges as the gap between DeFi and TradFi blurs.
The latest approvals increase alternatives for investors.
Until recently, institutional players remained restricted to Bitcoin and Ethereum-related financial products.
Now, the landscape has transformed dramatically.
Solana, known for speed and its vibrant DeFi, meme token, and NFT ecosystem, has been among the hottest blockchains in the past few months.
With SOL ETFs live, the project can anticipate remarkable liquidity and market stability.
Such fundamentals can help Solana cement its status as a serious “Ethereum Killer.” SOL is trading at $199 after gaining more than 3% the past week.
The OG Litecoin has remained relevant through the years due to its constant network uptime and strong fundamentals.
An LTC ETF approval confirms that regulators still perceive Litecoin as a time-tested token that can serve conservative investors navigating cryptocurrencies.
LTC is trading at $98, bracing for impressive upside breakouts.
Finally, Hedera’s exchange-traded fund offers an opportunity for individuals exploring the blockchain role in tokenized assets, sustainability, and business solutions.
HBAR gas soared over 10% the previous day to $0.2018.
Donald Trump’s meme token led the gainers today. TRUMP gained more than 14% the past 24 hours to $7.11.
Trump Media’s deal with Crypto.com to launch Truth Predict is fueling TRUMP’s surges.
NEW: 🇺🇸🎥 President Trump’s Truth Social has partnered with #Crypto.com to launch “Truth Predict.”
The new feature will make Truth Social the world’s first social media platform to offer federally compliant prediction markets on politics, economics, and sports. pic.twitter.com/7GUWns4AvB
— Bitcoin.com News (@BTCTN) October 28, 2025
Under the agreement, Truth Social will channel event contracts through CDNA, a CFTC-registered exchange and clearinghouse.
The partnership provides the platform with a federally compliant framework to offer prediction markets tied to elections, economic data, commodity prices, sports results, and other real-world events.
Trump Media is promoting the initiative as the first instance of a publicly traded social media company integrating prediction markets directly into its platform.
The new feature will display real-time market pricing, allowing users to respond to live developments.
Social elements will be integrated alongside trading functions, enabling users to discuss positions, share forecasts, and trade simultaneously.
User engagement will be directly linked to trading activity — participants who earn “Truth gems” through interactions can convert them into CRO digital tokens, which can then be used to purchase event contracts.
The post Altcoins today: Solana, Litecoin, and Hedera ETFs debut; TRUMP rebounds appeared first on CoinJournal.
The post How High Can XRP Price Go After the FOMC Meeting Today? appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
The U.S. Federal Reserve will announce its latest interest rate decision at the FOMC meeting today, October 28. The market expects a decent 25 basis point rate cut, a move already priced in by most investors. For that reason, the immediate impact on crypto markets may be limited.
At the time of writing, XRP is trading at $2.65, down about 1% over the last 24 hours. While price action remains muted, traders are closely watching how XRP might react once the rate decision is official.
The broader crypto market has been relatively quiet this week. XRP, in particular, has lagged behind some altcoins that recently surged following ETF approvals, such as Hedera (HBAR) and Litecoin (LTC).
Hedera, for example, jumped nearly 10% in a day after confirmation of its upcoming ETF. That strong move caught many off guard, as the approval was widely expected but apparently not fully priced in. The sharp rally has led some analysts to believe the same could happen with XRP once its own ETF finally gets approval.
A rate cut generally increases liquidity across markets, encouraging investors to move money into risk assets, including cryptocurrencies. If today’s decision confirms the expected cut, it could support a gradual rebound in XRP and the broader market.
Still, analysts warn that the scale of XRP’s next move will depend on how investors interpret the Fed’s tone. A more uncertain outlook from the central bank could limit gains in the short term.
From a technical standpoint, XRP faces strong resistance near $2.75 to $2.80, levels that it needs to reclaim to build upward momentum. Some short-term downside toward $2.55 remains possible before a new leg higher.
However, sentiment is improving as market conditions stabilize and excitement builds around a future XRP spot ETF. If fundamentals continue to strengthen, XRP could target the $3 mark soon.
The post Big News: First Spot ETFs for Solana, Litecoin, and Hedera Go Live with $14.4M in First-Hour Volume appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
The first-ever spot exchange-traded funds (ETFs) for Solana (SOL), Litecoin (LTC), and Hedera (HBAR) have officially begun trading on Wall Street, marking a historic moment for digital assets beyond Bitcoin and Ethereum.
In the first 30 minutes of trading, Bitwise’s Solana ETF ($BSOL) recorded over $10 million in volume, while Hedera’s $HBR ETF traded $4 million and Litecoin’s $LTCC ETF saw $400,000.
Alt szn catalyst?
— Surf (@Surf_Copilot) October 28, 2025
SOL, HBAR, and LTC spot ETFs launched with $14.4M in first-hour volume.
BTC moves modestly with ETF flows (0.42 corr), while ETH’s nearly double (0.79).
If these mirror ETH, altcoins could soon move with TradFi money. Watch institutional flows. pic.twitter.com/WqVxbO5mKx
Bitwise’s Solana ETF stands out for offering 7% annualized staking rewards with zero management fees, a move designed to attract long-term institutional investors. The underlying SOL tokens are held in secure custody with Coinbase Custody and BitGo, ensuring transparency and compliance with regulatory standards.
This sudden wave of approvals followed a quiet but important change in SEC regulatory guidance earlier this month. As explained by Bloomberg analyst, the update appeared in a Q&A issued by the SEC’s Division of Corporate Finance, specifically Question 11 of 22, which altered the language around the registration process for securities. While the text referenced initial public offerings, ETF issuers interpreted it as a green light for spot crypto funds.
Canary Capital was the first to apply this revised framework on October 7, filing for both its Litecoin and Hedera ETFs. Bitwise followed on October 8 with the Solana Staking ETF, and Grayscale submitted its $GSOL filing the next day. Bloomberg analyst Eric Balchunas confirmed that the SEC’s swift certification of Form 8-A filings was the final step before listing.
Despite the partial U.S. government shutdown, these approvals moved quickly, meaning the SEC’s ETF review pipeline has become more efficient and perhaps more open to digital assets.
The arrival of these altcoin ETFs marks the first big expansion of regulated crypto investment products since the approval of Bitcoin and Ethereum spot ETFs. For the first time, institutional investors can gain direct exposure to blockchain networks that power smart contracts, payments, and decentralized applications beyond the two dominant cryptocurrencies.
The post The “Banking Boom” Trigger: As Fed Cuts Loom, Digitap ($TAP) Is Forecast to Absorb Trillions, Targeting $18 appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
The next major wave in finance might not come from banks. It may come from bold crypto platforms poised at the intersection of payments, banking, and blockchain. With the Federal Reserve signaling interest-rate cuts and global liquidity expanding, the stage is being set for a real banking boom.
A project named Digitap ($TAP) is getting investor attention. With a working Visa card with no KYC, deflationary tokenomics, and global reach, analysts forecast that Digitap could absorb trillions in payments volume. And $TAP is projected to reach a price target of $18 by 2026.
An interest rate cut by the Federal Reserve will make borrowing cheaper, increase the volume of business activities, and encourage financial innovations. A Fed decision to lower rates signals more money in the economy, which in turn supports fintech and payment innovation.
As these factors put pressure on traditional banks to maintain tight margins, crypto-based fintech platforms are in a winning position. Digitap is right there in the middle of this perfect storm. It is not dependent on a future event to take off; it is already operational worldwide and looking for growth.
While traditional banks are busy trying to upgrade their systems, Digitap provides a simplified, borderless solution based on crypto and fiat interoperability.
Digitap is the one-stop money platform that allows users to exchange, save, send, and spend both crypto and fiat. This is possible through cards, wallets, and offshore accounts. The card is powered by Visa and supports Apple Pay and Google Pay.
Advanced AI-powered tools allow users to switch between cards, wallets, and accounts effortlessly. The product’s privacy-first approach means no one is tracking, everything is encrypted, and the user has complete control.
Anything done within the Digitap platform is a value-add for platform holders: the platform automatically purchases and burns $TAP tokens with a portion of its revenue.
Thus, it reduces the supply and eventually brings scarcity of the tokens. With the global payments market expected to reach over $250 trillion by 2027, even a small share of that market represents significant potential.
The payments industry is in a position to be transformed by the rate cuts that bring about lower borrowing costs and easier money movement. Traditional banks get trapped in their old ways, while Digitap offers instant settlement with 1% remittance fees. Digitap is one of the top crypto coins, leading the way in 2025.
Digitap has its worldwide card network, multi-currency accounts, and no-KYC onboarding in place. It is capable of attracting freelancers, international businesses, and expats who require quick and cost-effective cross-border access. As payment flows shift away from legacy rails and towards crypto-enabled rails, $TAP will be well positioned to gain both volume and value.
That’s the way analysts come up with their forecast. By calculating Digitap’s increasing share of the global money-movement market, it is ready for exponential gains in the future.
The tokenomics of Digitap help tell the story of its long-term value. The total number of $TAP tokens is limited to 2 billion. Every transaction on the platform has an auto-buy-back and burn event. Therefore, holders are rewarded through staking, cashback, and referral programs. All measures are put in place to encourage the ecosystem’s volume rather than speculation.
Observing the presale round, the analysts note that the present pricing is still very close to the expected listings, but at a very low level.
With more than $1 million brought in the current presale and tokens priced at about $0.0194, the current entry position offers a huge upside potential. Analysts predict that Digitap could reach $18 per token if the platform starts generating significant payment volume from early supporters.
The next banking boom will happen with the platforms that can move money instantly, cheaply, and privately. Digitap is one of these platforms with 100% security approved by audits from Solidproof and Coinsult.
When the Fed starts cutting rates and liquidity is flowing freely again, money will be on the move. Digitap is a crypto coin that can best facilitate that. The prediction of $18 per $TAP token is not just an exaggeration but a logical result of its design and total addressable market. This is because they have a working Visa system, worldwide coverage, and a deflationary model in their favor.
For investors looking beyond short-term stunts and meme plays, Digitap offers one of the most interesting bets in this cycle.
Discover how Digitap is unifying cash and crypto by checking out their project here:
Presale: https://presale.digitap.app
Website: https://digitap.app
Social: https://linktr.ee/digitap.app
The post Official Trump Token Faces Tug-of-War Between Bulls and Bears— What’s Next for the Price? appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
After a sharp rally that sent the Official Trump (TRUMP) price token soaring in recent sessions, the momentum now appears to be cooling as the market enters a phase of equal bullish and bearish pressure. Traders are closely watching whether the token can sustain its gains or face a short-term correction amid broader market uncertainty. As buying momentum slows, the next few trading sessions could decide whether TRUMP’s price resumes its uptrend or confirms a near-term pullback.
The Official Trump (TRUMP) token has captured market attention once again, surging nearly 30% after the announcement that USD1, a Trump-linked stablecoin, will launch on the Enso Chain. The move is seen as a key step in expanding the Trump crypto ecosystem, potentially enhancing TRUMP’s real-world utility and investor confidence. This expansion comes as momentum traders position for further gains, though short-term consolidation remains likely amid rising market volatility.
Adding to the buzz, a Reuters investigation revealed that the Trump Organisation generated approximately $802 million from crypto-related ventures between January and June 2025—surpassing its traditional business income during the same period. Of this, nearly $336 million reportedly originated from the TRUMP token, spotlighting the financial weight of the Trump-backed digital asset. However, the findings have reignited debate over governance, transparency, and political influence in crypto markets, with regulators and investors alike watching closely how the ecosystem evolves in the coming weeks.
The Official Trump (TRUMP) token is showing signs of renewed strength after months of steady decline. Following a sharp rebound from its October lows, the price has broken above a key descending trendline for the first time since May, signalling potential bullish reversal momentum. Trading volume has spiked notably, reflecting increased investor interest. However, with the token now hovering near critical resistance around $7.20–$7.30, traders are watching closely to see if this breakout holds or fades into consolidation.
The chart shows TRUMP testing a long-term descending resistance trendline, with current price action slightly above the $7.20 resistance zone. The DMI indicator reveals tightening pressure between bulls (DI+) and bears (DI–), suggesting balanced momentum. Meanwhile, the RSI at 57 signals moderate bullish strength but not yet overbought, implying room for upside continuation. A decisive close above $7.30 could confirm a breakout toward $8.50, while rejection here may lead to a retest of the $6.20–$6.40 support region.
The Official Trump (TRUMP) token’s recent rebound above its long-term trendline has re-energized bullish sentiment, but a sustained rally toward $10 will depend on continued ecosystem growth and broader market stability. A confirmed breakout above $7.50 could open the path toward $9.80–$10.00, especially if momentum strengthens alongside renewed buying volume. However, failure to hold above $6.20 may trigger another correction phase. For now, TRUMP stands at a crucial inflexion point—where market conviction will determine whether the next move is a breakout or a fade.
The post Why Hedera (HBAR) Token Price Up Today? appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Hedera (HBAR), the native cryptocurrency of the Hedera Hashgraph network, has stunned the crypto world with a sharp 15% jump in just 24 hours, hitting the $0.20 mark. The sudden surge has reignited investor excitement and placed one of today’s top gainers.
With growing institutional interests, traders believe more 50% to 60% gain is coming for HBAR’s token?
Here’s the key reason why HBAR token price is jumping today, while other cryptocurrency struggling to surge.
Launch of the First HBAR ETF
The main driver behind HBAR’s rally is the launch of the Canary HBAR ETF on Nasdaq. This marks the first-ever exchange-traded fund offering direct exposure to HBAR, allowing large investors to buy the token in a regulated and secure way.
The fund holds real HBAR tokens in custody with BitGo and Coinbase Custody, providing assurance for institutions concerned with compliance and security.
Expansion in Stablecoin Utility
Adding more momentum, the Hedera Foundation announced that USDC, one of the largest stablecoins, is now available on Bybit. This expansion enhances liquidity and trading opportunities within the Hedera ecosystem, solidifying HBAR’s position in stablecoin-powered payments and DeFi activities.
Major Network Upgrades and Partnerships
Hedera has recently rolled out key network upgrades aimed at improving speed, scalability, and transaction efficiency. Alongside this, several new DeFi and NFT integrations have expanded its ecosystem.
Strategic partnerships and ongoing developer initiatives have also increased attention toward HBAR’s real-world applications, further boosting investor sentiment.
The HBAR ETF listing opens a new era for Hedera, as greater Wall Street interest could further boost price and profile while validating the project’s long-term potential.
At the same time, several pseudonymous crypto traders believe HBAR is on the edge of a major price breakout. Based on current chart patterns, they predict a 50–60% price surge could soon follow.
The accompanying chart shows a clear bullish setup, suggesting that HBAR may be preparing for a sharp upward move as momentum continues to build.
The post Bittensor (TAO) Price Jumps 10% as Subnet Demand Surges—Can the AI Crypto Rally Sustain? appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Bittensor (TAO) price surged over 10% in the past few hours, climbing above the $450 mark as renewed demand for its subnets and rising speculative activity fuelled fresh optimism in the AI crypto sector. The decentralized machine-learning network has seen a sharp spike in trading volumes and open interest, signalling growing investor confidence. As TAO breaks key resistance levels, traders are now eyeing the $500 milestone—raising the question: can this AI-powered blockchain sustain its bullish momentum?
Bittensor’s sharp rally can be attributed to a confluence of bullish technical and fundamental factors. The most immediate catalyst is the surging demand for Bittensor’s subnets, which recorded an 11% jump in market cap within 24 hours, reflecting growing usage and developer activity. On top of that, futures open interest spiked nearly 19%, signalling strong speculative participation.
Technically, TAO has broken above a long-term descending trendline, marking a key bullish reversal pattern. The breakout has drawn renewed attention from traders who see Bittensor as one of the most promising plays in the AI + crypto narrative, especially with major institutional interest brewing in decentralized machine learning networks.
From a technical standpoint, Bittensor’s breakout above $434 has flipped a crucial resistance level into support, confirming a bullish reversal on both the 4-hour and daily timeframes. The price has consistently formed higher highs and higher lows, signaling sustained buying momentum. Analysts point to $466–$475 as the next critical resistance zone, beyond which TAO could target $500 in the short term.
Bittensor (TAO) is showing strong bullish momentum, rebounding from the $280–$300 support zone and now testing the key resistance near $470. The price has surged above both the 50-day and 200-day moving averages, with the two lines converging—hinting at a potential golden cross, a classic bullish signal that often precedes strong upward trends. Rising volume confirms growing momentum, while the RSI near 63 suggests steady buying pressure. A breakout above $470could pave the way toward $500, with support around $360.
Bittensor’s recent price rally underscores growing confidence in both its AI-driven narrative and improving on-chain fundamentals. With rising subnet activity, expanding trading volumes, and a potential golden cross on the horizon, TAO appears technically well-positioned for further upside. However, the $470–$480 range remains a critical barrier that must be cleared for continuation toward $500 and beyond. As momentum builds, traders should watch for sustained volume and confirmation above resistance to validate the next phase of Bittensor’s bullish trend.
The post Circle Launches Public Testnet For Arc With Participation from Over 100 Institutions appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Circle has officially launched the public testnet for Arc, an open Layer-1 blockchain network built to support developers and companies, driving more economic activity onchain.
This is a major milestone for Circle and it’s already attracting participation from over 100 companies across the financial and technology sectors.
Arc is now available for developers and enterprises to deploy, test and build on what Circle describes as the new Economic Operating System (“OS”) for the internet.
CEO Jeremy Allaire said that the testnet is “seeing remarkable early momentum”, as leading companies, protocols, and projects begin to build and test.
He highlighted that these participants collectively serve billions of users and handle trillions in assets worldwide, underscoring Arc’s goal to connect local markets to the global economy. He described Arc as enterprise-grade infrastructure designed to enable a more open, inclusive, and efficient financial system built natively on the internet.
The Arc Ecosystem is Taking Shape
— Jeremy Allaire – jda.eth / jdallaire.sol (@jerallaire) October 28, 2025
With today’s public testnet launch, we’re proud to share that leading companies across major sectors of the global financial system and onchain economy are already engaging in the early Arc ecosystem.
Collectively, these organizations manage… pic.twitter.com/dI3aCIzS43
Arc is a big step toward building a more open and programmable financial infrastructure for the global economy. It is designed to make onchain transactions faster, smarter, and easier to use, with predictable dollar-based fees, sub-second transaction finality and opt-in configurable privacy.
With its integration to Circle’s full-stack platform, Arc enables a wide range of use cases across lending, capital markets, foreign exchange and global payments.
Leading capital markets firms engaging with Arc include Apollo, BNY, Intercontinental Exchange, and State Street.
Other participating banks, asset managers, and insurers include Absa, Clearbank, BlackRock, Goldman Sachs, HSBC, Deutsche Bank, Standard Chartered, Invesco, SBI Holdings and others.
Circle notes that payments are emerging as one of Arc’s most powerful use cases, making it easy for people and businesses to move money instantly and without friction. The same infrastructure also supports AI-driven systems that can autonomously send and settle value in real time.
The technology and payments firms engaging with Arc, include AWS, Mastercard, Visa, Cloudflare, Brex, Nuvei, among others. Stablecoin issuers from various regions are also active on the testnet.
Arc is also partnering with leading developers and infrastructure providers including MetaMask, Ledger, Fireblocks, Alchemy and Chainlink.
Anthropic is enhancing the developer experience on Arc with Claude code-powered builder tools. Crosschain partners include Across, Wormhole and Stargate while Elliptic, Quicknode, and TRM will ensure that Arc stays fast, secure, and reliable.
Arc is bringing together leading players from across the digital asset ecosystem, from decentralized and centralized exchanges to market makers, lenders, and custodians. DEXs like Uniswap and Curve provide onchain liquidity, while Coinbase, Kraken, and Robinhood expand global access.
Major market makers like Galaxy Digital, Wintermute, and GSR enhance liquidity, and lending platforms such as Aave and Maple support credit and capital efficiency. Custodians like BitGo and Zodia Custody help keep assets secure.
Circle notes that the testnet launch marks the beginning of a network designed to evolve into a distributed, community-driven system.
Over time, it plans to expand validator participation, introduce transparent governance models, and involve the community in its evolution.
The gathering brought together decision-makers, investors, and innovators for a night of discussions, celebrating Gibraltar’s role as a hub for fintech.
The post The House of Block hosts exclusive supper club celebrating Gibraltar’s innovation and financial leadership appeared first on CoinGeek.
Kurt Wuckert Jr. takes you behind the scenes of what happens when covering such blockchain events.
The post Kurt’s Personal Blog: London Blockchain Conference 2025 appeared first on CoinGeek.
Trumps China tariff threat triggered a crypto flash crash, wiping $19B in open interest and liquidating 1.6M traders.
The post Tariff threat triggers crypto flash crash and liquidations across the market appeared first on Crypto Briefing.
Monad launched its airdrop reveal for eligible community members. The Layer 1 blockchain, known for EVM compatibility and high performance.
The post Monad announces Monad airdrop reveal is live for participants appeared first on Crypto Briefing.
OceanPal closed a $120M PIPE transaction for SovereignAI, which will build an AI-cloud infrastructure using NVIDIA tech and powered by NEAR.
The post OceanPal announces $120M PIPE investment for NEAR-powered SovereignAI appeared first on Crypto Briefing.
Machi Big Brother's actions may influence market sentiment, potentially driving increased interest and volatility in ETH and HYPE trading.
The post Machi Big Brother adds 220K USDC to Hyperliquid, doubles down on HYPE and ETH longs appeared first on Crypto Briefing.
The strong demand for Bitwise's Solana staking ETF highlights growing investor interest in crypto ETFs, potentially boosting market adoption.
The post Bitwise Solana staking ETF records $10M in trading volume in first 30 minutes appeared first on Crypto Briefing.
SharpLink's strategic moves could significantly influence Ethereum's scaling and DeFi landscape, enhancing institutional adoption and governance.
The post SharpLink plans $200M Ethereum deployment with Linea partnership appeared first on Crypto Briefing.
Whale profitability may signal a market shift, influencing retail investor behavior and potentially stabilizing Bitcoin's volatile landscape.
The post CryptoQuant reports Bitcoin whales back in profit at $112,788 appeared first on Crypto Briefing.
A widely shared seasonality snapshot is making the rounds ahead of month-end: a Coinglass heat map of Bitcoin’s monthly returns, reposted by trader Daan Crypto Trades. The table spans 2013–2025 and shows November as the statistical outlier in Bitcoin’s calendar—both for eye-popping gains and for sharp drawdowns in certain years.
“November is Bitcoin’s best month based on historical performance. By far,” Daan wrote on X, pointing to an average November change of +46.02% across the dataset. That figure is visibly distorted by November 2013’s +449.35% surge, the single largest monthly move on the board. He added: “The average gain over all these months is +46.02%. But this is heavily skewed by a single monthly gain in November 2013. Bitcoin went up +449.35%!! that month.”
The raw counts back up the reputation without the hyperbole. Out of the 12 Novembers listed (2013–2024), 8 finished green—2013 (+449.35%), 2014 (+12.82%), 2015 (+19.27%), 2016 (+5.42%), 2017 (+53.48%), 2020 (+42.95%), 2023 (+8.81%), and 2024 (+37.29%)—while 4 were negative—2018 (-36.57%), 2019 (-17.27%), 2021 (-7.11%), and 2022 (-16.23%).
The median November change sits at +10.82%, a more conservative central tendency that dampens the 2013 effect. Excluding 2013 entirely, the simple average for November drops to roughly +9.35% across the remaining 11 years, underscoring how one month can skew mean-based seasonality.
Context from the broader table matters. November’s average is the highest of any month on Coinglass’s grid, ahead of October’s +20.30% average, while December shows a far more mixed profile with a +4.75% average but a -3.22% median—an imbalance consistent with outlier-driven months.
September, long maligned by traders, retains a negative average (-3.08%) over the full period. The 2024 row itself captures the push-and-pull of this cycle’s narrative: double-digit gains in February, March, May, October, and November, offset by meaningful drawdowns in April, June, and August, and a negative December print to close the year (-2.85%).
Daan’s framing extends beyond simple seasonality. “November & December is when the 2013, 2017 & 2021 cycles topped out. It’s also where the 2018 & 2022 cycles bottomed out,” he noted. That observation lines up with the historical inflection points most market participants remember: the late-2013 mania and subsequent crash, the December 2017 peak, the November 2021 all-time high, and the December 2018 and November 2022 washouts.
The Coinglass grid cannot timestamp intramonth highs or lows, but the clustering of major pivots into the final two months of the year is consistent with the market’s folklore and with the returns pattern that shows both exceptionally strong up months and some of the cycle’s most punishing down months in this window.
The practical takeaway—again in Daan’s words—is not categorical bullishness, but regime risk: “All in all, an eventful last 2 months of the year generally speaking. Whether it’s on the bullish or bearish side, volatility and big market pivots have been the theme into the end of the year.” The heat map supports that characterization.
November’s distribution spans the widest extremes on record—from +449.35% at the top to -36.57% on the downside—with a two-thirds hit rate for green months and a median gain in the low double digits. December, by contrast, has produced both cycle tops and cycle bottoms despite a modest average, a reminder that average and median statistics can obscure the path risk that defines Bitcoin’s fourth quarter.
Seasonality is not destiny, and the sample is limited. Still, the data-backed message is clear: as November approaches, Bitcoin’s historical pattern has been less about quiet trend continuation and more about variance—the kind that has marked both euphoric blow-offs and capitulation lows.
At press time, BTC traded at $114,487.
Crypto analyst CasiTrades has predicted that the XRP price could still crash to $1.4 in the final wave of this downtrend. This comes despite bullish catalysts such as the Fed rate cut, which could lift the altcoin to new highs.
In an X post, CasiTrades stated that exchanges are aligning toward their .618 retracements, with Binance showing a crash to between $1.35 and $1.46 for the XRP price. She noted that this next wave down would complete the macro Wave 2 correction, setting the stage for the next Wave 3 impulse that could send XRP toward $6.50 or $10.
This came as the analyst remarked that the XRP price was at a major decision point, with the price continuing to test the Wave 4 highs. She noted that this resistance is making another wave down a possibility. To invalidate the move down, CasiTrades stated that XRP needs to break and hold above $2.82 on Binance.
However, so far, the XRP price hasn’t done so, with CasiTrades noting that the price is still ranging between support and resistance. She explained that this leans toward this being a Wave 4, with the altcoin one final move lower before the next macro impulse. The analyst ruled out a V-shaped recovery, noting that price typically breaks through resistance immediately and decisively, which is not happening with the current price action.
She further remarked that the hesitation suggests that selling pressure isn’t fully exhausted for the XRP price. However, CasiTrades assured that the deeper support levels aren’t a reason to panic, as they are high conviction accumulation zones. Meanwhile, the analyst highlighted a discrepancy in the price action on different exchanges.
She noted that the XRP price on Binance wicked to $0.77 during the $19 billion liquidation event, while on Coinbase, XRP never reached its .618 retracement level. CasiTrades then reiterated that until $2.82 breaks, the price action favors one final wave down before the next major move up.
Crypto analyst Egrag Crypto has assured that the bull run isn’t over for the XRP price, despite predictions that the top may be in. He stated that as long as XRP holds above $2.20 and $1.97 as monthly closes, then there is no structural break. He also believes that the altcoin and other risk assets are about to “roar.”
Egrag Crypto noted that quantitative tightening is still active and that Fed rate cuts are just beginning. In line with this, he declared that the last leg up is still waiting to play out. He claimed that cycles don’t end when 50% of traders are cautious, but do when everyone is “drunk on euphoria.”
At the time of writing, the XRP price is trading at around $2.6, down in the last 24 hours, according to data from CoinMarketCap.
What to Know:
The Trump family has made another bold move in the corporate crypto world as the publicly listed treasury and mining firm American Bitcoin (ABTC) announced a 1,414 Bitcoin addition to its holdings.
That’s roughly $163M at current prices and brings $ABTC’s total stash to about 3,865 BTC – approximately $446M.
Backed by Donald Trump Jr and Eric Trump, American Bitcoin is the public-facing vehicle formed after a merger between Canadian miner Hut 8 Corp and Gryphon Digital Mining.
In a media release, American Bitcoin emphasized that its business model goes beyond simply buying $BTC; it also mines the cryptocurrency directly, which the company says gives it a cost advantage over peers that purely purchase from the market.
To drive the point home, ABTC relies on a metric called ‘Satoshis per share,’ or SPS. With 100M Satoshis per Bitcoin, ‘sats’ are the smallest unit of value in $BTC. By dividing the number of shares by the total number of sats in the Bitcoin it holds, ABTC can tell shareholders exactly how much $BTC their holdings represent.
Following the announcement, ABTC’s stock rose by more than 11% in a single session, as the news resonated with investors hungry for exposure to public company-level crypto strategies.
Bitcoin is up by around 4.7% in the past week, and sits just under $115K, near a two-week high.
ABTC forms part of the growing push for crypto treasuries, and signals confidence in Bitcoin’s near-term trajectory. That trajectory bodes well for key altcoins as well. Even as ABTC amasses Bitcoin, tokens like $HYPER, $PEPENODE, and $WLFI are emerging as the best altcoins to buy right now.Bitcoin Hyper ($HYPER) plans to introduce a next-gen Layer-2 ecosystem that will address Bitcoin’s biggest pain points – slow speeds, high costs, and smart-contract compatibility.
And the project will do this by merging Bitcoin’s monetary dominance with Solana’s high-performance virtual machine (SVM) environment.
The Hyper Layer-2 will use a Canonical Bridge architecture on the SVM that allows native $BTC to be minted, wrapped, and deployed across a fast, low-fee ecosystem. And with zero-knowledge proofs and final settlement on the original Bitcoin Layer-1, it will all be executed without compromising Bitcoin’s top-tier security model.
Bitcoin Hyper enables real-time payments, DeFi participation, and on-chain micro-transactions that unlock Bitcoin’s liquidity for practical utility.The project’s hybrid framework positions it as a natural upgrade to Bitcoin, capable of scaling transaction speeds from Bitcoin’s current seven transactions per second to multiple thousands, courtesy of the SVM. Meanwhile, its native token, $HYPER, will power validator staking, bridge operations, and ecosystem governance.
Discover more about this exciting Layer-2 project in our detailed Bitcoin Hyper review.
The combination of new utility and proven reliability bode well for $HYPER’s performance, which is why it’s no surprise that the Bitcoin Hyper surpassed the $25M milestone yesterday.
It’s also part of the reason our $HYPER price prediction shows that the token could potentially increase from its current price of $0.013185 to $0.08625 by the end of 2026 – for 554% gains. To get in now, check out our step-by-step guide to buying $HYPER.
Being a presale, though, its price rises in stages, while the staking APY decreases as more holders stake their tokens. With little over one day left before the next price increase – and staking APY currently at 47% – there’s no time like the present to join the presale at its early-bird price.
Ready to jump in? Visit the official Bitcoin Hyper presale website right away.
PepeNode ($PEPENODE) deploys an innovative ‘mine-to-earn’ infrastructure play that transforms how meme coin culture and the blockchain intersect.
With a virtual server-room model, you’ll be able to use your $PEPENODE tokens to buy mining rigs and nodes to outfit your server rooms. And the more nodes you have, the more $PEPENODE you’ll mine.
Rewards are also up for grabs courtesy of this gamified project – and they’re not limited to $PEPENODE. Rewards include other popular meme coins like $PEPE and $FARTCOIN.
This novel platform brings together the fun of blockchain gaming and the raw potential of meme coins. For PepeNode investors, mine-to-earn opens the door for several ways to earn from the project:
Discover how to buy PepeNode in our easy-to-follow guide.
Fancy being a virtual crypto miner? Head to the official $PEPENODE presale today.
World Liberty Financial ($WLFI) – like all Trump projects – is as politically charged as it is business-motivated. Launched in parallel with Donald Trump’s pro-crypto policies, World Liberty Financial includes the $WLFI token as well as stablecoins like $USD1.
$WLFI blends meme-coin energy with a treasury-backed investment protocol tied to the Trump movement’s populist narrative. Its mission is to empower holders through decentralized finance, tokenized assets, and a particular brand identity.
$WLFI recently gained viral traction after a White House-themed tweet referenced GameStop and crypto freedom and sent trading volume surging past $220M in a single day.
Currently trading at $0.1465, $WLFI is up by more than 14% in the past week, reflecting an appeal that lies partly in its growing ecosystem and partly in political mood affiliation.
Buy your $WLFI today through MEXC and other leading platforms.
To recap: American Bitcoin’s $163M bet on Bitcoin highlights just how much institutional corporate interest there is in the crypto space. Projects like $WLFI show how that interest bridges from corporate projects to leading altcoins, and $HYPER and $PEPENODE stand to benefit.Always do your own research; this isn’t financial advice.
Authored by Aaron Walker, NewsBTC – https://www.newsbtc.com/news/american-bitcoin-pumps-post-btc-buy-next-altcoins-to-soar
Strategy Inc., the company led by Michael Saylor that rebranded from MicroStrategy, was hit with a junk credit grade on Monday as S&P Global Ratings flagged its heavy concentration in Bitcoin and weak dollar liquidity.
According to S&P, the firm’s balance sheet is tied closely to the price of Bitcoin and carries risks that traditional ratings models find hard to treat as stable collateral.
Based on reports, Strategy’s Bitcoin stack is enormous — about 640,808 BTC on its books — worth roughly $73 billion to $74 billion at recent prices.
S&P said that while the company owns a large digital-asset hoard, the volatility of that asset and the company’s limited cash flow make it risky under S&P’s credit rules.
S&P assigned a B- issuer credit rating and kept the outlook stable. That B- places the company squarely in non-investment-grade territory, signaling a higher chance of stress if markets turn against it.
S&P Global Ratings has assigned Strategy Inc a ‘B-‘ Issuer Credit Rating (Outlook Stable) — the first-ever rating of a Bitcoin Treasury Company by a major credit rating agency. https://t.co/WLMkFqkkCb
— Michael Saylor (@saylor) October 27, 2025
Reports have disclosed that S&P was particularly concerned about a mismatch: most obligations are owed in US dollars, but most of the company’s value sits in Bitcoin. This gap can force the sale of Bitcoin to meet dollar payments if prices slide.
Analysts and commentators pointed to sizable convertible securities and preferred-stock commitments that add cash demands on the company. According to filings and market write-ups, the firm faces billions of dollars in convertible and preferred obligations spread over coming years.
Saylor and Strategy have made repeat purchases of Bitcoin as part of their stated plan. Those buys have created big unrealized gains on paper, but S&P’s methodology largely treats the token differently from traditional equity when measuring risk-adjusted capital.
Liquidity, Access To Markets
S&P noted that, for now, Strategy still has access to capital markets, which is why its outlook is stable rather than immediately negative.
But the rating agency warned that a sharp drop in Bitcoin’s price or any sudden tightening of funding channels could trigger a further downgrade.
Market participants will watch funding costs, preferred dividend payments and convertible notes for signs of stress.
Investors reacted with mixed signals in early trading. Some buyers treated the downgrade as a formal recognition of a known risk, while others judged the move as a calibration that won’t stop Saylor’s accumulation strategy if markets stay calm.
Trading volume and price swings in both Strategy shares and Bitcoin may rise as traders reassess odds.
Featured image from Gemini, chart from TradingView
In a bid to dethrone Wikipedia, Elon Musk’s xAI has launched Grokipedia, an AI-generated online encyclopedia. With over 885,000 articles, xAI Grokipedia promises to deliver faster and more factual information.
According to recent reports, xAI, the company behind Elon Musk’s Grok platform, gave birth to a rival to the online knowledge powerhouse. The tech billionaire claims that the platform will be a “massive improvement over Wikipedia,” addressing it as a “woke” Wikipedia.
Tech billionaire Elon Musk launched xAI Grokipedia, an alternative to the uncontested titan, Wikipedia. Criticizing Wikipedia for harbouring “editorial bias” and “ideological narratives,” Musk intends to position his platform to provide fast, factual, and less biased information. In a September X post, Musk wrote,
“We are building Grokipedia @xAI. Will be a massive improvement over Wikipedia. Frankly, it is a necessary step towards the xAI goal of understanding the Universe.”
Despite initial technical hiccups, xAI Grokipedia went live at grokipedia.com on Monday. The platform, powered by Grok, aims to transform the way online knowledge is created and shared. After launching in the afternoon, the site experienced a brief outage due to high traffic, but was restored by the evening.
Notably, Grokipedia, the AI-powered online encyclopedia, boasts around 885,000 articles, a significant difference from Wikipedia’s vast repository of over 7 million articles in English alone. While Wikipedia has a more extensive collection, Grokipedia’s AI-driven approach enables faster updates and potentially more objective information.
Both platforms differ significantly in their approaches to content generation, editing access, and neutrality. Grokipedia uses an AI system in xAI’s Grok model to create and edit articles, using AI technology to update articles more quickly and with less potential bias than human editing allows. On the other hand, Wikipedia is entirely dependent on human volunteers to research, create, and edit entries.
While Grokipedia provides users the ability to submit feedback, the editing function is less available, whereas Wikipedia allows article editing and contributions from anyone.
According to Musk’s Twitter post, even in its early stage, Grokipedia is superior to Wikipedia; he noted that “version 0.1” is “better than Wikipedia,” promising that “Version 1.0 will be 10X better.”
Significantly, the xAI Grokipedia launch stems from Elon Musk’s long-standing criticism of Wikipedia. He believes that the latter is dominated by “far-left activists” and has an “extremely left-biased” editorial approach.
Musk has repeatedly expressed concerns about Wikipedia’s editorial bias, transparency, and potential manipulation of information. In a December 2019 post, he noted,
“Just looked at my wiki for 1st time in years. It’s insane!…Btw, can someone please delete ‘investor’. I do basically zero investing.”
Currently, many of the articles on the new platform appear to be derived from the existing online encyclopedia. But Musk aims to transition away from relying on Wikipedia’s content by the end of the year, leveraging xAI’s Grok model to generate articles instead. In his recent statement, reiterating the vision of xAI Grokipedia, the tech leader stated,
“The goal of Grok and Grokipedia is the truth, the whole truth and nothing but the truth. We will never be perfect, but we shall nonetheless strive towards that goal.”
To summarize, Grokipedia, an xAI initiative from Elon Musk, has launched with more than 885,000 articles and intends to compete with Wikipedia. Technical issues were apparent in the early experience, but the platform is billed as more regular and frequent, with quality articles produced faster.
Despite Grokipedia’s capacity to produce overwhelming amounts of information with an AI model, there are still considerable concerns about the potential for bias and whether it is factually correct. Moving forward, it will be interesting to see whether xAI can improve Grokipedia by balancing rapid updates with building reliability and trust with users; all attempts at launching in Version 1.0 are pointed to being ’10X better.’
Read More: Will Elon Musk’s xAI Grokipedia Replace Wikipedia?">Will Elon Musk’s xAI Grokipedia Replace Wikipedia?
XRP closed October with a mixed tape, yet the setup for November looks constructive. A repeatable price pattern, a genuine supply squeeze on exchanges, and a new institutional treasury building a billion dollar position all point to one thing: higher probability of topside tests.
A recent analysis mapped a close above 2.77 as the trigger that can open Fibonacci targets in the 2.75 to 3.00 area, with stretch room if momentum accelerates.
For search clarity and reader intent, the XRP price November discussion starts with levels. The first inflection is 2.77 on a daily close. Hold above that pivot and the classic 0.5 to 0.618 retracement zone lines up around 2.75 to 3.00, where sellers usually test the bid.
If liquidity thins and momentum runs hot, prior impulses have reached into the low 3s, which keeps 3.20 to 3.40 alive as a secondary path. The baseline case is more modest, but still positive, because the structure respects higher lows and a tightening range into that 2.77 gate.
The XRP price November story is not only technical. On chain flows set the tone. Data aggregators tracked one of the largest two day exchange outflow events on record around Oct. 19 to Oct. 20, with more than 2.6 billion XRP leaving centralized venues. Heavy withdrawals reduce near term sell supply and often precede relief rallies when bids reappear. The signal is not perfect, but combined with price holding support, it tilts odds toward upside follow-through.
New corporate demand shapes the XRP price November narrative as well. A Ripple-affiliated venture called Evernorth plans to become the largest publicly traded XRP treasury via a listing that aims to raise more than 1 billion dollars for accumulation.
The rationale is simple to understand and hard to ignore. A permanent buyer with a mandate to add on weakness can smooth drawdowns and intensify rallies. Reuters reported that the deal is expected to close in the first quarter of 2026, with strategic backers across crypto finance.
The team has been vocal in public.
“I am proud to share that we have launched Evernorth, a first of its kind institutional vehicle built to accelerate XRP adoption,” said CEO Asheesh Birla in a post on X, linking to the treasury’s introduction video. In a later update he added, “We are combining institutional discipline with on chain innovation to grow XRP per share and redefine what a digital asset treasury can be.”
Both messages underline a long horizon and an intent to keep accumulating.
Crypto market strategists have weighed in on flows across assets. “Inflows into altcoins seem to be confined to SOL and XRP at present,” wrote a leading European research head in a public thread, echoing a broader rotation into higher liquidity names while smaller tokens lag. Stronger breadth in these flows would further support the XRP price November case, but concentration in the leaders often comes first.
Good price calls do not rely on one data point. The XRP price November framework tracks several inputs. Exchange reserves trended lower into late October, consistent with those outflows. If reserves keep falling while open interest rises at a measured pace, price can pop on relatively small buy programs. If open interest spikes too quickly, unwinds can wash out gains.
Funding remains the real-time compass. Modest positive funding with rising spot volume is healthy. Aggressive positive funding without spot confirmation often precedes a shakeout. For short-term traders, derivative heat maps show a pocket of resting short-side liquidity just below the first resistance cluster, which can create a fast move if price rips through overhead levels.
Macro still matters. Digital asset products drew hefty weekly inflows in late October, a sign that investors continue to add exposure even after sharp swings. A sustained bid across the complex would support the XRP price November roadmap, especially if the pace of inflows persists as policy clarity improves. If flows stall, risk assets can slip back into chop.
Map three paths. In the base case, the XRP price November move respects the 2.77 trigger, grinds into 2.90 to 3.00, and consolidates while funding stays contained. In the bullish case, spot demand from treasuries and advisors aligns with falling exchange supply, extending the push toward 3.20 and possibly 3.40 if breadth improves.
In the risk case, a failed breakout below 2.77 meets a burst of positive funding and crowded longs, knocking price back toward the mid 2s. None of these paths require perfection. They require discipline about levels and respect for the data in front of the market.
Public voices will continue to influence tone. One high-profile trader on X said, “New all-time highs in November,” summarizing the current optimism in a single line. Whether that proves prescient or just enthusiastic color matters less than the sequence of daily closes and the behavior of flows. Long term holders look at the broader adoption arc and the entry of corporate treasuries. Short-term traders watch the gate at 2.77. Either way, the XRP price November discussion is now in the driver’s seat.
The market likes simple stories. The XRP price November story blends a familiar breakout pattern with tangible supply dynamics and a new corporate accumulator. It will not be a straight climb. It rarely is. But if price clears 2.77 and the outflows persist while institutional demand scales, higher prints are reasonable. If those conditions fade, the trade becomes range bound again. Clarity lives in the data. The next daily closes will tell the tale.
What is the key level to confirm momentum in November?
Analysts watch a daily close above 2.77 to validate upside targets in the 2.75 to 3.00 band derived from the 0.5 to 0.618 retracement.
Why do exchange outflows matter for price?
Large withdrawals reduce immediate sell supply. The Oct. 19 to Oct. 20 window saw more than 2.6 billion XRP leave exchanges, which historically improves the odds of relief rallies.
How does Evernorth influence market structure?
A dedicated treasury with a mandate to accumulate creates steady bid support. The initiative targets more than 1 billion dollars for XRP purchases as it prepares a public listing.
Are fund flows supportive into November?
Yes, late October showed sizeable inflows into digital asset products, which helps overall risk appetite if sustained.
Exchange reserve depletion
A trend where coins move from exchanges to self custody or treasuries, shrinking near term sell pressure and often tightening available liquidity for spot buyers.
Fibonacci retracement zone
A technical range, commonly the 0.5 to 0.618 band of a prior move, used to estimate probable resistance and profit taking zones after a rebound. In this case it aligns with 2.75 to 3.00.
Institutional crypto treasury
A publicly traded or regulated vehicle that accumulates a specific digital asset as a balance sheet holding, potentially buying on weakness and influencing market microstructure over time.
Derivative liquidation pocket
A cluster on heat maps where forced buy or sell orders may trigger if price touches certain levels, often accelerating moves and creating slippage in thin conditions.
Read More: XRP Price November Outlook: How High Can It Run">XRP Price November Outlook: How High Can It Run
This article was first published on The Bit Journal: Why did the MSTR stock price double despite being given a dismal S&P credit rating, and what does that say about the status of Bitcoin as a financial asset?
The world’s leading Bitcoin treasury firm, Strategy, saw its MSTR stock price double despite receiving a dismal S&P credit rating of B-. The firm maintained that Strategy’s weak liquidity and narrow focus could easily lead to its future collapse.
According to a post by Strategy on the social media platform X, S&P Global Ratings placed the Bitcoin treasury firm in speculative, non-investment-grade territory — aka “junk-bond” status — despite the outlook remaining stable. However, Strategy CEO Michael Saylor noted that his company was the first digital asset treasury to receive an S&P credit rating, which, he said, was a clear indication of the company’s ongoing success.
Despite the low rating, which indicates a lack of confidence, Strategy’s MSTR stock price turned positive, rising 2.27%, implying about 114% upside from Friday’s close and suggesting that investors had confidence in the firm’s long-term Bitcoin strategy. The special attention from investors at a time when the S&P credit rating took a dim view could serve as a milestone for the cryptocurrency industry.
The firm defended its decision to give a poor S&P credit rating, citing Strategy’s balance sheet as overwhelmingly tied to Bitcoin and stating that its low dollar liquidity and negative risk-adjusted capital outweighed strong access to prudent debt management and capital markets. S&P opines that the company’s structure creates an inherent currency mismatch: most assets are held in bitcoin, while debt and dividend obligations are denominated in U.S. dollars. Commenting on their report, the firm stated in their press release:
“We view Strategy’s high bitcoin concentration, narrow business focus, weak risk-adjusted capitalization, and low U.S. dollar liquidity as weaknesses.”
In reaction to the rating, Matthew Sigel, head of digital assets research at VanEck, posted on X saying:
“The company can service debt for now, but is vulnerable to shocks.”
However, crypto economics are known to live and die on community hype, and Strategy’s branding could be an “X factor” that the S&P credit rating may not have incorporated into its system. Even now, new digital asset treasury firms are still referred to as “MicroStrategies,” a nod to the original company’s outsized reputation. Also, the S&P credit rating may have overlooked that TradFi is increasingly integrated with the broader crypto industry.
Despite the firm’s dismal S&P credit rating, Strategy assigned it a stable outlook, citing its past success in maintaining access to capital markets and managing debt maturities. With the next major maturity date set for 2028, the Bitcoin treasury firm has room to improve, as long as Bitcoin’s price doesn’t collapse.
Strategy: A company that has a dual business model: it sells AI-powered enterprise analytics software, but its primary Strategy is to hold a large amount of Bitcoin on its balance sheet.
MSTR: MSTR is the stock ticker for Strategy Inc. (formerly MicroStrategy).
Bitcoin treasury firm: A publicly traded corporation that holds a significant amount of its corporate assets in Bitcoin as part of its treasury strategy.
Initially, the company focused on developing software for data mining and business intelligence. Currently, the firm’s Strategy involves leveraging its balance sheet to acquire BTC as a primary treasury reserve asset.
At their core, Bitcoin treasury companies are firms dedicated to accumulating a digital asset, regardless of whether that was the business’s original intent.
MicroStrategy raises capital through convertible notes to buy Bitcoin, which helps Bitcoin’s price rise as they buy a lot of it. The MSTR stock price rises as the value of their bitcoin assets increases, and with a higher stock price, Strategy can raise even more money and buy more bitcoin.
Read More: S&P Calls It Junk, Market Calls It Gold: Why MSTR Soars 114% With Bitcoin">S&P Calls It Junk, Market Calls It Gold: Why MSTR Soars 114% With Bitcoin
Ever wondered which cryptocurrency could redefine your portfolio in 2025? Investors are buzzing as MoonBull ($MOBU) takes center stage, promising unprecedented gains and a thrilling early-stage opportunity.
While XRP trades live at $2.64 with a daily volume of over $4.1 billion, and Polygon (previously MATIC) shows a live price today of $0.2043, crypto enthusiasts are racing to claim a stake in the next potential 1000x project. The excitement is palpable, and missing out on MoonBull ($MOBU) presale at its current stage could be a regret many won’t forget. MoonBull stands out as the next crypto to buy and hold, offering unmatched early-stage rewards. This article will cover the developments and updates of all three coins: MoonBull ($MOBU), XRP, and Polygon.
MoonBull ($MOBU) stands out as the next crypto to buy and hold, introducing a game-changing staking program at Stage 10 of the presale that offers holders an impressive 95% APY. Tokens can be staked anytime through the MoonBull dashboard, with rewards calculated daily, while a 2-month lock-in ensures structured growth without restricting flexibility. A dedicated pool of 14.6 billion $MOBU sustains the system, promoting stability, long-term engagement, and rewarding early believers for their commitment to the project.
With a total supply of 73.2 billion tokens, MoonBull’s 23-stage presale leverages strategic lock-ups, auto-liquidity, reflections, burns, and referral incentives. 50% fuels presale stages, 10% ensures liquidity, 20% supports staking, 11% powers referrals, 5% drives community incentives and burns, and 2% each secures influencers and team alignment. Unsold tokens will be burned, maximizing scarcity and rewarding early believers. MoonBull stands out as the next crypto to buy and hold.
The MoonBull ($MOBU) presale is live, and the frenzy is real. Currently in Stage 5, the price sits at $0.00006584, with a presale tally surpassing $500K and over 1,500 token holders. Stage 5 investors are enjoying an
ROI of 163.36%, with a total projected ROI from Stage 5 to the listing price at 9,256%. A $500 investment now would secure 7,594,167.68 tokens, potentially worth $46,780.07 at listing. Price increases are projected at 27.40% per stage until Stage 22 and 20.38% in Stage 23. Every passing moment without participation risks missing an explosive surge. The MoonBull presale is the gateway for early believers to secure massive rewards in the next crypto sensation. Don’t let this opportunity slip away.
The live XRP price today is $2.64, reflecting stability with a 24-hour trading volume of over $4.1 billion. Crypto price forecasts suggest XRP could maintain its bullish momentum in the short term, making it a strong candidate for investors looking for steady gains.
XRP’s price prediction highlights moderate growth potential, making it a reliable choice for portfolio diversification. For traders eyeing live prices and short-term fluctuations, XRP remains one of the most watched cryptos this week, offering insight into the broader market sentiment.
Polygon, previously known as MATIC, trades at a live price today of $0.2043 with a 24-hour trading volume of $110,140,007.52. Analysts’ crypto price predictions indicate a potential for incremental gains, supported by the network’s scalability solutions and increasing adoption.
The Polygon crypto price forecast positions Polygon as a practical option for investors seeking exposure to Ethereum layer two solutions. While gains may not match the explosive potential of meme coins, Polygon offers steady growth and reliable market presence, appealing to long-term crypto holders.
MoonBull ($MOBU) presale is shaping up as the most talked-about event in crypto this month. While XRP holds steady at $2.64 and Polygon trades at $0.2043, MoonBull’s 23-stage presale, staking rewards, and referral bonuses create an irresistible scenario for early investors. The project’s total supply and tokenomics are structured to reward believers while ensuring liquidity and market stability.
Investors eager to ride the next wave of crypto mania should act fast, as the MoonBull presale is gaining momentum rapidly. Don’t miss the chance to be part of a project where every token counts and massive gains await. MoonBull ($MOBU) is the next crypto to buy and hold. So, secure your stake now before it rockets.
Website: Visit the Official MOBU Website
Telegram: Join the MOBU Telegram Channel
Twitter: Follow MOBU ON X (Formerly Twitter)
MoonBull ($MOBU) presale offers early access with over 9,000% projected ROI, making it one of the best cryptos to buy now for early-stage investors seeking maximum rewards.
MoonBull’s structured presale stages, staking program, and referral bonuses make it a top crypto to invest in this week with high-profit potential.
Stage 5 participants in MoonBull ($MOBU) enjoy a projected ROI of 9,256%, ranking it among high-profit cryptos for early investors.
By joining the MoonBull presale, investors can secure tokens early and ride the next 1000x crypto wave before prices surge in the market.
MoonBull ($MOBU) presale with 23 stages, staking, and referral incentives provides the best early-stage rewards for ambitious crypto enthusiasts.
Presale: Early phase of token sale offering discounted rates and exclusive rewards.
APY: Annual Percentage Yield, representing staking returns over a year.
Tokenomics: Structure of a cryptocurrency’s supply, distribution, and incentives.
ROI: Return on investment, measuring the potential gains from holding a token.
Liquidity Pool: Funds reserved to ensure smooth trading and reduce volatility
Summary
MoonBull ($MOBU) presale is now live, capturing the attention of crypto enthusiasts worldwide. Spanning 23 stages, it offers early investors the chance to secure tokens at the lowest entry price while enjoying the potential for massive ROI. With an incredible 95% APY staking program and a well-structured tokenomics, MoonBull delivers both rewards and stability. While XRP trades at $2.64 and Polygon at $0.2043, MoonBull emerges as the next crypto to buy and hold, blending scarcity, community engagement, and explosive early-stage opportunities for maximum excitement and growth.
Disclaimer: This article is for informational purposes only and does not constitute financial advice. Cryptocurrency investments carry risks. Always conduct independent research before investing in any project.
Read More: Top Crypto Updates – Is MoonBull Poised to Eclipse XRP and Polygon as the Next Crypto to Buy and Hold in 2025? ">Top Crypto Updates – Is MoonBull Poised to Eclipse XRP and Polygon as the Next Crypto to Buy and Hold in 2025?
This article was first published on The Bit Journal.
BitMine Immersion Technologies has jumped into the top tier of institutional crypto treasuries with total crypto, cash and “moonshot” investments of $14.2 billion, anchored by a whopping 3,313,069 ETH position; seemingly the largest Ethereum treasury in the world.
Chairman Tom Lee has described the strategy as pursuing what the firm calls its “alchemy of 5%” of Ethereum’s total supply.
For BitMine Ethereum holdings, this means $ETH is no longer just a speculative token, but a corporate reserve asset.
BitMine’s recent announcement divulged that they now hold 3.31 million ETH tokens, or roughly 2.8% of Ethereum’s total supply.
The breakdown includes 192 BTC, $305 million in unencumbered cash, plus their “moonshot” investments, all totaling $14.2 billion.
Earlier in August, they reported 1.71 million ETH and crypto + cash assets of $8.8 billion.
BitMine’s ETH strategy started with a $250 million private placement announced on June 30 2025, specifically for ETH accumulation.
From there; they scaled fast and by July; they had over 300,000 ETH worth over $1 billion.
By early August, they had 833,137 ETH ($2.9 billion). By August 24th; they had 1.71 million ETH with $8.8 billion in assets.
BitMine’s move resonates with a trend in corporate treasuries where instead of just Bitcoin, Ethereum is becoming a reserve asset. By holding ETH as a core treasury holding, BitMine is signaling that they believe in ETH’s role in decentralized finance, staking, smart-contracts and tokenization.
Tom Lee drew a historical parallel, calling the ongoing evolution: “[The] end of Bretton Woods … as transformational to financial services in 2025 as ending Bretton Woods was 54 years ago.”
BitMine’s ETH accumulation has had effects. Their stock (BMNR) has gone up big time and is now one of the most traded stocks in the US with daily volumes in the billions.
Big investors like ARK Invest, Bill Miller III, Founders Fund (via Peter Thiel) and others are also reportedly behind the strategy.
For ETH markets, big public-treasury holders like BitMine set a new precedent: corporate accumulation, staking and ecosystem integration are part of how ETH is valued.
Going forward, market observers could monitor include how BitMine manages and deploys its ETH; whether it stakes, uses it for DeFi yield or holds it passively. The firm’s target of 5% of ETH supply is ambitious.
Also; how other companies respond; will more firms add ETH to their reserves? The whole ecosystem may change if BitMine Ethereum holdings becomes the corporate crypto strategy.
Finally; how this accumulation impacts ETH tokenomics, staking; supply concentration and market perceptions will make headlines.
Ethereum (ETH): a crypto-asset used for the Ethereum blockchain; for smart contracts; staking and DeFi.
Treasury holdings: assets held long-term by a company for reserve or strategic purposes; not for short-term speculation.
Staking: locking cryptocurrency to support blockchain operations; and earn rewards.
Tokenization: converting real-world assets or rights into digital tokens on a blockchain.
Circulating supply: total number of tokens available in the market; for a given cryptocurrency.
Private placement: issuing securities directly to a limited number of investors; often used to raise capital for strategic initiatives.
As of October 27, 2025; BitMine holds approximately 3,313,069 ETH.
$14.2 billion in crypto, cash and “moonshots.”
BitMine says its holdings are about 2.8% of the total ETH supply.
ARK Invest, Founders Fund (via Peter Thiel), Bill Miller III, Pantera Capital and Galaxy Digital.
The company’s internal target is 5% of the total ETH supply, its “5% alchemy” goal.
Read More: BitMine Becomes Ethereum’s Biggest Corporate Holder With 3.3 Million ETH in Reserves">BitMine Becomes Ethereum’s Biggest Corporate Holder With 3.3 Million ETH in Reserves
The crypto market is heating up fast as 2025 approaches, and investors are hunting for the Top cryptos with 100x potential before the next big rally. From powerful layer-one ecosystems to meme-driven legends, this lineup blends narrative, fundamentals, and adoption. Each coin on this list brings innovation, growing networks, and a loyal community base that could drive extraordinary gains. These are the projects analysts believe could deliver life-changing returns once momentum reignites across global crypto markets.
Amid this surge of opportunity, BullZilla ($BZIL) stands out as the apex meme beast roaring across Ethereum. It merges mathematical precision with cinematic storytelling, capturing investor attention everywhere. Alongside Avalanche’s speed, MoonBull’s fairness, and La Culex’s humor, the list also features giants like Hyperliquid, Cardano, Binance Coin, Stellar, and Sui. Together, they represent the Top cryptos with 100x potential that balance innovation, utility, and hype, ready to roar when the next bull cycle begins.
At Stage 8, BullZilla ($BZIL) trades near $0.0001924, with its Mutation Mechanism increasing price every 48 hours or each $100K raised. The Roar Burn Mechanism reduces supply, while The HODL Furnace yields a fiery 70% APY. With a listing target of $0.00527141, early believers eye over 2,600% ROI potential. This mix of mythic storytelling, deflationary mechanics, and Ethereum security cements BullZilla’s place among the Top cryptos with 100x potential, where math meets meme and belief meets blockchain.
BullZilla’s blueprint is pure conviction: Zilla DNA divides 50% presale, 20% staking, 20% vault, 5% burn, 5% team, all locked, transparent, and fair. The Zilla Launch Sequence extends through 2026, combining lore, liquidity, and trust. Its automatic stage-based price rises create structured FOMO. This is more than a meme coin, it’s an engineered ecosystem of narrative-driven growth. Among the Top cryptos with 100x potential, BullZilla roars the loudest.
When emotion fuses with engineering, legends are born. BullZilla’s investor appeal lies in certainty: price hikes are coded, burns are automatic, and staking yields are real. Its deflationary model tightens supply as the community grows stronger, transforming entertainment into equity. Each stage feels like a countdown to a historic launch, where conviction becomes currency. Early entrants are not just buyers, they’re believers fueling the loudest presale in crypto, where every roar signals rising value across Ethereum’s blue-fire ecosystem.
When in doubt, zoom out: the roar is just getting started!
BullZilla unites cinematic storytelling, automated burns, and high-yield staking under one Ethereum framework. It delivers emotional engagement plus tangible on-chain mechanics that strengthen value and community conviction across every presale stage.
Each completed lore chapter triggers a live token burn, permanently removing $BZIL from supply. This automatic deflation increases scarcity, creating continuous upward pressure on price while showcasing transparent blockchain activity.
Yes. BullZilla’s smart contract is audited, and its team is verified for transparency and investor safety. Built on Ethereum, it ensures trust, security, and credibility through open-source compliance and rigorous verification.
Avalanche ($AVAX) dominates blockchain innovation with near-instant finality, eco-efficient validation, and cross-chain interoperability. Its developer-friendly environment keeps attracting tokenized finance, NFT projects, and enterprise partnerships. Avalanche combines low fees with institutional scalability, making it ideal for real-world applications. As DeFi ecosystems and gaming platforms expand, AVAX remains a core infrastructure asset. Analysts continue ranking it among the Top cryptos with 100x potential for 2025 because it solves congestion, reduces costs, and delivers sustainability without sacrificing speed or security.
MoonBull ($MOBU) reshapes meme-coin fairness through its 23-stage structured presale model. By limiting whale influence and ensuring transparent pricing, it builds equitable access for retail investors. MoonBull’s Ethereum-based framework combines 2% liquidity, 2% reflections, and 1% burn for steady supply control. Staking launches later with a powerful APY, encouraging long-term holding. Its community-voting system and educational focus help differentiate it from speculative memes, cementing MoonBull’s status as one of the Top cryptos with 100x potential in the 2025 cycle.
Each presale stage has fixed pricing and duration, guaranteeing equal access. This transparent structure minimizes manipulation, ensuring fairness for every participant and rewarding conviction over timing.
MoonBull’s staking starts at Stage 10 with 95% APY, letting holders earn daily rewards while boosting ecosystem liquidity and strengthening long-term community engagement.
La Culex ($CULEX) is the upcoming viral swarm uniting humor and resilience. Modeled after mosquito persistence, it symbolizes unstoppable community energy. With its low-supply structure and high-engagement branding, Culex seeks to recreate the organic buzz that made Dogecoin legendary. Its marketing emphasizes participation and creativity over speculation, empowering holders to shape campaigns themselves. As it prepares for launch, analysts expect La Culex to inject fresh life into meme culture and secure a spot among the Top cryptos with 100x potential.
It symbolizes persistence and humor in crypto culture, rallying investors through collective energy and meme engagement, a swarm built for viral growth and strong community identity.
Official dates remain unannounced, but social leaks hint at a late-2025 debut. Early followers anticipate its community campaigns will mark one of the year’s most talked-about meme launches.
Hyperliquid ($HYPE) redefines on-chain trading by combining institutional-grade speed with DeFi freedom. Its transparent order books and low latency deliver centralized-exchange performance without custodial risks. As traders seek efficiency and security, Hyperliquid offers a next-generation experience for perpetual contracts and spot markets. Continuous volume growth and cross-chain support signal expanding demand. With on-chain derivatives set to boom, Hyperliquid is widely ranked among the Top cryptos with 100x potential, bridging professional liquidity and Web3 innovation.
Cardano ($ADA) continues to deliver scientific development and governance precision. Its Hydra scaling solution and peer-reviewed protocols maintain security while expanding throughput. Cardano’s focus on education, sustainability, and real-world deployments in Africa and Latin America sets it apart from competitors. With governance voting and DeFi growth accelerating, ADA demonstrates longevity and utility rather than speculative flashes. These qualities secure its ranking among the Top cryptos with 100x potential, where patient innovation consistently outperforms short-term hype.
Binance Coin ($BNB) remains the heartbeat of the largest crypto ecosystem, fueling exchange operations, DeFi apps, and payments. Its automatic burn program reduces circulating supply quarterly, driving long-term value. BNB’s integration across the Binance Smart Chain and global merchant platforms cements its relevance. With massive user adoption and utility spanning multiple industries, BNB stays resilient through market shifts. Its sustainable tokenomics and Web3 expansion keep it securely listed among the Top cryptos with 100x potential for the upcoming bull run.
Stellar ($XLM) bridges traditional finance and blockchain efficiency through affordable, instant cross-border payments. Its partnerships with financial institutions and government projects demonstrate mainstream utility beyond crypto trading. By focusing on financial inclusion and remittance innovation, Stellar proves blockchain can simplify global commerce. As regulators embrace tokenized money, XLM’s reputation for security and speed strengthens its appeal. Its consistent progress and real-world impact cement Stellar as one of the Top cryptos with 100x potential in the coming year.
Sui ($SUI) revolutionizes scalability through parallel transaction processing and object-based architecture. Designed by former Meta engineers, it delivers speed, security, and simplicity for NFTs, gaming, and DeFi. Its developer ecosystem grows rapidly thanks to easy smart-contract tools and low fees. Sui’s focus on user experience and real-time performance positions it to support mainstream apps on Web3. These technical advantages make Sui one of the Top cryptos with 100x potential, uniting scalability and accessibility for mass adoption.
From narrative brilliance to engineered scarcity, BullZilla stands as the apex of the meme-coin revival. Its automatic price escalations, 70% APY staking furnace, and Ethereum foundation merge entertainment with real investment strategy. Each stage strengthens conviction, creating a community that thrives on both story and sustainability. BullZilla isn’t merely a token; it’s an evolving ecosystem designed to reward belief and precision. With every roar and burn, the beast redefines what it means to hold conviction in crypto’s volatile arena.
While MoonBull champions fairness and La Culex delivers humor, BullZilla unites both elements into one dominant force. It’s mathematical precision wrapped in mythic storytelling, transforming meme culture into tangible wealth potential. Holders aren’t chasing hype, they’re fueling history. As Ethereum’s flames forge every transaction, BullZilla’s rise becomes inevitable. The future isn’t just bullish; it’s BullZilla-shaped, where belief meets blockchain, ROI meets narrative, and every stage becomes another chapter in crypto’s loudest, most legendary success story to date.
Follow BZIL on X (Formerly Twitter)
This article is for informational purposes only and not financial advice. Cryptocurrency investments involve substantial risk and volatility. Always perform independent research and consult a licensed financial professional before investing. Past results do not guarantee future performance.
Read More: Santa’s Secret List? Analysts Reveal the 6 Top Cryptos with 100x Potential Before Christmas Day">Santa’s Secret List? Analysts Reveal the 6 Top Cryptos with 100x Potential Before Christmas Day
XRP could become a potential go-to tool for FX hedging amid the growing need to hedge against FX fluctuations among corporate treasuries. For context, foreign exchange (FX) hedging is a practice that helps companies and investors manage the risks that come from currency fluctuations.
BlackRock CEO Larry Fink has continued to recommend exposure to Bitcoin and cryptocurrencies, calling them assets of fear. Fink appeared at the 9th edition of the Future Investment Initiative in Saudi Arabia and preached the virtues of Bitcoin ownership to one of the world's biggest investors.
The first U.S. spot exchange-traded funds (ETFs) for Solana (SOL), Litecoin (LTC), and Hedera (HBAR) have officially begun trading.
Well-known Bitcoin leveraged trader James Wynn has now joined the XRP Army. He announced the move in a recent tweet, revealing his decision to invest a “significant portion” of his portfolio into XRP.
The move formalizes OpenAI’s ties with Microsoft, granting the tech giant long-term access to its AI models while locking in a $250 billion Azure commitment.
Bitcoin fluctuated wildly at the Wall Street open, with bulls pushing the price to $116,000 as opinions diverged over the next move in BTC.
With the right workflow, data feeds and prompts, ChatGPT can generate structured market summaries, flag risk clusters and support smarter decision-making.
BlackRock-backed tokenization company Securitize is going public via a $1.25 billion SPAC merger with a Cantor Fitzgerald affiliate to list on Nasdaq.
Truth Social wants to “democratize information” for its 6.3 million users with a social media prediction platform developed in collaboration with Crypto.com.
BlackRock was the only reason Bitcoin ETF investments didn’t turn negative in 2025, raising concerns for altcoin ETF performances without the asset manager.
Institutional crypto yield demands regulatory compliance, not just attractive returns. Market consolidation will separate compliant providers from speculators.
Milei’s LLA made a good showing in the midterm elections, but that doesn’t necessarily spell victory for the crypto industry.
As Pi Network prepares to align with ISO 20022 by November 2025, can it truly stand beside the XRP Ledger and the Stellar Network in cross-border finance?
Coinbase has completed more than 40 high-profile mergers and acquisitions, investing billions of dollars in promising cryptocurrency startups and unicorns.
As central banks ramp up their gold buying, BlackRock CEO Larry Fink referred to crypto and gold as the “assets of fear.”
Circle’s new Arc blockchain testnet launches with participation from more than 100 institutions, including BlackRock, Goldman Sachs, Visa and Mastercard.
The GRASS price is under heavy pressure as the market braces for a massive GRASS token unlock event.
With 181 million new tokens — worth more than $80 million — set to flood the market today at 1:30 PM UTC, investors are watching closely to see whether this move signals a deeper downturn or a short-lived shakeout before recovery.
Built on Solana, the Grass network powers a decentralised data infrastructure where users share idle bandwidth to support AI and web-scraping applications.
But despite its strong fundamentals, the latest unlock threatens to overshadow its long-term potential with short-term volatility.
Over the past 24 hours, the GRASS price has fallen by 2.9% to trade near $0.41, underperforming the broader crypto market, which slipped only 0.56%.
The token is now down more than 50% in the past 30 days, reflecting rising investor anxiety ahead of the unlock.
Notably, the upcoming token release will increase the circulating supply by nearly 58%, from 243 million to roughly 424 million tokens.
This surge in available coins raises significant dilution concerns, particularly in a market already grappling with low liquidity.
Unfortunately, data shows that trading volume has dropped by more than 25% over the past week, suggesting thin demand to absorb the incoming supply.
Historically, token unlocks of this magnitude have triggered immediate price declines of 10–30% or more, as early investors and contributors take profits.
GRASS’s decline of nearly 50% over the last month fits that trend, reinforcing the perception that the market has been pricing in the unlock for weeks.
Earlier this month, Grass secured a $10 million funding round led by Polychain Capital and Tribe Capital to expand its decentralised AI data network.
The investment validated the project’s DePIN model and its 8.5 million active users, but market reaction was subdued.
Instead of fueling a rally, the news coincided with a 6% drop in GRASS’s value as investors focused on the looming unlock.
Part of the concern stems from the nature of the funding, which included token allocations that may add to near-term selling pressure.
As a result, even fundamentally positive developments are being viewed through a bearish lens, with traders preferring to stay on the sidelines until the post-unlock price action stabilises.
Technically, GRASS remains in a pronounced downtrend.
The token trades below all major moving averages, with its 7-day SMA near $0.4266 and 30-day SMA at $0.6243.
Momentum indicators confirm weakness — RSI sits around 35, signalling oversold conditions, while MACD is attempting a modest bullish crossover.
Chart patterns point to a large descending triangle formation, with GRASS hovering close to its lower boundary.
The next major support lies at $0.3126, marking the 2024 low, while resistance is seen near $0.4694 and more prominently at $0.9 — the key point of control (POC) on the Volume Profile indicator.
A breakout above this zone could mark the beginning of a recovery phase, but until volume returns, upside potential remains limited.
Interestingly, Bitcoin’s strength over the weekend triggered a brief wave of optimism, sending GRASS higher on a large green volume candle.
However, follow-through buying has been muted, suggesting that traders are still cautious ahead of the unlock.
The immediate aftermath of the GRASS token unlock will determine whether this event deepens the sell-off or serves as a reset for future growth.
If selling pressure spikes, GRASS could test new lows below $0.31.
However, if buyers absorb the new supply and RSI begins to recover, a short-term rebound toward resistance near $0.47 may follow.
While GRASS’ fundamentals, anchored in decentralised AI data infrastructure, remain solid, the market’s focus is squarely on supply dynamics and investor sentiment for now.
As the flood of tokens hits exchanges, GRASS will need a compelling proof of demand to convince traders that the worst is behind it.
The post GRASS price analysis as 181M tokens, 72.40% of supply, get unlocked appeared first on CoinJournal.
KERNEL, the native token of restaking protocol KernelDAO, spiked more than 25% to hit highs of $0.23 early Tuesday.
While bulls are battling to hold onto the gains, the uptick saw the token rank among the top performers across the crypto market.
Given overall crypto sentiment, could Upbit listing help KERNEL price extend its upward momentum amid interest in restaking protocols?
As noted, the catalyst for KERNEL’s vertical price ascent today is likely trader reaction to Upbit’s announcement.
On October 28, 2025, the leading South Korean crypto exchange confirmed the token’s listing on its KRW market, adding support for trading on the Ethereum network.
The listing ignited immediate buying pressure, with KernelDAO daily volume spiking as bulls propelled KERNEL from lows of $0.16 to an intraday peak of $0.23 as of writing.
Notably, daily volume stood at over $316 million, up a staggering 1,540% in the past 24 hours.
With gains of over 20%, KERNEL ranked among the few top altcoins with double digit price movements on the day.
KernelDAO price hovered in the list of top gainers alongside Hedera’s HBAR, Pump.fun’s PUMP and Bittensor’s TAO tokens.
KernelDAO is a leading restaking protocol behind a $1.7 billion total value locked ecosystem.
The YZi Labs-backed project is live across top blockchains, including Ethereum and BNB Chain.
Notably, it boasts key products like Kernel, Kelp, Gain, and Kred, a recently introduced product focused on real-world assets.
Upbit’s listing is the latest in bullish support for the KERNEL token, with the South Korean crypto exchange known for its active trading community.
The listing not only boosts KERNEL’s visibility but also taps into fresh liquidity pools.
KernelDAO is a restaking infrastructure platform that provides a range of staking-related services.
It enables restaking on the BNB Chain, supports BNB Liquid Restaking Tokens (LRTs), and offers Bitcoin (BTC) restaking opportunities.
In addition, the project operates an Ethereum-based restaking protocol that runs directly on the Ethereum network.
This system includes a vault-style smart contract designed to manage staked ETH, rsETH, and liquid staking token (LST) assets.
The platform’s native KERNEL token serves multiple purposes, including governance, restaking, and slashing insurance within the ecosystem.
KERNEL price reached an all-time high of $0.46 in April 2025, and while it dropped to lows of $0.09 in June, it has recovered by more than 115% since.
Current prices around $0.19 means bulls are about 57% off the all-time peak.
As the broader cryptocurrency market rebounds amid various catalysts, including renewed institutional interest, regulatory clarity in key regions, and macroeconomic shifts favoring risk assets, KernelDAO looks set to benefit.
DeFiLlama shows the protocol’s total value locked (TVL) has pumped to over $1.7 billion.
As such, gains across the restaking sector could add further fuel to KernelDAO’s ecosystem.
Targets on the upside include the ATH and a breakout above $0.50.
On the downside, buyers need robust activity around $0.18 and $0.16.
The post KERNEL price goes vertical on Upbit listing, hits $0.23 appeared first on CoinJournal.
Router Protocol is entering a decisive phase as two major developments converge: the token migration completes with an airdrop for unmigrated balances, and the Router App — powered by the project’s Open Graph Architecture — has gone live.
These events could reshape liquidity, user flows, and market sentiment for the ROUTE token.
Router Protocol confirmed that unmigrated ROUTE tokens on the legacy Router Chain will be distributed to eligible Ethereum wallets via an airdrop on October 28, 2025.
The team published the eligible-wallet list and framed the distribution as the final step in consolidating the token on Ethereum.
ROUTE Migration Update
As part of moving all ROUTE tokens from Router Chain → Ethereum, the below addresses have unmigrated tokens and hence will receive their tokens via airdrop on Ethereum chain.
Airdrop Date: Monday, October 28
Eligible Wallet List: https://t.co/V1WyUqAgEF… https://t.co/3xN9SH6fSl— Router Protocol (@routerprotocol) October 23, 2025
Market participants typically react to migration completions in two ways: some see it as a trust-building milestone that simplifies token management and encourages broader exchange support, while others treat airdrops as near-term sell pressure events when recipients liquidate allocations.
That tension — immediate selling versus longer-term confidence — is why observers expect heightened volatility around the airdrop date.
The migration also follows a larger strategic pivot by the project away from maintaining an independent L1 towards providing cross-chain infra via OGA.
The sunset of Router Chain and consolidation on Ethereum removes fragmentation and ends on-chain inflation tied to validator rewards, according to community commentary.
On August 28, the team launched the Router App, a cross-chain swapping interface built on Open Graph Architecture.
The App aggregates bridges and DEX liquidity across EVM and non-EVM chains, promising smarter routing and the ability to split and reassemble trades in real time.
The announcement positions Router App as the consumer-facing layer of a broader routing standard.
Technically, the Router App’s value proposition is twofold: it offers immediate utility by improving swap efficiency across many chains, and it signals a productization of Router Protocol’s core infra, which may attract both retail users and protocol integrators.
Early adoption metrics, and whether users move meaningful TVL into the App, will matter for price and perception.
As Router Protocol completes its migration and launches the Router App, analysts and traders are closely watching the ROUTE price for confirmation of a possible breakout.
The token has already shown early signs of strength, maintaining steady gains in recent weeks as attention builds around these milestones.
At press time, ROUTE traded at $0.004541, up 11.7% in 24 hours after hitting a low of $0.003865.
Crypto analyst Chetan has been among the most vocal, noting that ROUTE remains up over 70% since his initial call and is now breaking above a key trend line that has held since November 2024.
Chetan suggests that if the breakout sustains, ROUTE could climb to a minimum target between $0.033 and $0.039, with a maximum upside around $0.10–$0.11.
Chetan frames the setup as a high-risk, high-reward scenario — roughly 50% downside risk versus 5x to 15x potential reward — but stresses the need for patience, saying he’s watching how the quarterly candle closes before adding more.
$ROUTE still up 70% since the buy…. and nearly 2x since its lows…
and now breaking out first time from its November 2024 trend-line….
if the breakout happens then its a possible sign for continuation to 0.033$ – 0.039$ minimum…
maximum it can go for 0.10$ – 0.11$…… https://t.co/7s3Rgy2YRk pic.twitter.com/Wsw9Ts46Hv
— Chetan (@chetangurjar642) September 28, 2025
At the same time, community member Jel has expressed renewed optimism, calling the potential “comeback of $ROUTE” “yuge”, reflecting growing bullish sentiment among long-term supporters.
Jel’s remarks echoed those of Ram from Router Protocol’s core team, who emphasised that the migration marks a fundamental reset for the ecosystem — validator rewards are ending, inflation is dropping to zero, and ROUTE is consolidating fully on Ethereum via Nitro.
Ram also noted that with consolidation complete, centralised exchanges are expected to fully support ROUTE on Ethereum, which could strengthen liquidity and accessibility.
The majority believe that completing the migration and delivering a live, functional cross-chain product could help the token rebuild credibility and attract more trading activity.
However, many warn that immediate volatility is likely after the airdrop as some recipients may take profits.
But if momentum continues alongside growing Router App adoption and Ethereum-based liquidity, the token could confirm its recovery narrative and extend its move higher.
The post Router Protocol price breakout as migration airdrop and Router App launch goes live appeared first on CoinJournal.
The post Which Crypto to Buy Today for Long-Term Gains? A Utility Token Targeting $3 Post Listing appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Investors in the crypto market are always searching for the next big crypto that brings both innovation and stability. In 2025, one project is drawing serious attention for its blend of real-world use and long-term potential — Mutuum Finance (MUTM). Built as a decentralized lending protocol, it is developing a foundation that promises steady demand, active rewards, and transparent governance. Analysts tracking its presale growth already project a climb toward $3 post-listing, placing it among the most anticipated entries in upcoming crypto charts.
Mutuum Finance (MUTM) is now in Phase 6 of its presale, offering tokens at $0.035. Out of the 170 million tokens allocated for this round, most are already sold. The project has attracted more than 17,500 holders and raised around $18 million across all phases. The next phase will raise the price to $0.040, marking a 15% step-up as the presale progresses toward the final price of $0.06.
The total supply of 4 billion tokens is carefully distributed across 11 phases, allowing gradual onboarding before listings begin. With this structured release, investors get clear visibility into the project’s growth timeline and capital distribution.
Mutuum Finance (MUTM) will introduce a dual-layer lending system that blends automation with flexibility. The Peer-to-Contract model will connect borrowers and lenders instantly through smart liquidity pools. Meanwhile, the Peer-to-Peer system will allow direct lending agreements for those seeking custom terms and higher control.
As per projects team on X, its first protocol rollout is scheduled for the Sepolia Testnet in late 2025. This version will feature mtTokens, Debt Tokens, and an automated Liquidator Bot, supporting ETH and USDT pairs for lending/borrowing and collateral activities. These modules will lay the groundwork for Mutuum’s future ecosystem, bringing real lending activity into decentralized finance.
One of Mutuum Finance (MUTM)’s biggest upcoming features will be its decentralized stablecoin. Designed to maintain a steady $1 peg, it will be created only when users borrow against approved collateral like ETH. When loans are repaid or liquidated, the stablecoin will automatically be burned, maintaining balance in the system.
This stablecoin will not depend on speculation but on actual borrowing and repayment activity, forming a consistent cycle of demand. Each approved issuer will have a capped limit, ensuring borrowing activity remains controlled. Governance will regulate interest rates to keep the peg close to $1 — lowering rates when the price moves above and raising them when it drops below. Arbitrage traders will help maintain that balance through natural market movements.
This cycle of borrowing, minting, and repaying will keep liquidity circulating within the ecosystem. It will also generate continuous protocol revenue that connects directly to MUTM’s reward system. As revenue builds, the platform will use it to buy back MUTM from the open market and distribute rewards to mtToken stakers. This mechanism will drive long-term token engagement, making the system self-sustaining and community-powered.
Mutuum Finance (MUTM) will also integrate Chainlink data feeds to ensure fair and accurate pricing for assets. These oracles will track asset values in real time, preventing manipulation and inaccurate liquidations. Backup oracles and on-chain price metrics will further secure the process, allowing investors to trust the platform’s reliability. Such transparency will attract larger lenders and DeFi treasuries looking for predictable outcomes. The growth in total value locked and transaction activity will expand protocol earnings — which, in turn, will strengthen demand for MUTM.
Mutuum Finance (MUTM) has already completed a comprehensive CertiK audit. The review included manual testing and static analysis, producing a Token Scan Score of 90.00 and a Skynet Score of 79.00. The audit, first requested in February 2025 and updated in May 2025, reinforces the team’s commitment to safety and clarity.
To complement that, the project has introduced a $50,000 USDT Bug Bounty Program that rewards community members who identify vulnerabilities. Critical findings earn up to $2,000, while smaller discoveries receive tiered rewards. This open structure keeps security continuous and transparent.
Market experts analyzing crypto charts compare Mutuum Finance (MUTM)’s early-stage setup to top lending platforms like Aave and MakerDAO during their initial years. One senior analyst who previously forecast XRP’s breakout in 2017 now projects MUTM to reach $3 by mid-2026 — representing an 85x return from the current $0.035 presale price and a 50x rise from the final presale stage.
This projection is built on real mechanics rather than speculation. As the platform’s stablecoin gains adoption, loan activity increases, and buybacks distribute more MUTM to stakers, demand for the token will keep rising. That cycle of participation, revenue, and reinvestment defines Mutuum Finance (MUTM)’s growth path.
Mutuum Finance (MUTM) is emerging as one of the most promising defi projects of 2025. Its model combines a lending framework, stablecoin system, and on-chain rewards in one unified ecosystem. With over 17,500 holders already on board and Phase 6 nearing completion, the presale offers a final low-cost entry before the next price move.
For investors searching for the next big crypto with genuine utility and long-term growth, Mutuum Finance (MUTM) stands out. It blends the best of decentralized credit, staking rewards, and stable liquidity. As the platform moves toward its Testnet launch and eventual listings, the current $0.035 stage marks a rare opportunity — one that forward-looking investors are treating as a timely entry into a project built for the future.
For more information about Mutuum Finance (MUTM) visit the links below:
Website: https://www.mutuum.com
Linktree: https://linktr.ee/mutuumfinance
The post Pleasing International Launches RWA Platform “Pleasing Golden,” Introducing Tokenized Gold (PGOLD) and Synthetic Dollar (PUSD) appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Pleasing International, a licensed precious-metals enterprise based in Hong Kong, is working with LayerZero and Chainlink to launch Pleasing Golden, an RWA platform redefining how precious metals are traded, invested, and settled on-chain.
Starting with deployments on Arbitrum and ApeChain, Pleasing Golden bridges traditional commodities with blockchain technology, creating a transparent, efficient, and inclusive market for both institutional and retail participants.
Pleasing Golden’s vision is to make gold ownership open, liquid, and collaborative. Through tokenization and a suite of liquidity-sharing programs—including DeFi liquidity leasing and Tokenization-as-a-Service—the brand transforms slow, closed markets into dynamic, programmable assets that can circulate instantly among builders, traders, and holders.
For years, Pleasing International has been a cornerstone of Asia’s physical gold market. Now, through Pleasing Golden, that expertise moves on-chain—delivering institutional-grade metals trading with real-time transparency, shared liquidity, and community participation accessible to anyone, anywhere.
PGOLD is the flagship token of Pleasing Golden, each representing one troy ounce of LBMA-certified physical gold. Since 2023, Pleasing International has built an integrated ecosystem of vaulting, refining, logistics, and distribution, partnering with leading operators across the APAC region.
Unlike traditional gold-backed products, PGOLD brings physical ownership on-chain, powered by LayerZero’s omnichain framework for cross-chain interoperability. Holders can acquire PGOLD through a Chainlink-powered spot market (public launch in late Q4) or by trading directly on decentralized exchanges.
Each PGOLD token provides verifiable ownership of real gold while enabling holders to share in:
The instant settlement between PGOLD and PUSD lets users switch seamlessly between gold and dollar exposure—eliminating traditional delays and unlocking real-time capital efficiency across global markets.
While most gold-backed tokens originate in Western markets, global demand for physical gold is increasingly shifting east. A major opportunity lies in creating a compliant and efficient gold-token bridge between Asia and the Middle East—the world’s two most active bullion centers.
Headquartered in Hong Kong and connected through established networks across Dubai and the broader APAC region, Pleasing Golden sits at the heart of this emerging Gold Corridor. PGOLD is designed to power this next era of digitized real-world gold through:
By connecting regulated bullion markets with blockchain networks, PGOLD transforms gold—long seen as a static, siloed asset—into a globally programmable store of value for institutional finance and the next generation of digital-native users.
PUSD is Pleasing Golden’s synthetic stablecoin connecting on-chain liquidity with the physical gold ecosystem. Backed by a hybrid reserve of USDT collateral and tokenized metal exposure, PUSD enables real-time financing and settlement throughout the network.
The model connects:
The PGOLDPUSD loop allows 24/7 convertibility, enabling instant movement between stable and metal-backed value—reducing settlement times from days to seconds. PUSD is fully redeemable for USDT at any time, ensuring stability and flexibility while maintaining a direct bridge between blockchain liquidity and real-world assets.
Together, PGOLD and PUSD form a real-time financial rail where gold and dollar liquidity coexist—powering a new cross-regional economy spanning Asia and the Middle East.
With Pleasing Golden, Pleasing International evolves from a traditional metals leader into a Web3 innovator shaping the future of real-world assets. By combining trusted infrastructure with decentralized technology, the company enables anyone to trade, invest, and earn from gold—anytime, anywhere.
The synergy between PGOLD and PUSD delivers what legacy systems never could: instant settlement, shared liquidity, and borderless participation in real value.
Pleasing Golden is an RWA platform that transforms precious metals into liquid, yield-generating tokens accessible to anyone, anywhere.
The post SUI Price Prediction 2025: Can the Symmetrical Triangle Spark Another 900% Rally? appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
The year is about to close in the next two months, which has piqued the curiosity of market participants for a much-missed altcoin rally. As a reason SUI price prediction 2025 narrative is in trend. The SUI is among the top coins that have previously displayed massive gains and have the capability to achieve similar or higher gains again.
Looking at SUI specifically, then its price action is entering a decisive stage as the asset consolidates within a broad symmetrical triangle after a historic rally in late 2024. With ecosystem metrics booming and on-chain activity reaching record highs, the coming months could determine whether SUI crypto reclaims its previous all-time highs.
The second half of 2024 was nothing short of extraordinary for the SUI price, as it skyrocketed over 950% from $0.49 to an all-time high of $5.32. However, 2025 presented a different story. Following the euphoric rally, the SUI price chart displayed movements confined within a multi-month symmetrical triangle, indicating mounting accumulation.
As the trading range narrows, it reflects growing optimism and strengthened network fundamentals. Such consolidation phases often precede significant moves.
Currently, the $2 support level acts as the key area to watch. A breakdown below this threshold could open doors to a deeper correction toward $0.49, while holding this zone keeps bullish hopes alive.
Despite the choppy SUI price USD action, the project’s fundamentals remain remarkably strong. On-chain data shows the SUI crypto ecosystem continues to thrive. The network recently achieved an all-time high of 225 million total accounts, a clear sign of rising engagement and user participation.
Even more impressive, October 28th witnessed 923,966 new accounts created in a single day, showcasing rapid adoption momentum. This consistent expansion in network activity underlines investor confidence and reinforces the long-term viability of SUI’s ecosystem.
Additionally, SUI’s Total Value Locked (TVL) stands firm at around $1.89 billion, after touching an ATH of $2.62 billion earlier in October.
Another key aspect of the current SUI price analysis is the notable uptick in stablecoin inflows in october. The stablecoin market cap surged from a dip around $560 million to $1.15 billion at the time of writing. This is reflecting increasing liquidity and ecosystem utility.
Rising stablecoin activity often signals deeper adoption, as users engage more with decentralized applications, yield protocols, and staking opportunities.
This gradual yet firm rise in stablecoin dominance reflects investor confidence in the network’s resilience, suggesting that the groundwork for the next bullish phase may already be underway.
The SUI price prediction 2025 framework points to a decisive few months ahead. If aggressive buying emerges, a breakout from the symmetrical triangle could send prices surging back toward $5.32 before the year closes, possibly forming strong Marubozu candles on the SUI price chart.
However, a more gradual buildup could delay the explosive move to the first half of 2026, allowing the asset to consolidate between its triangle borders. Either way, the tightening pattern and strong on-chain foundation make SUI crypto one of the most intriguing assets to watch in the DeFi landscape.
The post Sui Price Prediction 2025, 2026 – 2030: SUI Price To Hit $5 Soon? appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
SUI, a next-gen Layer-1 blockchain, is rapidly gaining traction with its focus on scalability, seamless user experience, and Web3 integration via ZkLogin. Sui has quickly gained a strong position in the crypto market. Recently, Grayscale expanded its focus on the Sui ecosystem by launching two new trusts, DeepBook and Walrus. These products give accredited investors direct exposure to tokens within Sui’s DeFi ecosystem.
After a terrifying run due to token unlocks and broader market turmoil. Sui has made an impressive comeback on its price chart and is now changing hands at $2.63, which is 1.48% higher than its previous day’s value.
The price of 1 Sui token could surge to a maximum of $3.42 by the end of November 2025.
| Cryptocurrency | Sui |
| Token | SUI |
| Price | $2.6209
0.64%
|
| Market Cap | $ 9,502,862,312.82 |
| 24h Volume | $ 855,506,915.1753 |
| Circulating Supply | 3,625,742,933.0756 |
| Total Supply | 10,000,000,000.00 |
| All-Time High | $ 5.3519 on 06 January 2025 |
| All-Time Low | $ 0.3643 on 19 October 2023 |
Sui is trading near $2.63 after a sharp breakdown below both the middle and lower Bollinger Bands. Technicals indicate:
Key Support: $2.3550 (recent wick low), $2.70 zone (current price reaction)
Resistance: $2.8012 (middle Bollinger Band), $3.3322 (20-day SMA), $3.8631 (upper Bollinger Band)
Indicators: RSI at 31.25 signals oversold conditions, with a steep downward slope showing strong bearish momentum.
Sui is likely to remain volatile in November 2025 amid recent bearish momentum and oversold RSI readings. Expected price range: potential low near $2.115, average around $2.91, and possible high at $3.42 if buyers return. Unless a reversal occurs, price action may struggle above $3.00, with ongoing downside risks in the near term.
| Month | Potential Low | Potential Average | Potential High |
| November | $2.115 | $2.91 | $3.42 |
ETF interest is also rising. The SEC moved forward with Canary Capital’s proposal, while 21Shares is also under review. Though decisions are delayed until January 2026, the ongoing discussions could heat up if the U.S. takes a crypto-friendly regulatory path.
Sui Network plans a $320 million token unlock by the end of 2025. The forecast of this altcoin for 2025 suggests a new all-time high with a potential high of $7.01, assuming the bullish sentiment sustains. However, with a short correction, it may reach a potential low of $3.84, making an average of $5.42.
| Year | Potential Low | Potential Average | Potential High |
| 2025 | $3.84 | $5.42 | $7.01 |
Also, read our Solana Price Prediction 2025, 2026 – 2030!
| Year | Potential Low ($) | Potential Average ($) | Potential High ($) |
| 2026 | 5.16 | 7.21 | 9.26 |
| 2027 | 6.39 | 9.16 | 11.94 |
The SUI coin token projection for the year 2026 could range between $5.16 to $9.26, and the average price of the altcoin could be around $7.21.
SUI crypto price for the year 2027 could range between $6.39 to $11.94, and the average price of this crypto token could be around $9.16.
| Year | Potential Low ($) | Potential Average ($) | Potential High ($) |
| 2028 | 7.98 | 12.68 | 15.38 |
| 2029 | 9.47 | 14.58 | 19.69 |
| 2030 | 12.63 | 18.20 | 23.77 |
Sui project can make a potential high of $7.98 in 2027, with a potential low of $15.38, leading to an average price of $12.68.
The forecast of this token for the year 2029 could range between $9.47 to $19.69, and the average coin price could be around $14.58.
With an established position in the market, altcoins’ potential high for 2030 is projected to be $23.77. On the flip side, a potential low of $12.63 will result in an average price of $18.20.
Based on the historic market sentiments and trend analysis of the altcoin, here are the possible Sui price targets for the longer time frames.
| Year | Potential Low ($) | Potential Average ($) | Potential High ($) |
| 2031 | 16.38 | 23.09 | 29.81 |
| 2032 | 21.27 | 29.81 | 38.35 |
| 2033 | 28.09 | 38.92 | 49.76 |
| 2040 | 82.45 | 130.64 | 178.84 |
| 2050 | 496.64 | 802.18 | 1,107.73 |
Check out, Avalanche Price Prediction 2025, 2026 – 2030!
| Firm Name | 2025 | 2026 | 2030 |
| Wallet Investor | $8.38 | $11.84 | – |
| PricePrediction.net | $1.64 | $2.41 | $10.83 |
| DigitalCoinPrice | $11.49 | $16.35 | $34.39 |
| VanEck | $16 | – | – |
Coinpedia’s price prediction for SUI is highly bullish as the price is displaying a constant uptrend. This suggests that the price may reach new swing highs during the upcoming time.
With the ongoing Sui crypto update, the price is predicted to be a high of $7.01, with an average price of $5.42.
CoinPedia expects the Price to reach $7.01 by the year-end.
| Year | Potential Low | Potential Average | Potential High |
| 2025 | $3.84 | $5.42 | $7.01 |
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
Yes, the SUI blockchain is one of the most prominent projects and is projected to gain significant value in the coming time.
With a bullish surge, the altcoin may hit a high of $7.01 this year.
Considering the Sui long-term price prediction, it may reach a high of $23.77 by 2030.
With the rising popularity of the Sui token, this project may achieve the $23.77 mark by 2030.
The Sui project is targeted to conclude the year 2028 with a trading price of $15.38.
With active development on the SUI coin exchange, this crypto token is predicted to outperform some major cryptocurrencies in the coming years.
As per our latest Sui price analysis, the SUI could reach a maximum price of $178.84.
By 2050, a single SUI price could go as high as $1,107.73.
The post Securitize to Go Public in $1.25B Cantor Fitzgerald Deal: A First for Tokenization! appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Securitize, a leading platform for tokenizing real-world assets, is set to go public through a merger with Cantor Equity Partners II (CEPT), a SPAC backed by Cantor Fitzgerald, at a $1.25 billion valuation.
The move will make Securitize the first public company focused entirely on tokenized securities, marking a major step forward for the growing tokenization industry.
Once the deal is complete, the combined company will trade on Nasdaq under the ticker “SECZ.”
Existing investors – including ARK Invest, BlackRock, Blockchain Capital, Hamilton Lane, Jump Crypto, Morgan Stanley Investment Management, and Tradeweb Markets – will roll over 100% of their shares into the new entity.
No one is cashing out, which is a clear sign of long-term confidence in the company’s future.
The merger could bring in around $469 million in gross proceeds. That includes $225 million from a fully committed PIPE led by top institutional investors such as Arche, Borderless Capital, Hanwha Investment & Securities, InterVest, and ParaFi Capital, along with $244 million from CEPT’s trust account, assuming no redemptions.
“This is a defining moment for Securitize and for the future of finance,” said Carlos Domingo, Co-Founder and CEO of Securitize. “We founded this company with a mission to democratize capital markets by making them more accessible, transparent, and efficient through tokenization.”
The news are out! @Securitize has filed to go public in Nasdaq via a merger with Cantor Equity Partners II lead by @Brandonlutnick at a $1.25B valuation
— Carlos Domingo (@carlosdomingo) October 28, 2025
In a first for the finance industry, Securitize plans to tokenize its own equity, showing how a public company’s shares can exist and trade onchain.
Brandon Lutnick, Chairman and CEO of Cantor Fitzgerald, called blockchain “a foundational force in the next era of capital markets,” highlighting growing institutional belief in tokenization as the next big step in finance.
Securitize’s technology integrates with 15 blockchains. The company sees itself playing a key role in a $19 trillion market opportunity as more real-world assets move onchain.
The transaction, already approved by both boards, is expected to close in the first half of 2026, subject to regulatory approvals.
The post Solana Price Prediction 2025, 2026 – 2030: SOL Price Targets $500 Next? appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Story Highlights
Solana has been quietly building momentum, proving that its network strength is not just hype but backed by real numbers. Over the last quarter, its DeFi ecosystem expanded rapidly, drawing strong attention from investors.
Talking about Solana news, Grayscale has opened up staking for its Solana Trust (GSOL), which lets its investors earn SOL rewards via conventional brokerage accounts. This, coupled with Q3 network upgrades, monthly DEX volumes, and a TVL surge, these developments are fueling bullish momentum and positioning Solana as a top Ethereum alternative.
Following this, crypto investors are storming Google with questions like “Will Solana Go Back Up?” or “How high can Solana go?” and “Will SOL price reach $500 this altcoin season?” To answer more such questions, we bring to you our latest Solana price prediction 2025, 2026 – 2030.
| Cryptocurrency | Solana |
| Token | SOL |
| Price | $200.7464
0.57%
|
| Market Cap | $ 110,350,550,631.66 |
| 24h Volume | $ 6,483,584,520.4725 |
| Circulating Supply | 549,701,175.1960 |
| Total Supply | 612,847,388.3837 |
| All-Time High | $ 294.3349 on 19 January 2025 |
| All-Time Low | $ 0.5052 on 11 May 2020 |
Solana (SOL) is currently trading near $202, having recently retraced from highs around $211.11. Technicals indicate:
SOL price is showing strength after winning over key levels. The RSI signals weak buying conditions, suggesting potential short-term pullback. If $200 breaks, the next support lies near $187.43. The resumption of the uptrend could push prices toward $252.01, then eventually to $270.41.
| Month | Potential Low | Potential Average | Potential High |
| November | $187 | $210 | $229 |
Looking ahead, the Alpenglow upgrade, expected late 2025 or early 2026, will finalize blocks in about 150 milliseconds and simplify Solana’s consensus process. This could unlock real-time settlement for payments and derivatives, though short-term risks remain given past network stability issues.
Institutional players are already taking positions. Companies like Bit Mining, Upexi, and DeFi Development Corp together hold over 3.5 million SOL, worth more than $591 million. With technical upgrades, new partnerships, and rising investor interest, analysts see 2025 as a year of major potential.
If the market favors the bulls, the Solana coin price could breach its current all-time high and head toward a new high of $400. Conversely, stricter regulations or a network congestion setback could pull the price toward its annual low of $250. Considering the present market sentiment, the SOL crypto could settle with an average trading price of around $325.
| Year | Potential Low | Potential Average | Potential High |
| 2025 | $250 | $325 | $400 |
Also, read Ethereum Price Prediction 2025, 2026 – 2030!
| Year | Potential Low ($) | Potential Average ($) | Potential High ($) |
| 2026 | 310 | 410 | 510 |
| 2027 | 389 | 506 | 623 |
By the Solana Price Prediction 2026, the potential low price of Solana crypto could be $310, with an average price projected at $410 and a potential high of $510.
Moving on to Solana Price Prediction 2027, the potential low price for SOL is estimated at $389, while the average price is predicted to be around $506. The potential high price for SOL in 2027 is projected to reach $623.
| Year | Potential Low ($) | Potential Average ($) | Potential High ($) |
| 2028 | 476 | 622 | 769 |
| 2029 | 597 | 772 | 948 |
| 2030 | 716 | 1,033 | 1,351 |
As per the Solana Price Prediction 2028, the potential low price for SOL is expected to be $476, with an average price of $622. Further, the potential high price for SOL during this year is projected to reach $769.
Looking ahead to 2029, the Solana price targets a potential low of $597, with an average price of $772. Moreover, the potential high price for SOL in 2029 can reach $948.
For Solana Price Prediction 2030, we estimate a potential low at $716, with an average price of $1,033. The potential high price for Solana in 2030 is projected to reach $1,351.
| Year | Potential Low ($) | Potential Average ($) | Potential High ($) |
| 2031 | 936 | 1,351 | 1,766 |
| 2032 | 1,196 | 1,697 | 2,198 |
| 2033 | 1,566 | 2,417 | 3,269 |
| 2040 | 5,091 | 8,394 | 11,698 |
| 2050 | 23,358 | 47,908 | 72,459 |
| Firm Name | 2025 | 2026 | 2030 |
| Changelly | $228.37 | $280.81 | $1,136 |
| Coincodex | $291.49 | $186.25 | $447.82 |
| Binance | $202.18 | $212.29 | $258.04 |
Raoul Pal, founder of Real Vision, predicts a potential 20x rally for Solana. He attributes this to Solana’s advanced blockchain technology, growing ecosystem, and rising investor interest.
If Pal’s prediction holds true, Solana’s price could exceed $400 in the coming months, a significant surge from its previous peak. Despite market trends, Solana has shown resilience, maintaining a strong performance with consistent buying pressure.
With the improving network conditions of Solana and the slow but steady rise in the DeFi sector, the SOL prices project a bullish future.
According to CoinPedia’s formulated Solana price prediction 2025, the price might surge to $400. On the flip side, a failure to sustain recovery will plunge Solana prices to $250 during that year.
| Year | Potential Low | Potential Average | Potential High |
| 2025 | $250 | $325 | $400 |
Also, read our Tron Price Prediction 2025, 2026 – 2030!
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
According to our Solana price prediction 2025, the altcoin might chug up to a maximum of $400 by 2025.
As per our Solana price prediction 2030, with a potential surge, the price of SOL could reach a maximum of $1,351.
Solana stock, with its strengths in fundamentals, still holds significant prominence. That said, we can expect its glory to shine brighter with resolutions to shortcomings and major Solana news.
Solana holds the potential to climb higher on the market cap rankings. The digital asset could make it to the target if it does not fall to negative criticism.
The Solana Foundation is dedicated to growing the Solana network into the world’s most decentralized and censorship-resistant blockchain.
As per our latest SOL price analysis, Solana could reach a maximum price of $11,698.
By 2050, a single Solana price could go as high as $72,459.
The post Binance Coin Price Prediction 2025, 2026 – 2030: Will BNB Hit $1000? appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Binance Coin, after facing the brunt of the crypto market downturn, has made fresh highs to mark a new all-time high at $1370.55. Successively, at the time of press, BNB coin is being sold across exchanges for $1090.42
Amid the changing landscape, the Binance Coin fundamentals remain solid. However, the underlying uncertainties amid the global tensions raise questions like, “Is Binance safe or not?” or “Will Binance go higher in 2025?”
To answer these questions and provide a clear view of the BNB price action, we present our latest Binance Coin (BNB) Price Prediction 2025, 2026 – 2030.
| Cryptocurrency | BNB |
| Token | BNB |
| Price | $1,141.2494
-0.13%
|
| Market Cap | $ 157,193,681,244.02 |
| 24h Volume | $ 3,401,049,563.6926 |
| Circulating Supply | 137,738,233.50 |
| Total Supply | 137,738,233.50 |
| All-Time High | $ 1,370.5460 on 13 October 2025 |
| All-Time Low | $ 0.0961 on 01 August 2017 |
BNB is showing strong bullish momentum, if buyers sustain above $1,300, the next upside targets are $1,462 and $1,624. However, rejection from the current trend channel could trigger a short-term pullback toward $1,226 or even $1,083. Overall, the October 2025 outlook stays bullish as long as BNB holds above $1,200, with a potential low at $1,180, an average near $1,350, and a high around $1,620.
| Month | Potential Low | Potential Average | Potential High |
| November | $1180 | $1350 | $1620 |
Now, attention has shifted to VanEck’s proposed BNB ETF in the U.S. If approved by late 2025 or early 2026, it could attract both institutional and retail investors, fueling more demand. With over 5,000 dApps and $8.1 billion in total value locked, the chain continues to grow.
That being said, the investors can anticipate the BNB coin price reaching a new All-Time High of $2,292. On the flip side, the Binance crypto may experience a low of $761 during that year. Considering the buying and selling pressure, the 3rd largest cryptocurrency could conclude the year 2025 with an average price of $926.
| Year | Potential Low | Potential Average | Potential High |
| 2025 | $761 | $926 | $2,292 |
Curious if Bitcoin will hit $100K as the crypto bull run begins? Find out more about Coinpedia’s Bitcoin price prediction.
| Year | Potential Low ($) | Potential Average ($) | Potential High ($) |
| 2026 | 1,125 | 2,250 | 3,375 |
| 2027 | 1,687.50 | 3,375 | 5,062.50 |
By late 2026, BNB’s price could climb to a high of $3,375. However, the price might dip to $1,125, with an average value of $2,250 throughout the year.
In 2027, BNB’s price is anticipated to hit a peak of $5,062.50. On the downside, the price could fall to $1,687.50, with an average of $3,375.
| Year | Potential Low ($) | Potential Average ($) | Potential High ($) |
| 2028 | 2,531.25 | 5,062.50 | 7,593.75 |
| 2029 | 3,796.88 | 7,593.75 | 11,390.63 |
| 2030 | 5,695.31 | 11,390.63 | 17,085.94 |
By the close of 2028, BNB’s price may reach a high of $7,593.75. If market conditions worsen, it could drop to $2,531.25, with an average price of $5,062.50.
In 2029, BNB could continue its upward momentum, potentially reaching $11,390.63. However, it may see a low of $3,796.88, with an average price of $7,593.75.
As 2030 begins, BNB crypto could hit a new high of $17,085.94. Conversely, it may bottom out at $5,695.31, with an average price of $11,390.63.
Based on the historic market sentiments and trend analysis of the altcoin, here are the possible BNB coin price targets for the longer time frames.
| Year | Potential Low ($) | Potential Average ($) | Potential High ($) |
| 2031 | 8,542.97 | 17,085.94 | 25,628.91 |
| 2032 | 12,814.45 | 25,628.91 | 38,443.36 |
| 2033 | 19,221.68 | 38,443.36 | 57,665.04 |
| 2040 | 145,519.24 | 291,038.49 | 436,557.73 |
| 2050 | 1,131,478.37 | 2,262,956.73 | 3,394,435.10 |
| Firm Name | 2025 | 2026 | 2030 |
| Changelly | $608.66 | $1,219 | $6,344 |
| Coincodex | $1,119.10 | $592.92 | $1,305.46 |
| Binance | $608.63 | $639.06 | $776.79 |
Despite the growing troubles of workforce reduction, regulatory scrutiny, and frequent executive departures, the Binance ecosystem is expanding. With its research in product innovations and new token listings, Binance Exchange has the highest trading volume.
As per CoinPedia’s Binance (BNB) coin price prediction, the price of $BNB crypto will increase to $2,292 in 2025.
| Year | Potential Low | Potential Average | Potential High |
| 2025 | $761 | $926 | $2,292 |
Yes, BNB crypto is a profitable investment for the long term. Several initiatives, such as the auto-burn mechanism, contribute to reducing its supply and potentially increasing its value over time.
CoinPedia has dedicated a team of expert analysts to cover the possible crypto price prediction and sum it all up in one place, just for you!
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
The initial price of Binance Coin (BNB) at the time of the ICO was $0.15.
The all-time low price of Binance Coin was $0.09611 on August 01, 2017.
As per our BNB price prediction 2025, the maximum trading price of $BNB could potentially reach $2,292 in 2025.
The price of the digital asset could reach a potential high of $17,085.94 by 2030.
The all-time high price of Binance Coin was $793.35 on December 04, 2024.
Yes, BNB is a profitable investment for the long term. With initiatives such as auto-burn, numerous projects, and growing prominence, we could find it bearing fruit.
As per our latest BNB price analysis, Binance could reach a maximum price of $436,557.73.
By 2050, a single Binance price could go as high as $3,394,435.10.
The post Ethereum Price Prediction 2025, 2026 – 2030: Can ETH Reach $10k? appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Amidst the turn of events, most cryptocurrencies are riding the bullish wave. And Ethereum, too, is receiving volumes. The Ethereum price today is $4150, with an intraday price change of -0.27%. Curious about where the ETH price is heading in the long run? Read our latest Ethereum price prediction for potential price targets.
Based on the current price trend, the ETH price tomorrow could range between $4,000 and $4,200.
| Cryptocurrency | Ethereum |
| Token | ETH |
| Price | $4,120.1771
-0.82%
|
| Market Cap | $ 497,297,675,153.58 |
| 24h Volume | $ 29,770,225,928.8059 |
| Circulating Supply | 120,698,129.7731 |
| Total Supply | 120,698,129.7731 |
| All-Time High | $ 4,953.7329 on 24 August 2025 |
| All-Time Low | $ 0.4209 on 21 October 2015 |
Ethereum is trading short of its strong resistance at $5,000 and $5,250, while support holds at $3,762. For November 2025, if bullish momentum continues, ETH could test $5,250 as the potential high. On the downside, if selling pressure intensifies, the price might revisit $4,144 as a potential low. Considering the current trend and RSI near 46.5, the average price is expected to be around $4,700, assuming consolidation within the current range before a major breakout.
| Month | Potential Low | Potential Average | Potential High |
| November | $4,144 | $4,700 | $5,250 |
A spot-ETH ETF could be the next major milestone. If approved, it may attract billions in capital. On top of that, institutional activity is growing. Layer-2 growth and big firms like State Street and PayPal are also building on Ethereum. The next big step is the Fusaka upgrade, coming in November 2025. Before that, Pectra will roll out in Q4, with long-term changes like Verkle Trees and danksharding ahead. These will make Ethereum faster and cheaper.
Ethereum price has been trading in a symmetric triangle pattern since early 2021, a breakout could lead to the ETH coin price hitting a new all-time high of $9,428.11. Conversely, rising uncertainty or any unfavorable global economic events could pull the ETH price toward its annual low of $3,142.70. That being said, it could average out at around $6,285.41.
| Year | Potential Low | Potential Average | Potential High |
| 2025 | $3,142.70 | $6,285.41 | $9,428.11 |
| Year | Potential Low ($) | Potential Average ($) | Potential High ($) |
| 2026 | 4,714.05 | 9,428.11 | 14,142.16 |
| 2027 | 7,071.08 | 14,142.16 | 21,213.24 |
By 2026, the value of Ethereum is expected to reach a high of $14,142.16. On the other hand, the Ethereum price might drop to $3,142.70, with an average of $6,285.41.
The Ethereum 2027 forecast expects the ETH coin price to make a new all-time high at $21,213.24. However, a correction based on market shortcomings may drive the ETH crypto to $7,071.08, with an average of $14,142.16.
| Year | Potential Low ($) | Potential Average ($) | Potential High ($) |
| 2028 | 10,606.62 | 21,213.24 | 31,819.86 |
| 2029 | 15,909.93 | 31,819.86 | 47,729.79 |
| 2030 | 23,864.90 | 47,729.79 | 71,594.69 |
In 2028, the chances of Ethereum dominating the crypto market rise as the ETH price potentially makes a new high at $31,819.86. On the other hand, the altcoin might fall to $10,606.62, making an average of $21,213.24.
Approaching its all-time high of $47,729.79 in 2029, the Ethereum price is expected to surpass the psychological barrier of $40,000. In case of a correction, $ETH may reach a low of $15,909.93, with an average price of $31,819.86.
As per our Ethereum Price Prediction 2030, the ETH crypto price is projected to reach a new all-time high of $71,594.69 in 2030, with a potential low of $23,864.90 and an average price of $47,729.79.
Based on the historic market sentiments and trend analysis of the largest altcoin by market capitalization, here are the possible Ethereum price targets for the longer time frames.
| Year | Potential Low | Average Price | Potential High |
|---|---|---|---|
| 2031 | 35,797.35 | 71,594.69 | 107,392.04 |
| 2032 | 53,696.02 | 107,392.04 | 161,088.06 |
| 2033 | 80,544.03 | 161,088.06 | 241,632.09 |
| 2040 | ~1,376,550 | ~2,753,110 | ~4,128,680 |
| 2050 | ~79,396,500 | ~158,793,000 | ~238,189,500 |
With factors like the growing Ethereum network, rising inflows, broader market recovery, and increased adoption, the ETH price will likely give multi-fold returns in 2025.
As per CoinPedia’s Ethereum price prediction 2025, the Bulls can hit $9,428.11 in 2025. Conversely, a rise in FUD amongst investors and a lack of updates could curb the value of 1 ETH at $3,142.70.
| Year | Potential Low | Potential Average | Potential High |
| 2025 | $3,142.70 | $6,285.41 | $9,428.11 |
| Firm Name | 2025 | 2026 | 2030 |
| Changelly | $4,012.41 | $5,375 | $24,196 |
| Coincodex | $6,540.51 | $3,816.62 | $6,660.08 |
| Binance | $3,499.54 | $3,674.52 | $4,466.40 |
| VanEck | $6,000 | – | – |
Ethereum price could shoot to $5,500 soon and $12,000 by 2025
-Tom Lee
*The Ethereum forecast mentioned above is the average targets set by the respective firms.
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
As per our Ethereum price forecast 2025, the ETH price could reach a maximum of $9,428.11.
According to our Ethereum Price Prediction 2030, the ETH coin price could reach a maximum of $71,594.69 by 2030.
While Ethereum is trusted for its stout fundamentals, Bitcoin continues to dominate with its widespread adoption.
The $ETH price is expected to go up as the FUD settles and the altcoin season kicks off.
Ethereum 2.0 is an updated version of the existing Ethereum blockchain, which aims to increase the efficiency, scalability, and speed of the Ethereum network.
As the altcoin season begins, the short-term gains make Ethereum a lucrative buying option. However, the long-term promises of this programmable blockchain make it a viable long-term crypto investment.
As per our Ethereum price prediction 2040, Ethereum could reach a maximum price of $4,128,680.
By 2050, a single Ethereum price could go as high as $238,189,500.
The post Circle Launches Arc Public Testnet with Top Global Firms appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Circle has launched the public testnet for Arc, a Layer-1 blockchain designed to bring real-world financial activities onchain. Major firms like BlackRock, Visa, HSBC, AWS, and Anthropic are participating. Arc features USD-based fees, sub-second settlement, and optional privacy controls. Circle plans to decentralize Arc gradually by opening validator roles and governance to the community, aiming to build a decentralized, efficient global financial infrastructure.
The post Truth Social Partners with Crypto.com for Prediction Markets appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Trump Media’s Truth Social is launching “Truth Predict,” the world’s first social media prediction market platform in exclusive partnership with Crypto.com. Users can trade contracts on events like politics, economics, and sports, converting in-app rewards called Truth gems into Crypto.com’s CRO token. Beta testing is coming soon, followed by a full U.S. launch and plans for global expansion. This move aims to combine social engagement with real-time market insights.
Stablecoin transaction volume is soaring; meanwhile, tradfi companies are leaning in hard, and Japan’s first yen-denominated token has roared.
The post All is coming up stablecoins: volume soars, tradfi firms want in appeared first on CoinGeek.
Truth Predict's launch could reshape social media engagement, blending financial speculation with real-time event discussions and analysis.
The post Trump Media unveils Truth Predict for real-time event trading on Truth Social appeared first on Crypto Briefing.
The SPAC deal could accelerate institutional adoption of blockchain technology, reshaping financial markets with tokenized assets.
The post BlackRock-backed Securitize to go public through SPAC deal appeared first on Crypto Briefing.
Circle's Arc testnet could revolutionize institutional finance by enhancing transaction speed, privacy, and regulatory compliance with stablecoin use.
The post Circle’s Arc testnet debuts with over 100 global partners and institutions appeared first on Crypto Briefing.
Cantonese Cat used his October 28 video to zero in on the Dogecoin market structure, arguing that the meme-coin is nearing the end of a multi-year accumulation phase—and that the recent washout was a feature, not a bug, of that process. While he declined to publish numeric price targets in the video, he made the case that DOGE’s setup is maturing in lockstep with broader “risk-on” signals, with a familiar lag to Ethereum that historically precedes Dogecoin’s larger moves.
On structure, he was explicit. “Just looking at Doge here, you can see how […] Doge has been forming a cup over here for close to four and a half, five years now […] it’s just been building a big giant base.” In his read, the rounded bottom is the defining pattern of this cycle for DOGE, and it remains intact despite recent volatility.
He framed the sharp drawdown two weeks ago as necessary positioning rather than a break in trend: “You just had a great deleveraging event […] I’m not going to look at a lower low and think the trend is broken […] These are very healthy deleveraging before the next move up as far as I’m concerned.” He highlighted “a big giant wick” and “a lot of demand down below,” pointing to what he sees as resilient spot support through the base.
Timing, not targets, was the centerpiece. He reiterated that Dogecoin typically follows Ethereum with a delay once ETH clears its own major resistance bands. “Whenever we get closer to the end of the rounded bottom […] that’s when Ethereum breaks out above the resistance zone and goes up a lot higher. Thus, Doge runs together with Ethereum,” he said, adding: “There is a lag. I would say the lag is probably maybe a couple months between Ethereum breaking up and Doge finally breaking above this rounded bottom here and going up.”
He made a similar observation using risk proxies, noting that DOGE moves have historically trailed small-cap-led risk cycles by several months, though he cautioned that the exact interval can vary. Via X, he added “DOGE lags behind IWM [iShares Russell 2000 ETF] all-time-high breakout by about 2 to 4 months before it takes off.”
Cantonese Cat also pushed back on the view that a sequence of lower lows automatically invalidates the DOGE setup, arguing that this occurred in prior cycles just before outsized rallies. “A lot of people look at this, ‘that’s a lower low […] the cycle is over.’ Well, it doesn’t work that way. That’s a lower low right there. Next thing you know, it just went a lot higher,” he said, tying the observation to the current “healthy deleveraging” and the persistence of the rounded-bottom structure.
If the video offered the structural blueprint, his same-day post on X clarified his stance on headline targets. “I realize that it’s stupid to call for DOGE to $2 or $4 when price is at 20 cents. If I was smart like others, I should just call for DOGE to $2 or $4 when it’s $2 or $4.” The comment is consistent with his prior price predictions.
Inside the video update, the analyst instead emphasized the sequence he expects to matter—ETH strength first, DOGE follow-through second, with the magnitude determined by how far the broader risk cycle runs once momentum rotates.
At press time, DOGE traded at $0.20.
The next Federal Open Market Committee (FOMC) meeting is fast approaching, and the bets are already pouring in as to what it would mean for the Bitcoin and crypto industry. The last FOMC meeting took place in September, when the Federal Reserve ended up cutting rates down to 4-4.25% after months of no rate cuts. With this setting the tone, the expectations that another rate cut could be on the way are getting louder, with the FedWatch Tool showing a high percentage.
The next FOMC meeting is scheduled for Wednesday, October 29, 2025, and there is already a major clamor around what the Fed is planning on doing. The current market headwinds point to a favorable outcome for risk assets such as Bitcoin and other cryptocurrencies, with expected rate cuts.
Currently, the CME FedWatch Tool is showing that the probability of a rate cut has risen to 98.3% as of the time of this writing. This leaves only a 1.7% chance that the Federal Reserve will actually leave rates at their current levels, and there is zero chance that there will be a rate hike.
A reduction in the rate cuts is good for businesses all around, as lower interest rates mean better loan terms and increased spending and borrowing. Thus, it will increase the participation in the markets, from consumer goods to the stock market, and then make its way into newer markets such as Bitcoin and crypto.
A rate cut by the Federal Reserve aligns with the more pro-crypto stance that the United States has been moving in since President Donald Trump was elected. Last week, the president pardoned the Founder and former CEO of the Binance crypto exchange, Changpeng Zhao, after he previously pled guilty to money laundering violations back in 2024. Zhao has since served a 4-month stint before the pardon from Trump came.
With the US embracing Bitcoin and crypto again, a rate cut will only further the ascent, allowing more investors to get into the market as liquidity frees up. The initial announcement has been known to trigger a rapid increase in the market. But as the news settles, the crypto market is expected to continue to rise in response.
However, nothing is certain until the FOMC meeting is complete and the announcement is made. For the Bitcoin and crypto market to remain bullish, inflation will also have to be reduced, as an increase could trigger more conservative stances from investors.
What to Know:
A $135 price prediction for Litecoin appears more than feasible ahead of its spot ETF, which is ready to launch on Nasdaq today with the ticker LTCC.
Litecoin has been experiencing a notable increase over the last week, following a 10.44% surge that took it from $ 90.50 on October 23 to a high of $105.25 today.
The main catalyst is the SEC’s imminent favorable decision, which would greenlight Canary Litecoin, Canary HBAR, and Bitwise Solana ETFs today.
Bloomberg analyst, Eric Balchunas, confirmed the news on X, saying: ‘Assuming there’s not some last min SEC intervention, looks like this is happening’.
The news is understandably bullish for Litecoin, as the Nasdaq listing would open the asset to investors who don’t necessarily want to buy it. Long-term, this will boost liquidity, improve Litecoin’s legitimacy, and increase adoption at retail and, hopefully, institutional level.
Projects like PEPENODE ($PEPENODE) also stand to gain thanks to its on-chain utility and meme value. PEPENODE allows early adopters to buy mining nodes and build their own virtual coin mining facility, minus the electricity costs and expensive mining equipment.The momentum is there for a $135 push, especially considering the network activity, as shown by Santiment. Litecoin’s price spiked on October 9 and crashed soon after; the window was too short for investors to capitalize on it.
There was an attempt, but it fizzled out as Litecoin was already in free fall.
If investors had capitalized on it, the momentum might have held, increasing the opportunity window and potentially triggering a consolidation phase above $130.
But we’re not in that timeline.
Fortunately, we may be looking at a strong reset, as $LTC is already showing signs of consolidation above $101 after briefly popping its head above $105.
And this time, investors are not willing to miss the opportunity window again. The 24-hour transaction volume is up 69.41%, a clear indication that momentum is building ahead of the SEC’s decision later today.
We then have the Relative Strength Index, which currently stands at 64.77 points. For reference, the bull zone begins at a price above 50.
The community is clearly hyped up, $LTC shows growing potential, and investors are ready. In this context, a breakout above $135 is more than achievable if LTCC performs well following its Nasdaq listing.
If $LTC meets the bullish expectations, another project that stands to gain significant attention is PEPENODE ($PEPENODE), with its presale already at $1.96M.PEPENODE ($PEPENODE) encourages participation in its presale with the help of its innovative mine-to-earn mechanics.
The project addresses the main problems associated with crypto presales today: the lack of participation incentives. In short, presales don’t incentivize investors to buy in early, which leads to poor presale performances, which inadvertently lowers the coin’s visibility post launch.
PEPENODE’s mine-to-earn mechanics offer an exciting alternative in the form of virtual mining facilities. The concept is straightforward: purchase mining nodes, upgrade them, build your own virtual mining facility, activate it, and watch your rewards accumulate.The earlier you buy, the stronger your nodes, the faster you mine, and the more you can earn. This translates to higher post-TGE rewards, which include actual meme coins, such as $FARTCOIN and $PEPE.
The 653% staking APY is an additional incentive for early adoption.
$PEPENODE now sits at $0.0011227 and managed to raise $1,965,327 so far, while the presale is still going. Based on the project’s utility and meme value, the token still has plenty of growth potential.
A realistic price prediction for $PEPENODE puts the coin at $0.0077 by the end of 2026; possibly even higher if the mine-to-earn mechanics catch on. This translates to an ROI of 585%, excluding the staking benefits or the meme coin rewards resulting from your coin-farming.
Read our guide on how to buy $PEPENODE and visit the presale page to secure your nodes and start building your mining rig today.
This isn’t financial advice. Always do your own research (DYOR) and invest wisely.
Authored by Aaron Walker, NewsBTC: www.newsbtc.com/news/litecoin-135-price-prediction-pepenode-soars.
The crypto market, despite experiencing throughout the year major price fluctuations, security incidents, and legal hurdles, has experienced remarkable growth.
This can be attributed to the expansion of digital asset treasuries (DATs), increased institutional adoption, and new initiatives aimed at integrating digital assets, particularly stablecoins, into traditional financial sectors.
Andreessen Horowitz (a16z) recently shared their projections for the crypto landscape for the remainder of the year and years to come, highlighting nine key trends expected to be major catalysts for the industry.
Firstly, market structure legislation in the US is expected to emerge as a critical priority for policymakers and Congress, establishing a clear regulatory framework that supports crypto developers.
The passage of the GENIUS Act in July of this year also marked a pivotal moment, garnering bipartisan support and providing builders with much-needed certainty in their endeavors.
Secondly, the adoption of stablecoins is set to accelerate as network effects take hold among financial institutions, merchants, and consumers, thereby enhancing the global standing of the US dollar.
Furthermore, major players like JPMorgan, Citi, BlackRock, and Fidelity are amplifying their crypto offerings through new product launches, partnerships, and acquisitions.
The infrastructure supporting blockchain technology is also advancing rapidly. Current networks can process over 3,400 transactions per second, marking a 100-fold increase over the past five years.
Moreover, a new wave of real-world assets (RWAs) is transitioning onto the blockchain as the worlds of crypto and traditional finance converge. The market for tokenized real-world assets has expanded to nearly $30 billion, with significant contributions from Treasuries, money market funds, and private credit.
In parallel, the crypto sector is attracting a growing pool of talent, driven by a more favorable regulatory environment and the emergence of new opportunities for developers.
The focus on revenue generation is also shifting within the token ecosystem. More tokens are implementing fee mechanisms, redirecting attention toward fundamental value. In the past year, users have paid $33 billion in fees, resulting in $18 billion for projects and $4 billion for token holders.
Innovative consumer products are also expected to drive the next wave of crypto adoption. Although approximately 716 million people now own cryptocurrency, only 40 to 70 million are considered active users.
Ultimately, 2025 is poised to lay the groundwork and establish the foundations for the years to come. It is expected to be a transformative year for the crypto industry, characterized by widespread institutional adoption, regulatory clarity, and tangible utility.
Featured image from DALL-E, chart from TradingView.com
Last updated on October 28, 2025.
This Article Was First Published on The Bit Journal.
The Altcoins ETFs is set to launch this Tuesday, marking a significant moment in crypto investing. According to the source, U.S. exchanges have posted listing notices for spot funds tied to these three tokens.
This move allows everyday investors to gain exposure to Solana, Litecoin, and Hedera without owning the coins directly, opening a new access point in regulated finance.
Exchanges such as the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) and NASDAQ Stock Market have posted official listing notices for the Altcoins ETFs suite. Specifically:
Current prices at time of writing: Solana (SOL) ~ $199.64, Litecoin (LTC) ~ $100.55, Hedera (HBAR) ~ $0.21. These values reflect the market’s anticipation of the debut of the Solana, Litecoin, and Hedera ETF.
The Altcoins ETFs may provide several benefits:
Beyond Bitcoin and Ethereum, these altcoin-linked ETFs widen the field. The Solana, Litecoin, and Hedera ETF positions altcoins in a regulated vehicle format for the first time in the U.S..
The regulatory path for the Altcoins ETFs aligns with evolving U.S. rules. The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has dropped delay notices and adopted generic listing standards for spot crypto ETFs, which helped clear the way for this launch. Lower procedural hurdles contribute to the Solana, Litecoin, and Hedera ETF coming into view.
Still, risks remain: trading volumes are unknown, token volatility persists, and early investors will observe how the funds perform once trading begins.
With the Altcoins ETFs about to trade, key indicators include:
The Altcoins ETFs represents a bridge between traditional finance and altcoins. Investors can now access SOL, LTC, and HBAR via regulated channels rather than buying tokens directly. Provided launch conditions hold, these funds could open the door for further crypto ETF innovations.
As trading starts, the performance of the Solana, Litecoin, and Hedera ETF will test how far the market can move beyond Bitcoin.
It is a set of ETFs offering exposure to Solana (SOL), Litecoin (LTC), and Hedera (HBAR) via regulated U.S. exchange-traded products.
The listing notices indicate trading will start this week, as early as Tuesday.
It opens regulated access to altcoins beyond Bitcoin and Ethereum through the crypto ETF format.
Yes, the Solana component is expected to include staking features within the ETF structure.
Read More: Solana, Litecoin, and Hedera ETFs to Begin Trading This Week">Solana, Litecoin, and Hedera ETFs to Begin Trading This Week
U.S. spot Bitcoin ETFs recorded roughly 446 million dollars in net inflows for the week, reversing the prior soft patch and hinting that institutions still buy the dips. Over the same stretch, spot Ether products saw about 244 million dollars in outflows, a notable contrast that kept the market honest after a frantic first half of October.
Daily prints show how quickly sentiment can turn. After four straight sessions of redemptions, Bitcoin funds swung to a single-day net inflow near 477 million dollars as prices steadied, a flip that broke the losing streak and re-anchored flows.
The split is not just about winners and laggards. Bitcoin’s rebound suggests allocators continue to treat it as the cleanest expression of crypto beta, especially when macro is noisy and liquidity is patchy. Ether’s outflows, meanwhile, reflect a different set of questions that investors still need answered, from staking mechanics inside fund structures to the timing and scope of future product features. The weekly etf total underscores that rotation within crypto is active rather than passive right now.
Context helps. Earlier in October, a monster print north of one billion dollars flowed into Bitcoin ETFs in a single session as price tagged fresh highs, a reminder that headline inflows often cluster near emotionally charged levels. That history makes last week’s steadier, mid-range rebound feel more durable, not less.
Flows do not move in a straight line. The week’s split sits against a backdrop of macro cross-currents, including intermittent risk-off wobbles and questions about policy data timeliness. Short squeezes and funding resets can add noise. Even so, the path of least resistance remains tied to whether Bitcoin ETFs keep printing green on more days than not, especially if breadth widens beyond a handful of big issuers. Recent records around 125,000 were pinned on ETF demand, so subsequent rallies will likely need the same sponsorship.
Ether’s challenge is more nuanced. Capital wants clarity on product design and the roadmap for yield features. Until those mechanics are settled, Ether funds may trade more like satellite positions in multi-asset portfolios, making them sensitive to weekly rebalancing. That does not preclude sharp risk-on weeks. It simply means the hurdle for sticky inflows is higher.
The week delivered a clean message. Bitcoin ETFs attracted fresh capital while Ether funds leaked. The daily swing back to inflows suggests the buyer is still there, even if conviction arrives in bursts. If the next few prints confirm breadth across issuers and steadier intake, price can follow. If not, expect more chop around well-watched levels while investors wait for the next catalyst.
What exactly changed last week in ETF flows?
Bitcoin ETFs added about 446 million dollars for the week that ended 24 October, while Ether funds lost about 244 million dollars, marking a clear divergence between the two largest crypto assets.
Did one big day drive the Bitcoin number?
A single day near 21 October saw roughly 477 million dollars in net inflows, which helped flip the weekly tally back to positive after a red streak.
Are large daily inflows reliable signals for price?
Huge prints can coincide with local peaks, as seen earlier in October, so traders often look for persistence across multiple sessions rather than one-off spikes.
What are analysts saying publicly?
Nate Geraci highlighted multi-billion weekly intake for spot Bitcoin ETFs. Other analysts pointed to advisors dominating known Ether ETF holders, which can magnify tactical shifts.
Exchange-traded fund (ETF)
A regulated fund that tracks an asset and trades on stock exchanges, allowing investors to gain exposure without holding the underlying coins.
Net inflows and outflows
The difference between new money entering a fund and money leaving it over a set period. Positive net inflows imply demand, while outflows imply the opposite.
Advisor-dominated holder base
A fund ownership profile where registered investment advisors represent a large share of known holders, which can increase sensitivity to model-driven rebalancing.
Product breadth across issuers
A sign of healthier demand where multiple funds, not just one or two, attract consistent inflows, reducing reliance on a single vehicle for price support.
Read More: Weekly ETF Split: Bitcoin Pulls In Cash While Ether Bleeds">Weekly ETF Split: Bitcoin Pulls In Cash While Ether Bleeds
This Article Was First Published on The Bit Journal |
As leverage trading takes over the crypto scene in 2025, traders are learning the hard way that big rewards often walk hand in hand with bigger risks, but could smarter risk control finally make leverage safer than ever?
Crypto leverage trading is becoming a popular way to invest in digital markets. It lets traders open larger positions with a small amount of money, which attracts both beginners and experts.
This method allows traders to make more profit when the market moves in their favor. But it can also bring large losses if it is not used with proper care and understanding.
Leverage refers to utilizing borrowed capital from an exchange for a larger trade. In crypto leverage trading, a trader with a capital of say $100 can trade as if they had say $1,000, fully using 10x leverage. This can create larger profits if the market goes in their favor.
But, equally important, this can create larger losses if the price moves against them. Leverage allows traders to benefit from even small price changes in coins like $BTC or $ETH. It is helpful for short-term trades and lets traders keep some of their money free for other uses.
But experts warn that leverage is not a guarantee of profit or easy money. Borrowed funds must be handled carefully to prevent losing the entire trade through liquidation.
In crypto leverage trading, the exchange lends money to increase the size of a trader’s position. The trader must keep enough margin in their account to support this larger trade. When the market moves in their favor, profits can grow quickly. But if prices move the other way, losses can rise just as fast.
When a trader’s balance drops below the required margin level, the exchange may automatically close the trade. This is known as liquidation and it often happens when the market moves very quickly.
Understanding how margin works can help traders stay away from liquidation. It is wise to plan every trade with care and know the risks before using leverage.
Using leverage in trading requires a clear plan and a steady approach. Many traders choose to begin with a smaller level of leverage, like 2x or 3x, until they gain more experience. Using very high leverage can make the impact of price changes much stronger.
Taking time to understand the market and manage each position with care usually leads to steadier outcomes. Using stop loss and take profit orders can also bring more structure and safety to crypto leverage trading. They close trades on their own once prices reach a chosen level.
By using them, traders can protect their capital and capture profits even when they are not watching the market. Making these orders part of a plan often brings more order and calm to the trading process.
Good risk management plays a central role in crypto leverage trading. It is advised that traders use only a small portion of their funds for each trade. This way, a single loss will not affect the entire account.
Experts often suggest risking only one percent of total capital per trade to limit losses. Watching margin levels helps traders avoid liquidation. Closing trades early or adjusting their size can protect funds. Funding fees should also be checked, as they can reduce profit over time.
Crypto leverage trading can be thrilling but also stressful. Rapid changes in the market can cause traders to react with emotions instead of with logic. This often creates errors, such as adding leverage after a loss or executing trades even earlier than expected.
Keeping emotions in check will allow traders to create rational, unemotional trading decisions. More experienced traders will advise taking a break after a loss to understand what went wrong. Patience and self-control will protect your trading capital better than any strategy.
It is also ok to look and learn from others, but don’t follow blindly from what you see on social media. Each trader must develop their own method based on their experience and what they have researched.
Crypto leverage trading gives traders a way to grow their profits with smaller capital. Traders who understand the risks, manage their positions, and stay disciplined can trade more safely and confidently.
Understanding risk and using tools like stop loss orders help protect funds. In 2025, smart and patient use of leverage remains the key to lasting success in crypto trading.
Leverage: Extra money you borrow to increase the size of your trade.
Margin: The small part of your money kept aside to support a trade.
Stop Loss: A safety tool that ends a trade to stop more loss.
Funding Fee: A small cost you pay for keeping a trade open longer.
Short Trade: You sell expecting the crypto price to go down.
Leverage helps you trade with more money, so your profit or loss can become bigger.
People use leverage to try to make more money from small price changes.
Yes, it is risky because you can lose your money very fast if the market goes down.
Traders can stop liquidation by using small leverage and watching their margin level.
A good rule is to risk only a small part of your money on each trade.
Read More: Leverage Trading in Crypto: How to Maximize Profits and Avoid Liquidation in 2025">Leverage Trading in Crypto: How to Maximize Profits and Avoid Liquidation in 2025
A recent analysis has highlighted key price levels to watch if Shiba Inu rallies from a crucial support area. Shiba Inu has held strong around the current support level around $0.000006 to $0.000010, as its long accumulation phase continues.
Crypto analyst AiMan recently revealed a personal investment of a quarter million dollars in XRP during the latest price dip. The purchase, which he said amounts to about 100,000 XRP, comes as the asset attempts to recover from the dip.
Bitcoin Magazine
Human Rights Foundation Grants 1 Billion Satoshis to 20 Freedom Tech Projects Worldwide
The Human Rights Foundation (HRF) has announced a new wave of funding through its Bitcoin Development Fund (BDF), distributing 1 billion satoshis to 20 projects around the world.
The grants, awarded to developers, educators, and activists spanning Asia, Africa, Latin America, and Europe, aim to strengthen Bitcoin’s role as a tool for human freedom and resistance to financial repression.
HRF has a mission to empower the more than 5.9 million people living under authoritarian regimes through open-source technologies that enable private communication, censorship-resistant finance, and decentralized coordination.
Since launching the Bitcoin Development Fund in 2020, HRF has provided more than $9.6 million in Bitcoin to 319 projects across 62 countries.
The foundation’s approach merges human rights advocacy with technical development, supporting builders who are creating practical tools for dissidents, journalists, and ordinary citizens in repressive environments.
“Bitcoin is more than just a monetary innovation,” HRF said in a statement. “It’s a survival mechanism for billions of people living without political or economic freedom.”
This round of grants supports projects advancing everything from core Bitcoin development and mining decentralization to regional education and financial autonomy programs. Each reflects a piece of a larger puzzle: a global freedom technology ecosystem built on Bitcoin’s permissionless infrastructure.
Nymius: Bitcoin’s transparent ledger is essential to its design, but it also exposes dissidents to surveillance from authoritarian states seeking to monitor transactions and networks. Silent Payments enables individuals to receive Bitcoin through unique, one-time addresses derived from a static public key, but its effectiveness depends on wallet adoption. Nymius, a Bitcoin Dev Kit (BDK) contributor, will integrate Silent Payments into the BDK. With this grant, dozens of wallets and applications built with the BDK will be able to offer users greater financial privacy.
Daniela Brozzoni: Bitcoin nodes (computers running the Bitcoin software) reveal user metadata when connecting with one another. This opens the door for regimes or hackers to track or isolate activists and dissidents running Bitcoin nodes. Daniela Brozzoni is a Bitcoin Core developer who has been researching this vulnerability and publishing mitigation proposals to counter the tactics. With this grant, she will gather community feedback and implement fixes to make the network safer.
Build on Bitcoin (BOB) Buidlers Residency: Every day, users often find freedom technologies difficult to use, which limits their accessibility and impact. BOB Buidlers Residency in Bangkok has supported three cohorts of free and open-source developers to advance Bitcoin’s privacy, decentralization, and mining. With HRF’s funding, a fourth cohort of four developers will improve usability across Bitcoin, Lightning, nostr, and ecash, making freedom tech more accessible to those who need it most.
2140 Foundation: Bitcoin developers, especially those in autocratic countries, often struggle with burnout, isolation, and a lack of incentives to complete long-term projects. The 2140 Foundation, founded by open-source developers Josie Baker and Ruben Somsen, is a co-working space in Amsterdam that provides mentorship, collaboration, and employment to global contributors advancing Bitcoin’s long-term security, resilience, and scalability. With HRF funding, the foundation will support the work of developers from authoritarian states to strengthen Bitcoin as a human rights tool.
Cashu for Community Sovereignty: In many parts of Latin America, governments restrict financial flows by blocking payments, freezing accounts, and, at times, disrupting internet access. Cashu for Community Sovereignty, founded by Forte11, addresses this with ecash, which enables quick and private payments that even work offline. The initiative will train 10 communities in authoritarian environments to deploy Cashu mints and Lightning Network nodes. With this funding, communities facing repression will develop a stronger infrastructure for financial freedom.
Bhartiya Bitcoin: As India advances a central bank digital currency (CBDC) and financially represses political opposition, Bitcoin offers a path to financial freedom. However, education is often inaccessible to non-English speakers. Bhartiya Bitcoin produces free, culturally relevant Bitcoin content in Hindi, Marwari, Sindhi, and Assamese. With HRF support, Bhartiya Bitcoin will expand into Marathi, Bengali, Gujarati, Kannada, and Malayalam to make Bitcoin more accessible to the more than 1.4 billion people living under increasingly autocratic rule in India.
Bitcoin Education for Lebanon’s Liberty & Empowerment (BELLE): In Lebanon, a collapsing currency, banking restrictions, and asset confiscations have stripped people of financial stability. The Lebanese Institute for Market Studies is launching BELLE, a project to teach political activists and youth to use Bitcoin to preserve their purchasing power. With HRF support, BELLE will provide Arabic-language workshops, educational videos, and media outreach to strengthen individuals’ ability to resist financial repression and secure their financial futures.
Bitcoin Arusha: Tanzania’s government restricts the use of foreign currency and limits dissidents’ banking access, while the local currency depreciates, leaving many citizens trapped in a cycle of poverty. To alleviate this, Bitcoin Arusha provides culturally rooted, Swahili-language Bitcoin education in northern Tanzania through music, dance, and events. HRF support will strengthen Bitcoin Arusha’s resilience and empower communities through economic opportunities.
Bitcoin for Fairness: Human rights defenders and non-governmental organizations (NGOs) often lack the knowledge to use Bitcoin to bypass repressive financial restrictions. Bitcoin for Fairness (BFF) is an educational initiative that disseminates Bitcoin knowledge to the global majority. In 2026, BFF will focus its initiatives in Zimbabwe, Mozambique, and Zambia – countries scarred by currency crises and periods of one-party rule – and deliver workshops, micro-seed funding, mentorship, and educator training. With HRF funding, BFF will empower activists and civic organizations in Southern Africa with censorship-resistant, permissionless financial tools.
Exile Hub: Burma’s military junta uses financial repression, exile, and imprisonment to crush peaceful resistance. Exile Hub’s Bitcoin for Exiles initiative will pilot a Bitcoin-based financial autonomy program designed to meet the needs of Burma’s democratic movement. With HRF support, the program will offer training, privacy-focused toolkits, and workshops to equip dissidents within Burma and in exile with the tools to survive, organize, and resist the junta’s financial repression.
Pluto Mining: Today, most Bitcoin mining hardware relies on closed-source software that can expose user data and create dependence on third parties. Pluto Mining is the first open-source mining fleet management platform that gives miners control over their operations without third-party dependence. With HRF support, Pluto will empower individuals in repressive environments to mine Bitcoin privately, independently, and securely, further decentralizing the Bitcoin network.
WantClue: Bitcoin mining is dominated by industrial operations that use proprietary hardware and software. Over time, this could put Bitcoin’s decentralization and accessibility at risk. Bitaxe counters this trend by providing an affordable and open-source miner for individuals. WantClue maintains the Bitaxe firmware and produces educational content that makes mining more accessible to dissidents and individuals in closed societies. With HRF support, WantClue will strengthen mining decentralization and expand access to self-sovereign financial infrastructure for those under repression.
Peter Tyonum: Developers in adverse political and economic environments need accessible and secure wallet software infrastructure to build freedom tools. Developer Peter Tyonum contributes to the BDK, which abstracts wallet software into usable plug-and-play components and makes it easier for developers to create censorship-resistant tools. With this grant, Tyonum will continue to help developers worldwide create accessible, permissionless Bitcoin applications.
BitScript: An inclusive developer base is essential to Bitcoin’s long-term decentralization. BitScript, a free, open-source Bitcoin developer education program, trains developers in authoritarian and inflationary environments across Latin America and Africa to build protocol-level freedom technologies. Global development helps ensure that Bitcoin serves as a lifeline for people facing repression. HRF’s grant will help BitScript democratize protocol knowledge to ensure the network reflects global needs.
Code Orange Dev School: Many regions lack the technical education to build, maintain, and use Bitcoin. To address this, the Code Orange Dev School in Indonesia teaches developers and individuals across Asia to contribute to open-source Bitcoin projects, run nodes, and use privacy-enhancing tools like ecash, fedimint, and nostr. HRF’s support will help equip communities with tools to resist authoritarianism.
Demo Lab: As authoritarian governments in Latin America tighten their grip on financial and political power, there is an urgent need for civic and financial education. Demo Lab’s Freedom Academy introduces Bitcoin as a tool for financial independence and teaches practical skills for saving and transacting securely. Through this grant, the Freedom Academy will prepare the next generation of Latin Americans to defend democracy and achieve economic sovereignty.
Nostr under Autocracy: In Venezuela, Nicolás Maduro’s brutal dictatorship restricts traditional communication channels, prevents journalists from exposing the regime’s brutality, and financially suppresses civil society. Nostr under Autocracy, led by democracy activist Jesús González, will train Venezuelan activists and human rights defenders to use the open-source nostr protocol for private, censorship-resistant communication and payments. With HRF support, this project will help Venezuelan dissidents speak freely online and build movements to resist Maduro’s digital and financial repression.
KernelKind: Dictators restrict communication, manipulate online content, and restrict dissidents’ financial access to silence dissent. Notedeck is a Nostr browser created by Damus that makes it easier to build censorship-resistant apps with integrated Bitcoin payments. Its first app, Columns, introduces modular feeds and a marketplace for user-controlled algorithms, while Dmail will enable private, decentralized messaging with email interoperability. With this grant, Notedeck will continue to merge censorship-resistant communication with financial freedom and foster an ecosystem of apps for dissident communications and transactions.
Eric Holguin: Many people living under authoritarian regimes face censorship, Internet shutdowns, and frozen bank accounts that cut them off from communication and commerce. Nostr developer Eric Holguin is working to build censorship-resistant apps with integrated Bitcoin payments by contributing to Damus and Nostr projects that empower individuals to communicate and transact without centralized control. With this grant, he will continue expanding free speech and financial freedom tools for people resisting repression worldwide.
Craig Warmke and Troy Cross: As authoritarian regimes expand financial surveillance and roll out central bank digital currencies (CBDCs), many people remain dangerously unaware of their risks to individual liberties. Transactional Freedom, a forthcoming book co-written by philosophers Craig Warmke and Troy Cross, makes the moral and legal case for recognizing a universal and constitutional right to transact. With HRF support, Warmke and Cross will examine financial repression in authoritarian regimes and its impact on human rights, activism, and financial freedom.
Together, these 20 grantees form a diverse coalition of builders, thinkers, and educators working to fortify Bitcoin’s role as a global freedom network. While their methods vary — from protocol research to street-level education — their shared mission is clear: to ensure that financial and informational freedom remain accessible to everyone, everywhere.
This post Human Rights Foundation Grants 1 Billion Satoshis to 20 Freedom Tech Projects Worldwide first appeared on Bitcoin Magazine and is written by Micah Zimmerman.
Avalanche price holds above the $20 mark amid news that Nasdaq-listed company AgriFORCE Growing Systems has secured shareholder support for a bold pivot into the Avalanche ecosystem.
The AVAX token, which has bounced off lows of $18 in the past week, shows notable resilience amid broader market optimism around a potential altcoin explosion.
Nasdaq-listed AgriFORCE, a company traditionally rooted in sustainable agriculture technologies, is eyeing an aggressive pivot into the crypto treasury strategy ecosystem.
Specifically, the company wants to become the first publicly traded entity on Nasdaq dedicated exclusively to the Avalanche blockchain network. AVAX One is the new company.
On October 27, AgriFORCE revealed it had secured special shareholder approval for the initiative .
A $300 million capital infusion and a further $250 million offering are set to fund an aggressive AVAX treasury strategy.
In the process of acquiring and holding AVAX tokens, AgriFORCE is poised to commit up to $700 million in exposure through direct purchases, staking, and ecosystem participation.
Matt Zhang, founder of Hivemind and nominated chairman of the AgriFORCE board, commented:
“With this mandate from shareholders, we can now proceed to close the transaction and begin the focused work of accumulating AVAX strategically and creating the Berkshire Hathaway of the on-chain financial economy.”
Amid the corporate enthusiasm, the Avalanche native token shows resilience.
While the price of AVAX fell from highs of $21 this week, bulls managed to recover from lows of $18. Maintaining stability above the critical $20 psychological level signals a potential bullish momentum that will align with the broader cryptocurrency market.
If bulls break above $30, the altcoin could target prices above $40. As well as tokenization, catalysts such as institutional inflows and narrative shifts around spot exchange-traded funds are critical.
AgriFORCE’s corporate strategy and market performance also point to what investors may want to look out for in the coming weeks. In its announcement, the company said it will put its plans into action in the coming days.
“The completion of this transaction will position the Company as the first Nasdaq-listed entity with a primary mission centered on the Avalanche ecosystem. The transaction is expected to close on or about October 30, 2025,” it wrote.
AVAX price reached its all-time high of $146 in November 2021.
The current price is well off this peak.
However, bulls have managed to bounce by an impressive 630% since the Avalanche price fell to its all-time low of $2.79 in 2020.
The post Nasdaq-listed AgriFORCE eyes $700M Avalanche treasury bet; AVAX price outlook appeared first on CoinJournal.
TL;DR
HBAR, the native coin of the Hedera blockchain, is the best performer among the top 20 cryptocurrencies by market cap. It added 16% to its value in the last 24 hours, allowing it to cross the $0.20 mark.
The rally comes as the Canary HBAR ETF is set to commence trading on the New York Stock Exchange today. According to Bloomberg’s senior ETF analyst Eric Balchunas, several altcoin-focused crypto ETFs are set to begin trading, including the HBAR Fund by Canary.
The new ETFs will allow institutions to gain more exposure to the cryptocurrency market, with most of them trading Bitcoin and Ethereum-focused funds since the start of the year.
The listing comes as a surprise due to the ongoing U.S. government shutdown, with the Securities and Exchange Commission only retaining a few essential staff during this period.
However, HBAR’s price could rally higher in the near term thanks to this latest development.
The HBAR/USD 4-hour chart is bullish and efficient thanks to the ongoing rally, with the technical indicators suggesting a further upward rally. The MACD lines are within the positive territory, suggesting a bullish bias.
Furthermore, the RSI of 80 means that HBAR is close to entering the overbought region. If the bullish trend continues, HBAR could rally towards the next resistance level at $0.23400 over the coming hours. An extended rally would allow the coin to touch the $0.26 mark for the first time since August 22.
However, if the market undergoes a correction following this rally, HBAR could drop to the $0.18 level to cover the FVG left by the massive push. The low of $0.16 will provide support in the near to medium term to allow the coin to surge higher.
The post Hedera price forecast: HBAR eyes $0.23 amid ETF listing appeared first on CoinJournal.
The long-awaited Solana ETFs have finally been approved, sparking renewed optimism across the crypto market.
The ETFs’ approval has reignited bullish momentum, with analysts believing that the Solana price could soon rally toward $230 and beyond.
Bitwise and Canary Capital have confirmed that their individual Solana ETFs officially begin trading on October 28 after weeks of regulatory uncertainty.
Bitwise’s product, launched under the ticker BSOL, serves as a gateway for institutional exposure to Solana, featuring staking powered by Helius Labs and a temporary management fee waiver.
Introducing $BSOL — the Bitwise Solana Staking ETF. Starts trading tomorrow.
– First U.S. ETP to have 100% direct exposure to spot SOL
– Maximizing Solana’s 7%+ average staking reward rate*
– Targeting 100% of assets staked
– Staking through Bitwise Onchain Solutions, powered by… pic.twitter.com/Vo8Ko0qOCn— Bitwise (@BitwiseInvest) October 27, 2025
Grayscale has also moved swiftly, converting its Solana Trust (GSOL) into an ETF holding over $105 million worth of SOL.
Meanwhile, VanEck has also filed its sixth S-1/A amendment, with its Solana ETF status officially changed to “effective” and a 0.3% management fee established.
Adding to the growing momentum, Hong Kong’s first Solana ETF also began trading on Monday, marking Asia’s initial entry into the Solana ETF landscape.
Despite this wave of institutional activity, retail demand for Solana remains subdued.
Futures open interest sits near $9.75 billion — up slightly from the previous day but still below the $10 billion mark — indicating that traders are cautious amid market volatility.
Even so, analysts believe the ETF launches signal a critical turning point for Solana, reinforcing its legitimacy as an institutional-grade digital asset and providing the foundation for its steady hold above $200.
While retail demand for Solana remains unresponsive, the Solana price has been climbing steadily from $190 to $205, with short positions fading quickly.
Analysts note that bearish volume profiles are weakening while liquidity accumulates at higher price levels.
This shift has tilted momentum firmly in favour of buyers, with several technical indicators confirming the strength of the ongoing rally.
On the 4-hour chart, Solana trades above both its 50-day and 200-day moving averages, reinforcing the bullish setup.
The Ichimoku Cloud analysis shows a clear breakout, with price holding above key support between $197 and $201 — a signal that often precedes extended upward moves.
The Relative Strength Index (RSI) also hovers near 62, leaving room for additional gains before overbought conditions emerge.
Analysts now eye resistance zones between $204 and $208, followed by key hurdles at $216, $227, and $230.
Notably, a confirmed close above $205 could trigger a sustained rally toward these upper levels.
If momentum continues, higher targets around $237 and $253 come into view, aligning with Fibonacci retracement levels that mark previous swing highs.
Market observers have compared the current structure of Solana’s price chart to its 2023 breakout phase.
Analysts such as GalaxyBTC point to an ascending triangle pattern forming on the weekly chart, defined by a series of higher lows that indicate strong accumulation.
Same pattern as October 2023.
This Q4 we should break-out from the consolidation into new all-time-highs. pic.twitter.com/pIURlH1YUu
— Galaxy (@galaxyBTC) October 25, 2025
The critical support at $188 remains intact, representing the network’s largest volume cluster where many long-term holders entered the market.
A successful breakout above $200 would confirm the pattern and potentially lead to a test of $215 and $225, echoing the bullish behaviour seen two years ago.
The broader macro picture also appears supportive.
Some traders suggest that if the US Federal Reserve signals an end to quantitative tightening, it could inject much-needed liquidity into the market — providing another tailwind for Solana’s next leg higher.
Even as short-term traders monitor resistance near $230, long-term analysts remain optimistic about Solana’s broader trajectory.
The asset has maintained a pattern of higher lows since early 2023, and its market structure mirrors the accumulation phase that preceded its previous bull run.
Projections place potential mid- to long-term targets around $300, $390, and even $520 if momentum and institutional demand persist.
In the near term, maintaining support between $198 and $200 is crucial.
If buyers continue to defend this zone, the Solana price could strengthen further, confirming its leadership among major altcoins.
As the first wave of Solana ETFs begins trading, the market’s sentiment has clearly shifted — bears are losing ground, and bulls now have their eyes fixed firmly on the $230 milestone.
The post First Solana ETFs approved: bulls regain control with eyes on $230 appeared first on CoinJournal.
Chainlink’s traction in the crypto and blockchain ecosystem sees the oracle network rank as a global standard for decentralized finance and capital markets on-chain.
Part of the growth now has the platform teaming up with Balcony, a leading real estate tokenization firm, to bring more than $240 billion in government-sourced property assets on-chain.
As the market eyes an overall bounce amid other tailwinds, could Chainlink’s native token, LINK, gain further amid the rising institutional adoption?
Among crypto news today is the announcement that Balcony, recognized as the premier platform for government-sourced real estate tokenization, has forged a pivotal alliance with Chainlink.
The latter is the gold-standard oracle network in the blockchain ecosystem, and the partnership points to growing adoption of Chainlink solutions.
In this case, the two platforms are collaborating via Chainlink’s Runtime Environment (CRE), which is now integrated into Balcony’s Keystone platform.
Chainlink and Balcony will tap into CRE to secure and digitize over $240 billion in on-chain property assets.
With Chainlink, Balcony has the blockchain solution to consolidate fragmented government-sourced property data into a unified, verifiable system.
The move lays the groundwork for compliant and programmable tokenized real estate, the firms said in an announcement.
At its core, CRE facilitates the seamless on-chain deployment of authenticated parcel data, fostering unparalleled transparency in an asset class that has long been hampered by opaque records and manual processes.
By embedding CRE within Keystone, Balcony unlocks new avenues for liquidity and accessibility, enabling fractional ownership, automated compliance checks, and real-time data verification.
The goal is to address longstanding challenges in real estate, such as fraud risks and inefficient transfers. It also elevates trust in tokenized markets, currently an asset category witnessing staggering growth.
Balcony’s integration of CRE is a clear example of how Chainlink’s industry-standard oracle platform is unlocking the next generation of real-world assets. By bringing government-sourced property data on-chain, Balcony is setting a new standard for transparency and efficiency in real estate. This partnership reflects an accelerating movement to redefine how institutions and market participants interact with tokenized assets in a compliant and verifiable way,” said Colin Cunningham, head of tokenized asset sales at Chainlink Labs.
Chainlink’s native token has surged in recent months amid broader market gains.
However, ecosystem developments have buoyed investor sentiment, helping bulls to hold prices above key support levels during profit taking events.
At the time of writing, LINK traded around $18.50, just in the red on the day but up nearly 4% as bulls continue to hold above $18.
Chainlink token’s resilience in the market and platform appeal in a maturing crypto landscape are two factors likely to help bulls eye new highs.
If LINK retests the $20 resistance level, a successful breakout could allow buyers to push for $30 and multi-year highs of $40.
RWA sector traction, DeFi resilience, and spot exchange-traded funds hype may prove key catalysts.
The post Chainlink expands into $240B property tokenization with Balcony; check price forecast appeared first on CoinJournal.
The long-awaited approval of the Hedera ETF and Litecoin ETF has arrived, marking a pivotal moment for both assets.
With trading set to begin on the Nasdaq, investor enthusiasm has driven renewed interest in HBAR and LTC, sending prices higher as markets react to the historic development.
In a surprising turn of events, Canary Capital confirmed that its spot ETFs tracking Hedera and Litecoin will launch tomorrow on the Nasdaq.
The approval comes despite the ongoing US government shutdown, which many assumed would halt all Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) operations.
However, a recent procedural shift allowed issuers to bypass direct SEC intervention by letting their filings automatically go effective after 20 days.
According to Canary Capital CEO Steven McClurg, both ETFs have met all legal requirements and are ready to trade.
Bloomberg ETF analysts Eleanor Terrett and Eric Balchunas confirmed that the NYSE and Nasdaq have certified the required 8-A filings, the final step before shares can begin trading.
This development follows the model used for previous spot crypto ETFs, including those for Bitcoin and Ethereum, but with an even more dramatic twist, given the timing during a government shutdown.
🚨NEW: @CanaryFunds spot $HBAR and $LTC ETFs are now effective and will begin trading on the NASDAQ tomorrow, according to CEO @stevenmcclurg.
“Litecoin and Hedera are the next two token ETFs to go effective after Ethereum,” McClurg told me in a statement. “We look forward to… https://t.co/tPjsjLEE3R
— Eleanor Terrett (@EleanorTerrett) October 27, 2025
The approval of the Hedera and Litecoin ETFs has energised the crypto market, sparking fresh optimism among investors who view it as another major step toward mainstream adoption.
Hedera’s native token, HBAR, has rebounded strongly, climbing to around $0.21 at press time and reclaiming critical technical levels.
Notably, HBAR’s rise above its 20, 50, 100, and 200 exponential moving averages signals a decisive bullish shift.
At the same time, the Litecoin price is attempting to break through its stubborn $100 resistance level.
LTC price briefly spiked above the $100 mark following the ETF announcement, reflecting heightened investor interest, though it has yet to confirm a full breakout.
Technical indicators, including the Relative Strength Index (RSI) and Moving Average Convergence/Divergence (MACD), suggest that a sustained move above $100 could mark the start of a broader bullish reversal for Litecoin.
Market data also shows a shift in trading behaviour.
Hedera’s open interest has declined from over $500 million earlier this year to roughly $163 million, indicating reduced speculative leverage.
This suggests that HBAR’s latest rally is being driven more by genuine spot demand than by leveraged futures trading — often a sign of healthier market growth.
Beyond the ETF launch, Hedera’s recent institutional partnerships have strengthened its long-term outlook.
The network has been selected to participate in the Reserve Bank of Australia’s Project Acacia, exploring the use of distributed ledger technology (DLT) in tokenised financial markets.
It has also been chosen by the Bank of England for its DLT Challenge, further cementing Hedera’s position among credible blockchain platforms with real-world use cases.
Meanwhile, asset management giant T. Rowe Price has filed for an actively managed crypto ETF that may include both HBAR and LTC, signalling rising institutional confidence in these networks.
These developments are viewed as reinforcing the credibility of both assets at a time when regulated exposure through ETFs is gaining traction.
If current momentum holds, Hedera price could test higher resistance zones near $0.25 and even $0.28 in the coming weeks, while Litecoin price may finally break through the $100 ceiling that has capped its rallies for months.
However, analysts maintain that Hedera (HBAR) must stay above $0.21, which has been established as the immediate support, for the bullish momentum to build.
At the same time, Litecoin (LTC) must stay above $99.67 for the $100 to come to effect.
The post First Hedera and Litecoin ETFs approved: HBAR and LTC prices take off appeared first on CoinJournal.
F2Pool co-founder Chun Wang criticized Bitcoin’s BIP-444 soft fork — seeking to curb arbitrary onchain data — as a “bad idea” that he will not support.
SOL analysts highlighted the potential of its price to surge to $400 and beyond, fueled by the launch of the first Solana ETF in the United States.
Fintech startup ZAR aims to use Pakistan’s corner stores and kiosks to make stablecoins accessible to millions of unbanked citizens.
A pickup in Bitcoin price momentum and trading activity could push BTC above the next significant hurdle at $115,000 and secure a sustained recovery.
Bitcoin’s diminishing returns and growing inaccessibility for average retail investors are threatening the predicted extension of the crypto market cycle, according to 10x Research.
Evernorth Holdings is progressing with its plan to launch a publicly traded XRP treasury vehicle on the Nasdaq by accumulating 388.7 million XRP.
Bitcoin put in a lower high while consolidating gains as favorable RSI signals combined with an expected Federal Reserve interest-rate cut.
Solana is stepping up to the “big league” thanks to the approval of the first Solana staking ETF, which may bring wider altcoin adoption among yield-seeking institutions, an analyst said.
Metaplanet’s market-based net asset value (mNAV) fell to 0.88 last week, prompting the Tokyo-listed Bitcoin treasury company to launch the Bitcoin-backed share buyback.
The post 3 Altcoins That Let You Spend Stablecoins Anywhere Visa is Accepted appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Most crypto cards sound great until the moment they don’t work at the checkout. That’s the problem this new wave of altcoins is finally solving. Digitap ($TAP), BNB, and CRO have each created systems that let users pay with stablecoins anywhere Visa is accepted. Their goal is simple: make digital money work as easily as cash.
These altcoins turn wallets into spending tools and give holders a reason to use their crypto, not just hold it. And leading this new wave is Digitap, which has already passed $1 million in its presale – a rare milestone for a project that’s still early but already has a live app.
Digitap is one of the newest names in crypto, but it already looks far ahead of most projects in the space. One of the world’s first omni-banks – a single app where people can hold, send, and spend both crypto and cash. The app is already live on the Apple App Store and Google Play Store, which makes it easy for anyone to download and start using today.
What makes Digitap stand out is that the Visa card connects directly to the user’s balance. There is no need to swap tokens first. Users can shop online or tap in-store just like they would with any regular debit card. The card also connects to Apple Pay and Google Pay, so payments are instant, contactless, and hassle-free.
At the center of the Digitap app is its token, $TAP. It’s what keeps everything running. Holders can stake it to earn rewards, get lower fees, and unlock special perks like higher card limits or concierge services.
What really sets it apart is the way Digitap manages value. Half of all platform profits go toward buying back and burning $TAP, which permanently reduces supply. That means every bit of growth in the app helps make the token more scarce over time. It’s a simple idea — real use creates real demand — and it gives $TAP a reason to exist beyond trading.
The presale has already passed $1 million, which is a strong sign of early support from investors who see real progress. The token is priced at $0.0194 for now, with the next round set to rise to $0.0268. That climb feels well earned — most presale projects never make it this far.
Digitap already has a live, working app in people’s hands, which gives the presale more weight than promises on a roadmap.
BNB sits comfortably among the top five cryptocurrencies in the world. It trades at around $1,167 and has a market cap of more than $150 billion — proof of how deeply it’s rooted in the market. Even after years of ups and downs, BNB stays at the center of the crypto economy.
The token fuels everything inside the Binance ecosystem — trading, staking, DeFi, and payments. One of its most practical features is the Binance Visa Card, which lets users spend their crypto almost anywhere.
At checkout, the card automatically turns crypto into local currency, so payments feel instant and simple. On top of that, users earn cashback in BNB, giving real value back every time they spend.
BNB’s strength comes from its scale. Binance has tens of millions of users and some of the highest daily trading volumes in the world. The token’s steady value and strong use inside the exchange help it stay resilient even during market slowdowns.
Source: CoinMarketCap/BNB
CRO, the native token of Crypto.com, currently trades around $0.15. The token has held steady through recent market swings, supported by the brand’s large user base and active card program.
The Crypto.com Visa Card remains one of the best-known crypto cards in the world. It lets users pay with crypto or stablecoins anywhere Visa is accepted. The app automatically converts digital assets into fiat at the point of sale. Cashback rewards are paid in CRO, and users who stake more CRO receive higher cashback and extra benefits such as airport lounge access.
Crypto.com has built one of the most complete ecosystems in the industry, combining an exchange, NFT marketplace, and DeFi tools. The CRO token sits at the center of it all. It connects users to products and rewards. Its stability and strong branding have helped it keep a loyal following even through volatile market periods.
Source: CoinMarketCap/CRO
All three tokens — $TAP, BNB, and CRO — connect crypto to real-world spending. Each has a Visa-backed card that lets users pay at millions of locations. Yet one project clearly leads in innovation and accessibility.
Digitap already runs a live app, not just a website promise. Its card works now, and users can join without complex KYC steps if they choose the privacy tier. The project also burns half of its profits, which supports long-term value for holders.
BNB and CRO are strong, established players, but they serve users mainly inside their own exchange ecosystems. Digitap stands apart as a full financial app built for both fiat and crypto. For anyone looking for the next altcoin that brings stablecoins into everyday life, Digitap looks ready to take that role.
Discover the future of crypto cards with Digitap by checking out their live Visa card project here:
Presale https://presale.digitap.app
Website: https://digitap.app
Social: https://linktr.ee/digitap.app
The post PayPal Partners with OpenAI to Power Instant Checkout, AI Commerce in ChatGPT appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
PayPal has teamed up with OpenAI in a major move that could change how people shop and pay online.
Announced on October 28, the partnership will bring instant checkout and agentic commerce to ChatGPT, allowing users to discover and buy products directly through the chatbot, powered by PayPal’s trusted payment network.
Here’s why this is exciting.
According to a press release today, PayPal will adopt OpenAI’s Agentic Commerce Protocol (ACP), a new system designed to make online shopping faster and more interactive. Soon, ChatGPT users will be able to find products, choose payment methods, and check out instantly using PayPal without even leaving the chat.
For merchants, the change could be massive. PayPal plans to connect tens of millions of businesses, from small shops to global brands, to ChatGPT’s growing user base.
“Hundreds of millions of people turn to ChatGPT each week for help with everyday tasks, including finding products they love, and over 400 million use PayPal to shop,” said Alex Chriss, President and CEO of PayPal. “By partnering with OpenAI and adopting the Agentic Commerce Protocol, PayPal will power payments and commerce experiences that help people go from chat to checkout in just a few taps.”
This partnership reflects PayPal’s broader shift toward AI-powered commerce and digital innovation. The company has already launched its PYUSD stablecoin and built crypto custody services, showing its growing focus on the digital asset space.
While the announcement didn’t directly mention crypto, this kind of AI-driven payments system could easily become a bridge between fiat and digital currencies in the future.
If PayPal’s ACP platform eventually supports blockchain-based settlements, it could boost the use of PYUSD and other regulated stablecoins in real-world transactions.
Also Read: What Can You Actually Buy With Crypto in 2025?
“Agentic Commerce” or AI-powered buying and selling could eventually go beyond simple checkouts. With time, it might connect with smart contracts, tokenized assets, or digital identity systems.
And as history shows, every major AI and payments announcement tends to boost interest in related crypto sectors.
Tokens tied to AI, payments, and stablecoins – like FET, AGIX, OCEAN, XRP, XLM, and PYUSD – could all see renewed investor attention.
PayPal’s latest move with OpenAI is exciting and a strong signal that shows us where digital commerce is headed.
The post Cardano Price Prediction 2025, 2026 – 2030: Will ADA Price Hit $2? appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
The Cardano price prediction for 2025 is generating significant buzz in the crypto market, particularly as we have entered Q3 2025 with July. The transformative Plomin Hard Fork, implemented in Q1, has played a crucial role in this momentum, especially with the announcement of full decentralized governance.
This landmark upgrade has reinforced Cardano’s commitment to community-driven innovation, leading to a strengthening of its internal ecosystem. Even bigger institutions like Grayscale have been applauding the project’s vision and gave 1/5th allocation in its fund.
Industry leaders like IOHK and EMURGO are also actively advancing the Cardano ecosystem. EMURGO’s partnership with Ctrl Wallet on July 2, 2025, has enhanced Cardano’s interoperability, enabling connections to over 2,300 blockchains.
Moreover, community-driven initiatives focusing on scalability, privacy through the Midnight chain, and integration with Bitcoin DeFi are paving the way for substantial growth.
Additionally, Bloomberg analysts have raised odds of potential spot ADA ETF approvals, and strong technical indicators signaling positive trends, investor enthusiasm is at an all-time high. Questions abound: “Will Cardano spearhead the altcoin movement?” and “What heights can ADA reach by 2050?” Explore this Cardano price prediction for 2025 and beyond, filled with expert insights and ambitious forecasts.
Cardano (ADA) is predicted to reach a potential high of $2.05 in 2025, driven by hopes of ETF approval, full decentralization after the Plomin Hard Fork, and increasing institutional interest. However, if ADA fails to hold above key support, it may range between $0.85 and $1.25.
| Cryptocurrency | Cardano |
| Token | ADA |
| Price | $0.6641
-1.95%
|
| Market Cap | $ 23,811,770,669.51 |
| 24h Volume | $ 878,152,462.6427 |
| Circulating Supply | 35,854,459,397.4189 |
| Total Supply | 44,994,478,516.77 |
| All-Time High | $ 3.0992 on 02 September 2021 |
| All-Time Low | $ 0.0174 on 01 October 2017 |
ADA’s strong 2025 expectations faltered, with Q1-Q3 dominated by a sustained correction that wiped out most prior gains. This decline has forced price action back to a critical juncture. The recent volatility kicked off in Q4, even pushing ADA sharply down to the crucial $0.60 support level.
Despite this, the optimism remains high due to the technical structure as evidenced on ADA price chart the price action has perfectly performed a retest of the support line of a multi-month symmetrical triangle pattern
This consolidation suggests that the momentum is coiling for a major move. ADA’s immediate fate rests entirely on defending the $0.60 support floor.
That said, a sustained defence of the $0.60 floor and a subsequent breakout above the triangle’s upper resistance could validate the bullish thesis, which could target a significant recovery rally.
For now, November is predicted to be an important month, and $0.85 could be retested; there is also a chance that it might even close above $0.85 on a daily basis in November.
However, if the ADA price dips below the $0.60 level, the symmetrical triangle setup will be invalidated, likely paving the way for a decline toward the long-term low of $0.27.
| Price Prediction | Potential Low ($) | Average Price ($) | Potential High ($) |
| November 2025 | $0.25 | $0.92 | $1.32 |
| Source | Low Price | Average Price | High Price |
| Gemini | $0.85 – $0.95 | $1.00 – $1.20 | $1.30 – $1.50+ |
| BlackBox | $0.65 | $1.00 | $1.50 |
| ChatGPT | $0.75 | $0.95 | $1.25 |
Cardano has long prioritized decentralization, and the Q1 2025 Plomin hard fork pushed it even further. Unlike many blockchains, Cardano places control in the hands of users rather than central entities. This is evident in CoinCarp’s rich list, where the top 100 addresses hold just 22% of the mainnet supply, which is far less than most altcoins.
Technically, if ADA price intends for a long-term rally, then a break above the $1.10–$1.20 range, strong retail participation will be key. A major catalyst could be the approval of an ADA ETF, expected by year-end, which could attract billions in inflows. Another would be a global attraction in the sector with BTC continuing northward moves.
Therefore, if ADA holds above its Q1 2025 high, it has a strong chance of retesting the $2.05 mark before the year ends.
| Scenario | Potential Low | Average Price | Potential High |
| Without ETF Approval | $0.85 | $1.10 | $1.25 |
| With ETF Approval + Retail Surge | $1.20 | $1.65 | $2.05 |
| Bullish Breakout (with ETF & macro support) | $1.50 | $2.05 | $2.80 |
| Price Prediction | Potential Low ($) | Average Price ($) | Potential High ($) |
| 2026 | 2.75 | 3.00 | 3.25 |
| 2027 | 4.50 | 4.75 | 5.00 |
| 2028 | 5.25 | 5.50 | 5.75 |
| 2029 | 6.75 | 7.25 | 7.75 |
| 2030 | 9.00 | 9.75 | 10.25 |
This table, based on historical movements, shows ADA prices to reach $10.25 by 2030 based on compounding market cap each year. This table provides a framework for understanding the potential Cardano price movements. Yet, the actual price will depend on a combination of market dynamics, investor behavior, and external factors influencing the cryptocurrency landscape.
| Year | Potential Low ($) | Potential Average ($) | Potential High ($) |
| 2031 | 10.50 | 11.00 | 11.25 |
| 2032 | 13.75 | 14.25 | 14.75 |
| 2033 | 17.50 | 18.50 | 19.75 |
| 2040 | 34.25 | 51.75 | 69.25 |
| 2050 | 128.25 | 228.75 | 329.50 |
Based on the historic market sentiments and trend analysis of the altcoin, here are the possible Cardano price targets for the longer time frames.
| Firm Name | 2025 | 2026 | 2030 |
| Changelly | $0.752 | $1.18 | $6.05 |
| Coincodex | $0.79 | $0.53 | $0.89 |
| Binance | $0.79 | $0.83 | $1.01 |
*The aforementioned targets are the average targets set by the respective firms.
Coinpedia’s Price Analysis provides you with the latest content on the recent market trend that enables you to get closer to the price movements & actions of the various cryptocurrencies.
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
According to our Cardano price prediction, the altcoin’s price could hit a maximum of $2.05 in 2025.
At the time of writing, the price of 1 Cardano ADA token was $ 0.66412299
Cardano is an underrated investment and has a high chance of performing in the next couple of years, considering the plethora of applications.
Cardano is not dead, as it is witnessing major developmental upgrades, which could boost ADA’s price in the near future.
Even the most bullish of Cardano supporters acknowledge that Cardano will only potentially surpass Ethereum within 18 to 20 years.
As per our latest ADA price analysis, Cardano could reach a maximum price of $69.33.
By 2050, a single Cardano price could go as high as $329.56.
At the time of press, the Cardano price CAD is $0.9141.
The post Polygon (MATIC) Price Prediction 2025, 2026 – 2030: Will MATIC Price Surge to $1? appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Polygon (POL) has a mind-blowing Layer-2 scaling solution project for Ethereum, which is primarily designed to address slow speeds and the network’s high transaction fees.
As a result, Polygon is seen as a revolutionary framework for developers and users, as it attracts by offering a more efficient Ethereum experience, which is the reason contributing to POL’s price value, too.
Through, POL, which is its native token (formerly MATIC), is utilized for transaction fees and network governance, in the framework of interconnected Ethereum-compatible blockchain networks.
Its use case makes it an attractive altcoin, and even its token POL price is attracting attention. The coin is expected to show a surge in the coming sessions, but it would require a technical eye to understand.
Therefore, if you are curious about whether the POL price can rebound to $1. Will Polygon go up? And is Polygon a good investment? We bring our Polygon Price Prediction for 2025 – 2030 to explore the POL price prediction.
| Cryptocurrency | Polygon |
| Token | MATIC |
| Price | $0.2182
2.88%
|
| Market Cap | $ 402,374,198.74 |
| 24h Volume | $ 1,217,344.7306 |
| Circulating Supply | 0.00 |
| Total Supply | 10,000,000,000.00 |
| All-Time High | $ 2.92 on 27 December 2021 |
| All-Time Low | $ 0.0030 on 10 May 2019 |
Polygon price prediction for November 2025 (POL) suggests that a reversal rally could occur soon, as most of the price action seen in 2025 was a consolidation movement within a range-bound border between $0.16 and $0.26.
Since it has been coiling for many months, price action is critical. The larger the coil, the greater the rally, so November is crucial as it will determine how the year concludes.
Additionally, the $0.26 hurdle is a critical juncture; retesting and breaching it is a key prediction for November. As long as it sustains above $0.26, the target for November would be $0.42.
However, if it fails to retest due to a lack of bullish demand, the consolidation may continue for the remainder of the month.
| Month | Potential Low ($) | Potential Average ($) | Potential High ($) |
| Polygon Price Action November 2025 | $0.10 | $0.20 | $0.40 |
Throughout 2025, the POL token (formerly MATIC) has experienced a significant downfall, with its price declining by more than 60% from an annual high of $0.76.
This fall was largely influenced by broader macroeconomic shifts, as a result saw its steepest losses in the first half of the year. But the second half of 2025 has marked a change in momentum, as the token has stopped forming new lows.
The bullish hopes for the third quarter are rising as POL is inching higher with a key pattern’s assistance.
The majority of 2025 saw Polygon (POL) consolidate within a defined range. Although a bullish awakening occurred in Q3, pushing the price to a high of $0.29 in mid-September, this moment proved brief. As aggressive profit-taking accelerated from mid-September onward, completely reversing the rally and smashing the price down to the range’s lower border by mid-October. This move places POL at a critical juncture, facing a decisive retest of multi-month support.
This is the third time POL has revisited this support block, following successful bounces in both April and June. The established pattern suggests that every previous touch of this lower border has been met with significant demand, pushing the price back toward the upper range boundary at $0.26.
Based on this compelling historical examples of this year, the odds are high that POL will stage another reversal in the remaining days of October, aiming to revisit the $0.26 level. Flipping and sustaining a daily close above this upper border would give the bulls the upper hand and allow POL to target higher resistance levels at $0.4220 and potentially $0.5386 before the end of the quarter.
While the probability of a reversal from this historically strong support is high, the market risk cannot be ignored. The current retest represents a high-stakes scenario. Should the critical support fail and the price mark a new swing low, it would invalidate the current consolidation pattern. In this bearish event, the price could accelerate downward, leading to a new yearly low forming well below the $0.1500 mark.
| Year | Potential Low ($) | Potential Average ($) | Potential High ($) |
| Polygon Price Action 2025 | $0.15 | $0.26 | $0.53 |
| Year | Potential Low ($) | Potential Average ($) | Potential High ($) |
| Polygon Price Action 2026 | $0.18870 | $0.47179 | $0.75488 |
| POL Price Prediction 2027 | $0.30194 | $0.75488 | $1.20782 |
| Polygon Crypto Price Forecast 2028 | $0.48311 | $1.20782 | $1.93252 |
| POL Coin Price Projection 2029 | $0.77297 | $1.93252 | $3.09205 |
| Polygon Price Prediction 2030 | $1.23676 | $3.09205 | $4.94729 |
This table, based on historical movements, shows POL price to reach $4.94 by 2030 based on compounding market cap each year. This table provides a framework for understanding the potential POL price movements. Yet, the actual price will depend on a combination of market dynamics, investor behavior, and external factors influencing the cryptocurrency landscape.
Anticipating further expansion, MATIC’s potential high for 2026 is projected to be $0.75488, while the potential low is estimated at $0.18870, resulting in an average price of $0.47179.
MATIC crypto can make a potential high of $1.20782 in 2027, with a potential low of $0.30194, leading to an average price of $0.75488.
As the POL price progresses, the potential high price for 2028 is projected to be $1.93252, with a potential low of $0.48311, resulting in an average price of $1.20782.
Polygon coin price potential high for 2029 could be $3.09205, while a potential low of $0.77297, with an average price of $1.93252.
With an established position in the market, POL’s potential high for 2030 is projected to be $4.94729. On the flip side, a potential low of $1.23676 will result in an average price of $3.09205.
| Firm Name | 2025 | 2026 | 2030 |
| CoinCodex | $ 0.71 | $ 0.50 | $ 0.90 |
| Binance | $0.24 | $0.26 | $0.31 |
| Flitpay | $6.25 | $4 | $10.4 |
Coinpedia’s price prediction for Polygon is bullish, suggesting the MATIC crypto price may reach new swing highs and possibly surpass its all-time high in the near future.
The Polygon Price Forecast 2025 predicts a swing high of $0.47181, with an average price of $0.29488.
| Year | Potential Low | Potential Average | Potential High |
| 2025 | $0.11795 | $0.29488 | $0.47181 |
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
Yes, it is a profitable investment, but the digital asset should be under due consideration for the long term.
According to our MATIC price prediction, the altcoin could reach a maximum of $0.47181 by 2025. With a potential surge, the price could go as high as $4.94731 by 2030.
While it is not a direct apples-to-apples comparison, as one is a layer-2 and the other is a layer-1.
At its best, it can process 65,000 transactions per second.
The major functionality of this altcoin is to enable the multichain Ethereum ecosystem. It provides a network that offers interoperability between previous and present infrastructure scenarios of Ethereum.
As per our MATIC price prediction, $100 dollars target is possible over the next 18 years.
Yes, MATIC has been upgraded to POL as the network token for Polygon.
The post Hedera Price Prediction 2025, 2026 – 2030: Will HBAR Price Hit $0.5? appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Hedera has been making waves in the cryptocurrency space, with a fast and secure blockchain that offers a distinct approach to transaction processing compared to Ethereum and other smart contract chains. It’s permission-only, meaning the blockchain is managed by private companies. Limiting what types of decentralised applications are allowed is what makes Hedera stand out from the rest.
Having entered the top 20 digital assets by market cap in 2024, it is now eyeing a potential leap into the top 10 by the end of 2025. Hedera has also recently ramped up its development activities for its ecosystem. Its ecosystem is strengthening, despite its capped price action. With increasing real-world use cases, institutional interest, and strategic partnerships, many are closely tracking HBAR price chart 2025 to gauge how high the token can rise.
With major companies like Google, IBM, and Chainlink Labs backing the project, and discussions about SEC approved HBAR ETF would flood string liquidity. Many are intrigued that: Will the HBAR Price Reach $1? Let’s discuss this in our Hedera price prediction 2025 article.
| Cryptocurrency | Hedera |
| Token | HBAR |
| Price | $0.2051
14.64%
|
| Market Cap | $ 8,710,306,730.66 |
| 24h Volume | $ 906,994,647.9130 |
| Circulating Supply | 42,475,229,929.1494 |
| Total Supply | 50,000,000,000.00 |
| All-Time High | $ 0.5701 on 16 September 2021 |
| All-Time Low | $ 0.0100 on 02 January 2020 |
Hedera price USD began the year on a high note, peaking at $0.40 in mid-January before a steady decline took it to a low of $0.125 in early April. This downturn was caused by external factors and waning investor interest, reflected in a decrease in the Total Value Locked (TVL).
But this tide turned in the second week of April. As a broader crypto market rally helped HBAR price break free from the wedge, it bounced off a significant support zone that had previously fueled a late 2024 rally. This support, confirmed by the Fixed Range Volume Profile (FRVP) indicator, suggested strong institutional buying interest. The momentum propelled HBAR on a remarkable surge of nearly 80%, from $0.125 to $0.228 by mid-May
Unfortunately, this rebound was cut short by escalating geopolitical tensions, which pushed HBAR back to its April lows by the end of June. During this time, the price formed another parallel declining wedge.
The second half of the year started strong, with HBAR posting a significant rally in July from the $0.12 to $0.14 demand zone up to $0.30.
However, this upward move was firmly rejected at a critical resistance point, which strongly aligned with the upper boundary of a descending triangle established since early 2025.
This rejection fueled a sharp decline throughout August and September, which worsened further with a critical liquidation event on October 10th, momentarily pushing the price below the demand zone to $0.10.
This dip was quickly absorbed by institutional buyers, leading to a recovery attempt that failed to flip $0.20 psychological resistance, but after a decent consolidation below this hurdle buyers accumulated it and on October 28th it saw an near 20% rise that pushed its price to $0.22, this occurred as the much-anticipated launch of the Canary HBAR ETF (HBR) on Nasdaq opened the doors for institutional investors.
Now, it’s approaching once again the upper border of this multi-month pattern, and odds suggest that if sustained bullish momentum continues, a breakout could occur this time, and November could be the biggest month.
For price to rally, HBAR/USD needs to clear the short-term resistance at $0.24 and aim for $0.30. Once it sustains above $0.30 with a daily close, then the year-end target could be near $0.40.
Conversely, losing the $0.19 recently formed support would indicate that the major demand is present in the $0.12-$0.13 area. However, losing that support level would also confirm a deeper bearish trend, potentially leading to retreats toward $0.07 and, ultimately, the $0.04 support level.
The HBAR price is rising to test the upper border of the multi-month descending triangle after receiving positive news about the HBAR ETF from Canary. It is retreating in October to the key $0.12–$0.14 demand area after its rally stalled at the multi-month descending triangle resistance near $0.30 in July.
This upcoming retest is critical because a successful hold could launch a short-term move to $0.30 in November and potentially $0.40 by year-end. Failure to hold the demand $0.19 could pull its price back to $0.12-$0.13 demand area.
| Month | Potential Low | Potential Average | Potential High |
| HBAR Price Prediction November 2025 | $0.125 | $0.27 | $0.40 |
| Year | Potential Low | Potential Average | Potential High |
| 2026 | $0.45 | $0.80 | $1.05 |
| 2027 | $0.60 | $0.95 | $1.20 |
| 2028 | $0.65 | $1.10 | $1.40 |
| 2029 | $0.70 | $1.35 | $1.60 |
| 2030 | $0.95 | $1.70 | $2.20 |
Moving forward to 2026, forecast prices and technical analysis project that Hedera’s price is expected to reach a minimum of $0.45. The price could escalate to $1.05 on the higher end, with an average trading price hovering around $0.80.
Looking ahead to 2027, the optimism around Hedera will lead to steady growth. Hence, the HBAR price is forecasted to reach a low of $0.60, with a potential high touching $1.20 and an average forecast price of $0.95.
As we advance to 2028, with moderate gains, the HBAR predictions indicate that the price of a single HBAR could reach a minimum of $0.65, with the ceiling potentially rising to $1.40. Within the range, the average price will be $1.10.
By the time 2029 rolls around, it’s predicted that Hedera’s price will maintain its upward trajectory, reaching a minimum of $0.70, with the maximum price possibly reaching $1.60 and an average of $1.35, reflecting cautious optimism.
By the end of this decade, HBAR is predicted to touch its lowest price at $0.95, aiming for a high of $1.70 and an average price of $2.20. Hence, the prediction suggests stable long-term growth for Hedera’s market value.
| Firm | 2025 | 2026 | 2030 |
| Changelly | $0.259 | $0.370 | $1.74 |
| priceprediction.net | $0.27 | $0.40 | $1.99 |
| DigitalCoinPrice | $0.43 | $0.50 | $1.07 |
By the end of 2025, the recovery run in HBAR prices is expected to continue with a gradual rise in momentum. Hence, by the end of 2025, Coinpedia’s HBAR price forecast expects a potential high of $0.80 with a solid support at $0.40, making an average of $0.60.
| Year | Potential Low | Potential Average | Potential High |
| 2025 | $0.40 | $0.60 | $0.80 |
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
Yes, the stout fundamentals of the network make HBAR a good investment, but for the long term.
Analysts forecast HBAR could peak at $0.75 by the end of 2025, with averages near $0.40 and lows at $0.15.
The network can process over 10,000 transactions in one second.
By 2030, HBAR is forecast to reach highs of $2.20, averaging around $1.70 with lows near $0.95.
HBAR is available for trade across leading cryptocurrency exchange platforms such as Binance, Coinbase, Zebpay, etc…
The post Metaplanet Announces ¥75B Share Repurchase Program to Strengthen Bitcoin Strategy appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Metaplanet, widely known as “Japan’s MicroStrategy”, has taken a major step forward in its long-term strategy by launching a 75 billion JPY share repurchase program.
This comes after the company faced a setback with a decline in its mNAV, and aims to make better use of capital and boost returns for shareholders.
Metaplanet has established a share repurchase program to enhance capital efficiency and maximize BTC Yield. The Board also approved a credit facility to enable flexible execution as part of the company’s capital allocation strategy. https://t.co/zucPBrIqOQ
— Simon Gerovich (@gerovich) October 28, 2025
In its latest disclosure, Metaplanet noted that recent market volatility and a decline in its mNAV have led to its stock being undervalued.
The mNAV compares the company’s enterprise value to the market value of its Bitcoin holdings. When it falls below 1.0x, the company’s shares are seen as trading below their fair value based on BTC reserves.
To address this, Metaplanet launched a capital management plan designed to maximize BTC yield and improve capital efficiency.
Metaplanet’s stock is currently trading at 499 JPY, up 2.5% over the past day and roughly 18% over the last five days. Its mNAV has also recovered to 1.03 as of the time of writing.
The buyback program will cover up to 150 million common shares, representing about 13.13% of its total outstanding shares, excluding treasury shares. It will run from October 29, 2025, to October 28, 2026 and buybacks will be conducted through purchases on the Tokyo Stock Exchange under a discretionary trading agreement.
In order to give the company more flexibility in carrying out the repurchase program, the board has also approved a credit facility with a borrowing limit of up to USD 500 million (around JPY 76.4 billion).
This allows the company to secure funds using its Bitcoin holdings as collateral whenever needed. The funds raised could be used for additional Bitcoin purchases, investments in its Bitcoin Income business, or share buybacks.
The credit line also plays a major role in the Company’s financial strategy and is expected to serve as bridge financing ahead of its planned issuance of preference shares.
Metaplanet has also created a new Capital Allocation Policy designed to maximize sustainable value creation. It will be guided by three fundamental principles.
Metaplanet plans to actively utilize preferred shares, to strengthen BTC yield and enhance long-term shareholder value. It will avoid new issuances when mNAV is below 1.0x, and pursue them only when mNAV exceeds 1.0x and valuations and strategic conditions clearly support long-term shareholder value.
And if mNAV falls below 1.0x, the Company will actively consider share buybacks to enhance BTC yield and shareholder value.
It also noted that the funding sources for share repurchases may include cash reserves, funds raised from preferred share issuances, credit facilities, or income generated by its Bitcoin-related business operations.
Since April 2025, the company has expanded its Bitcoin Treasury Strategy, now holding 30,823 BTC, making it the fourth-largest public Bitcoin holder globally and the largest in Asia.
The company is also committed to its long-term goal of acquiring 210,000 BTC by the end of 2027.
Despite what appears to have been a setback, Metaplanet continues to show strong conviction in Bitcoin’s long-term potential.
The post Japan’s Metaplanet Plan $500M Share Buyback Program, Stock Jumps 2.3% appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Japan’s leading Bitcoin treasury company, Metaplanet, has announced a bold plan to buy back 13.15% of its outstanding shares. The firm has also secured a massive $500 million credit facility backed by Bitcoin, signaling a deep commitment to integrating digital assets into its corporate growth strategy.
According to the company’s official filing, it will buy back up to 150 million common shares, equal to 13.13% of its total shares (excluding treasury stock). The program will run through October 28, 2026, and the company can use its new credit facility for both share repurchases and additional Bitcoin purchases.
The buyback, supported by a $500 million credit line, shows the company’s confidence in its long-term growth and strong balance sheet.
*Notice Regarding the Establishment of Share Repurchase Program* pic.twitter.com/GBNY8fJfv4
— Metaplanet Inc. (@Metaplanet_JP) October 28, 2025
The company said the goal is to make capital use more efficient and respond to the recent drop in its market-to-net-asset value (mNAV), which compares the market value of the company’s Bitcoin holdings to its overall value.
Metaplanet’s aggressive Bitcoin-focused strategy stands out in the Japanese and global investment landscape. Currently, Metaplanet holds 30,823 BTC, valued at approximately $3.5 billion.
The firm noted that its stock price often trades below the actual value of its Bitcoin holdings, creating an opportunity to increase its “BTC yield per share.”
The company has highlighted its commitment to increasing its Bitcoin holdings, aiming for an ultimate target of holding 210,000 BTC, equal to 1% of the eventual 21 million Bitcoin supply, by 2027.
Following the announcement, Metaplanet’s stock climbed 2.3%, closing at 499 yen. The rally reflects renewed investor optimism fueled by expectations that reduced share supply and an injection of financial flexibility will lift per-share value.
Metaplanet’s buyback initiative signals a broader shift: public companies are increasingly viewing digital assets not just as speculative holdings, but as foundational drivers for capital strategy and market positioning
The post Noomez ($NNZ) Review – Is It the Next Meme Coin to Explode? appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Noomez ($NNZ) review discussions are starting to dominate crypto forums as traders look for structured alternatives to hype-driven meme coins.
In a market where transparency and real mechanics matter more than marketing, Noomez features a deflationary model, measurable presale stages, and on-chain accountability.
Built on a transparent smart-contract framework, the project introduces a 28-stage presale with automatic burns, live tracking, and a fixed supply designed for scarcity.
Rather than chasing speculation, Noomez focuses on verifiable growth, a possible reason many consider it one of the most structured meme coin launches of 2025.
Noomez ($NNZ) is a deflationary meme coin built on the Binance Smart Chain, designed to combine entertainment value with measurable token mechanics.
It operates through a 28-stage presale model that allocates 50% of its 280 billion total supply to structured sales rounds.
During these stages, prices begin at $0.00001 in Stage 1 and gradually rise to $0.0028 by Stage 28. They create a clear, verifiable curve that might reward early participation.
Each stage ends with automatic burns of any unsold tokens, permanently reducing circulation before public trading.
Also, progress is displayed through the Noom Gauge, an on-chain tracker that verifies presale milestones in real time.
With KYC-verified founders, 15% locked liquidity, and 6-12-month team vesting, Noomez offers greater transparency than some other meme coins.
The features position it as a structured alternative in a category often ruled by speculation.
Pro Tip: Before joining any presale, verify on-chain proofs for token burns, liquidity locks, and team vesting. Noomez publishes all of these openly, giving buyers real data instead of promises.
The Noomez ($NNZ) tokenomics are built around fixed supply, stage-based scarcity, and verifiable deflation.
The total supply is 280 billion $NNZ, with 140 billion (50%) reserved for the 28-stage presale.
Each stage lasts up to seven days, starting at $0.00001 and increasing to $0.0028 by the final stage.
To further reward participants, two major Vault Events mark the presale’s progression:
Unsold tokens at each stage are automatically burned, while supply metrics and stage completions are displayed live through the Noom Gauge.
Beyond the presale, 15 % of tokens remain locked for liquidity, and the core team follows a 612-month vesting schedule.
The meme coin market has been dominated by viral launches and short-term hype, but Noomez ($NNZ) approaches growth through structure.
Each presale milestone is tracked by the Noom Gauge, allowing investors the ability to monitor token burns, vault airdrops, and total circulation.
Unlike meme coins that rely heavily on post-launch marketing, Noomez integrates accountability from day one through automatic burns, audited contracts, and a deflationary vault system.
Such a design allows value to form from supply logic and participation, not speculation.
After the presale concludes, Noomez ($NNZ) transitions into the Noom Engine, a post-launch framework designed to sustain utility and engagement.
Holders can stake tokens to earn up to 66% APY, with rewards scaling based on early participation. Partner projects will also deposit portions of their supply into the Engine, which are then automatically distributed to NNZ holders as ongoing rewards.
Meanwhile, deflation continues through scheduled burns tied to Vault milestones and the 5% Burn Vault outlined in the whitepaper.
Together, these mechanisms maintain scarcity while supporting active rewards and NFT integrations.
Instead of relying on market hype, Noomez’s function is based on transparent token flows, automated participation, and measurable outcomes.
For More Information:
Website: Visit the Official Noomez Website
Telegram: Join the Noomez Telegram Channel
The post Bitcoin Price Extends Gains, But Technical Signals Hint at a Pullback Below $110K—What’s Next? appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Bitcoin (BTC) price continues to trade with upward momentum, recently reclaiming levels above $113,000 as market sentiment leans cautiously optimistic. The market has followed suit, with speculation of whether this momentum can be sustained amid tightening liquidity and rising volatility. However, several technical indicators now suggest a potential cool-off phase. This raises concerns of a short-term correction below the $110,000 support zone.
After rebounding sharply from lows near $107,800 earlier this week, Bitcoin has steadily reclaimed lost ground, climbing back above the $113,000 mark. This recovery reflects renewed buying pressure around key demand zones, supported by improving market liquidity and increased spot trading activity. However, BTC now faces a crucial test near the $114,500–$115,000 resistance area, where profit-taking has historically intensified. Momentum indicators hint at potential exhaustion, suggesting that if Bitcoin fails to secure a daily close above this range, a corrective drop toward $110,000—or even lower—could soon follow.
Another major reason to be bearish on Bitcoin is the recently formed CME gap with the lower range close to $110,000.
Bitcoin’s rebound from the $107,800 lows has lifted prices toward $114,600, yet the move now encounters a key CME gap between $110,700 and $113,500, as highlighted on the chart. This unfilled gap has become a focal point for traders, as Bitcoin often revisits these levels before establishing a sustained trend. The Ichimoku Cloud currently acts as dynamic resistance, with the upper boundary near $115,700 aligning with the gap’s top.
Historically, BTC has tended to “fill” such CME gaps before reversing direction, suggesting a possible short-term rejection if momentum weakens. Meanwhile, the RSI around 51 signals a neutral bias, indicating potential consolidation before the next major move.
The recent rebound in Bitcoin (BTC) price underscores improving short-term sentiment, but the broader market remains cautious amid low volatility and mixed macro cues. A decisive move beyond the $115,700 cloud resistance could reignite bullish momentum across major altcoins, fueling renewed inflows into risk assets. However, failure to clear this zone may keep BTC range-bound, with traders eyeing $110,000 as a key defensive level. With upcoming macro events and ETF flows influencing liquidity, Bitcoin’s next move could set the tone for the entire crypto market heading into November.
The post XRP Rallying to $3, but Ozak AI Could 100x from Its $0.012 Presale appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
XRP is showing strong bullish momentum as it pushes toward a key breakout zone, supported by a solid technical structure and growing market confidence. A decisive move beyond critical resistance levels could pave the way for further gains, reinforcing its position as one of the more stable large-cap plays in this rally.
However, while XRP’s upside remains promising, its potential returns may be more moderate compared to early-stage opportunities like Ozak AI, which is still in presale and positioned at a much earlier growth stage. Ozak AI’s AI-driven ecosystem and strategic partnerships give it an asymmetrical edge, attracting investors looking for higher-risk, higher-reward plays.
Backed by partnerships with Perceptron Network and SINT, Ozak AI blends AI-driven predictive infrastructure with blockchain utility, positioning itself for exponential growth. While XRP might deliver solid gains, Ozak AI’s early entry point gives it a realistic pathway to 100x returns if adoption and listings align with market momentum, making it one of the standout opportunities of this cycle.
XRP is trading at $2.Fifty four, building momentum after weeks of sustained shopping for pressure and renewed investor confidence. The token has been moving regularly inside a robust uptrend, with key resistance stages forming around $2.72, $three.10, and $three.50. On the disadvantage, solid support zones are keeping at $2.30, $2.05, and $1.82, helping to hold a bullish structure no matter periodic profit-taking.
A clear breakout above $2.72 could set the stage for a rapid push to $3.50—a level not seen since the peak of previous bull cycles. XRP’s rally is being fueled by renewed optimism surrounding its institutional use cases and the growing likelihood of expanded adoption in global payment systems, making it one of the top-performing large-cap assets in this cycle.
While XRP is drawing headlines for its price action, Ozak AI is positioning itself as one of the most explosive early-stage opportunities in the market. Priced at just $0.012 in its sixth OZ presale stage, Ozak AI has already raised over $4.1 million and sold 975 million tokens, reflecting growing confidence from retail and early-stage investors.
Unlike many speculative tokens, Ozak AI has a clear utility layer—it integrates AI-powered predictive intelligence, autonomous agent systems, and real-time data sharing through its partnership with Perceptron Network. This partnership connects the project to over 700,000 active nodes, unlocking large-scale intelligence aggregation that can power on-chain predictive markets.
Another major catalyst behind Ozak AI’s rising attention is its strategic alliance with SINT, which brings voice-driven interfaces, cross-chain bridges, SDK toolkits, and over 60K active users into the ecosystem.
This integration aligns perfectly with the continuing narrative of AI-meets-blockchain, a zone projected to dominate innovation cycles in the coming years. Where XRP represents balance and mainstream adoption, Ozak AI represents velocity, agility, and early positioning—presenting retail investors a ground-floor entry into a story that is just starting to boost up.
Youtube embed:
For XRP, transferring from $2.54 to $5 could mean a kind of 2x return, which is appealing but restrained compared to early-stage initiatives. By contrast, Ozak AI attaining $1 from its $0.012 presale price might represent greater than an 80x to 100x growth—an outcome that turns into increasingly more realistic if the assignment executes its vision, secures important listings, and faucets into the growing AI-blockchain momentum. Investors who struck similar early-level opportunities in previous cycles—whether or not it become meme coins or application tokens—noticed lifestyles-changing returns during breakout runs.
Ozak AI has a compelling mix of low entry price, strong partnerships, and technological utility that positions it well for such a move. XRP may lead this market phase with strength and adoption, but Ozak AI offers the kind of asymmetric upside that traders and early investors often seek when rotating capital from established assets into emerging narratives. As the market matures and liquidity flows deepen, XRP could anchor portfolios while Ozak AI acts as the explosive growth play—making it a powerful combination for those aiming to capitalize on the 2025 bull cycle.
Ozak AI is a blockchain-based crypto project that provides a technology platform that specializes in predictive AI and advanced data analytics for financial markets. Through machine learning algorithms and decentralized network technologies, Ozak AI enables real-time, accurate, and actionable insights to help crypto enthusiasts and businesses make the correct decisions.
For more, visit:
Website: https://ozak.ai/
Telegram: https://t.me/OzakAGI
Twitter: https://x.com/ozakagi
Agent-based payment protocols like Google's AP2 and Stripe's ACP improve transaction efficiency with verifiable mandates and streamlined authorization.
The post When AI agents move money appeared first on CoinGeek.
We explore how the U.S. and the U.K. approach digital assets—the impact of enforcement-first vs innovation-first mindsets.
The post US, UK digital asset regulation: Different roads, same destination appeared first on CoinGeek.
Evernorth's substantial XRP holdings and strategic Ripple ties could significantly influence XRP's market dynamics and investor confidence.
The post Ripple-backed Evernorth now holds $1 billion in XRP appeared first on Crypto Briefing.
Multiple crypto exchange-traded funds (ETFs) are set to launch this week despite the government shutdown, with investment products based on Solana (SOL), Litecoin (LTC), and Hedera (HBAR) seemingly ready to start trading as soon as Tuesday.
On Sunday night, Nate Geraci affirmed that the next two weeks will be key for the long-awaited spot crypto-based ETFs as Solana, XRP, LTC, and other ETF filings are “all lined up & ready for launch.”
Similarly, Bitwise CEO, Hunter Horsley, hinted that this week would be a “Big week,” suggesting progress related to its Solana Staking ETF. It’s worth noting that the crypto community has been awaiting the US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC)’s approval of the investment products following the numerous ETF applications filed over the past few months.
Between August and September, the regulatory agency postponed the decision deadline of most applications by two months, pushing back the key dates to mid-October and mid-November. However, the government’s shutdown, which started on October 1, reduced the odds of the products receiving a green line during the expected timeline.
On Monday morning, ETF expert Erich Balchunas reported that multiple issuers were looking to launch their crypto-based ETFs this week, despite the government shutdown. According to the Bloomberg analyst, Canary Capital had filed 8-A forms for its spot Litecoin and Hedera ETFs, while Bitwise had filed one for its Solana Staking ETF.
“These are the ones rumored to be poss looking to launch (along w Grayscale solana) this week despite shutdown. Not a done deal but clearly preparations being made. Stay tuned,” Balchunas stated.
Later, Balchunas confirmed the reports that the exchange had posted listing notices for Bitwise’s Solana Staking ETF, and Canary’s LTC and HBAR ETFs to launch on October 28, while Grayscale’s Solana trust is set to convert on Wednesday. “Assuming there’s not some last min SEC intervention, looks like this is happening,” the analyst added.
Crypto Journalist Eleanor Terret also shared the news, citing Canary’s CEO, Steven McClurg, who confirmed that the Canary spot HBAR and LTC ETFs will begin trading on Nasdaq on Tuesday.
“Litecoin and Hedera are the next two token ETFs to go effective after Ethereum,” McClurg told the journalist in a statement. “We look forward to launching tomorrow.”
Terret explained that despite the government shutdown, the launch is possible because “the operation of law does not always actually require an open government.”
According to the post, the 8-A forms are “just as important” as the S-1s filings: the former formally registers ETF shares under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, while the latter registers the investment products under the Securities Exchange Act of 1933.
After NYSE certified all the 8-A filings for the ETFs above on Monday, shares can start trading, Terret affirmed, adding:
“Here’s the key: The issuers included language in their amended S-1s that lets them automatically go effective 20 days after filing. Typically, issuers delay S-1s until the SEC takes them effective, but the legal default is that the S-1 goes automatically effective without SEC intervention. That means the agency doesn’t need to approve them manually and the filings can go live on their own, even during the shutdown. So, long story short, all the legal boxes are checked and these ETFs are on track for launch.”
Despite facing criticism for lagging behind the United States in creating a more accommodating environment for cryptocurrency growth and adoption, China reaffirmed its stringent stance on crypto once again this week.
Authorities issued warnings about the alleged risks posed by stablecoins, particularly amid concerns that the US may have solidified its dollar dominance through these digital assets.
According to local media reports, Pan Gongsheng, governor of the People’s Bank of China, announced plans to expand the use of the country’s central bank digital currency (CBDC), known as the “e-CNY.”
He remarked, “[Stablecoins] are still in their early stages of development,” emphasizing that financial regulators globally remain cautious about these assets, which are typically pegged to other currencies.
In the United States, however, Trump’s policies toward digital assets have resulted in the passage of the GENIUS Act, as the first crypto bill aimed at laying the framework for the adoption of these dollar-pegged cryptocurrencies.
Yet, Pan highlighted that stablecoins currently fail to meet essential requirements such as customer identification and anti-money laundering (AML) measures, which could allegedly exacerbate gaps in global financial regulation.
He expressed concern that these issues foster a “speculative market atmosphere,” increasing vulnerabilities in the global financial system and affecting the monetary sovereignty of less developed economies.
The central bank plans to collaborate with law enforcement to continue cracking down on domestic operations and speculation related to crypto. “The policies and measures implemented since 2017 to address risks associated with virtual currencies remain in effect,” he stated.
Despite China’s continuous crypto crackdown, research on stablecoins is progressing within China. The country’s largest government-backed research fund recently opened applications for studies focused on stablecoins and their cross-border monitoring systems, offering grants ranging from 200,000 yuan (approximately $28,083) to 300,000 yuan ($42,126).
The central bank also plans to optimize the positioning of the digital yuan, allowing more commercial banks to participate in the pilot program that has been running in over two dozen cities since 2019, accumulating a transaction value exceeding 14 trillion yuan.
Zhu Hexin, director of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange, indicated that nine new policy measures would soon be introduced to promote trade innovation and development, with the potential to bring positive developments for the growth of the crypto ecosystem in the Asian country.
Wu Qing, chairman of the China Securities Regulatory Commission, also hinted at the possibility of such measures, stating that the regulator would review listing standards on the Shenzhen Stock Exchange’s ChiNext board to better align with the characteristics of emerging fields and future industries.
Featured image from DALL-E, chart from TradingView.com
Data shows the Bitcoin Fear & Greed Index has surged back into the neutral zone after the recovery rally in the cryptocurrency’s price.
The “Fear & Greed Index” refers to an indicator created by Alternative that measures the average sentiment present among traders in the Bitcoin and wider cryptocurrency markets. The metric uses the data of the following five factors to determine the investor mentality: trading volume, market cap dominance, volatility, social media sentiment, and Google Trends.
The index uses a numerical scale running from zero to hundred for representing this sentiment. All values above 53 correspond to greed among the investors, while those below 47 to fear. The region between the two cutoffs naturally corresponds to a net neutral mentality.
Now, here is how the current Bitcoin market sentiment is like, according to the Fear & Greed Index:
As is visible above, the indicator has a value of 51, which suggests the trader sentiment is almost exactly in the balance right now. This is a notable change in market mood compared to just a few days ago.
As displayed in the chart, the Fear & Greed Index was inside the fear zone during the past few days. The despair among the traders was a result of the bearish price action that BTC had recently faced.
At one point, the indicator even fell to a low of 22, reflecting a state of “extreme fear.” This zone, which occurs below 25, corresponds to investors being the most bearish toward the market. There is a similar region for the greed side as well, called the “extreme greed,” situated above 75.
Historically, the extreme sentiments have been quite significant for Bitcoin and other cryptocurrencies, as they are where major tops and bottoms have tended to form. The relationship has been an inverse one, however, meaning extreme fear is where bottoms form, while extreme greed facilitates tops.
Since the extreme fear low earlier in the month, BTC has been on the way up, a potential indication that the contrarian signal of the sentiment may once again be in action.
The cryptocurrency has extended its recovery in a sharp manner during the last couple of days, which may be a potential reason why the Fear & Greed Index has surged back to the neutral territory now.
Though, for now, Bitcoin traders are still undecided on whether bullish action will follow next. It now remains to be seen whether they will embrace greed, or continue to be hesitant about the recovery.
At the time of writing, Bitcoin is floating around $114,900, up 3.6% over the last seven days.
Dogecoin struggled to rise above $0.210 and corrected some gains against the US Dollar. DOGE is now consolidating and might decline below $0.1980.
Dogecoin price started a fresh increase after it settled above $0.1920, like Bitcoin and Ethereum. DOGE climbed above the $0.20 resistance to enter a positive zone.
The bulls were able to push the price above $0.2020 and $0.2050. A high was formed at $0.2094 and the price is now correcting gains. There was a move below the 23.6% Fib retracement level of the upward move from the $0.1843 swing low to the $0.2094 high.
Besides, there was a break below a contracting triangle with support at $0.20 on the hourly chart of the DOGE/USD pair. Dogecoin price is now trading below the $0.20 level and the 100-hourly simple moving average.
If there is another increase, immediate resistance on the upside is near the $0.2020 level. The first major resistance for the bulls could be near the $0.2050 level. The next major resistance is near the $0.210 level. A close above the $0.210 resistance might send the price toward $0.2150. Any more gains might send the price toward $0.2250. The next major stop for the bulls might be $0.2320.
If DOGE’s price fails to climb above the $0.2020 level, it could start a downside correction. Initial support on the downside is near the $0.1970 level and the 50% Fib retracement level of the upward move from the $0.1843 swing low to the $0.2094 high. The next major support is near the $0.1935 level.
The main support sits at $0.190. If there is a downside break below the $0.190 support, the price could decline further. In the stated case, the price might slide toward the $0.1840 level or even $0.1780 in the near term.
Technical Indicators
Hourly MACD – The MACD for DOGE/USD is now gaining momentum in the bearish zone.
Hourly RSI (Relative Strength Index) – The RSI for DOGE/USD is now below the 50 level.
Major Support Levels – $0.1970 and $0.1935.
Major Resistance Levels – $0.2020 and $0.2050.
What if the next big crypto moonshot is already taking off while most investors are still watching from the sidelines? The search for the top crypto to buy in 2025 is heating up as traders hunt for the next token that could turn a modest investment into life-changing gains.
Everyone wants to be early. The meme culture has turned investing into a mix of hype, humor, and smart tokenomics. Ethereum and BNB are established powerhouses with real updates that keep them relevant, but MoonBull’s presale has caught serious attention. It is pulling in numbers and building energy faster than many expected.
MoonBull ($MOBU) has quickly become the talk of the town for investors searching for the top crypto to buy in 2025. Built on Ethereum, MoonBull combines meme power with real mechanics designed for fairness, transparency, and community growth. It automatically rewards holders, adds liquidity with every transaction, and burns a portion to increase scarcity. That balance creates a system where every transaction strengthens the ecosystem.
Two features make MoonBull stand out. First, it has already passed its audit, and liquidity is locked for long-term trust. That means traders can join without worrying about sudden rug pulls. Second, by Stage 12 of its 23-stage presale, MoonBull will activate community voting. Holders will be able to decide on future campaigns, surprise burns, and marketing pushes. It turns investors into decision-makers, a rarity for a meme coin.
MoonBull’s presale is currently in its 5th stage, priced at $0.00006584, with more than $500,000 already raised and over 1,500 holders onboard. The current ROI from Stage 5 to the listing price of $0.00616 stands above 9,200%, while early supporters have already seen gains of 163.36%. The next price surge is projected at around 27.40%, indicating that each stage is becoming more valuable as momentum builds.
An investment of $20,000 right now would secure 303,766,707.17 MOBU and could be worth about $1,871,202.92 once the listing price hits $0.00616. MoonBull’s mix of staking rewards, referrals, and community voting is making it one of the most hyped tokens in 2025. For anyone looking for the top crypto to buy in 2025, this is where excitement meets opportunity.
Ethereum continues to dominate headlines as one of the top crypto to buy in 2025. Recent updates show renewed whale accumulation, with institutional wallets increasing holdings as price momentum builds. Founder Vitalik Buterin recently warned that blockchain security concerns extend beyond the chain itself, calling for stronger protection for bridges and off-chain systems. His comments reignited debate about network resilience and next-gen infrastructure.
ETH is trading near $4,000, and analysts see a breakout toward $4,550. If resistance breaks, price targets between $5,000 and $7,000 are on the table. Layer-2 scaling, reduced gas fees, and new validator incentives continue to drive adoption. Technical analysts say ETH’s setup looks ready for another run if market sentiment holds..
BNB is back in the news and still one of the top crypto to buy in 2025 after a sudden rally tied to real-world headlines. The token jumped 5 percent after Donald Trump publicly defended the pardon of Binance founder Changpeng Zhao, sparking optimism and heavy buying across exchanges. The renewed confidence helped BNB reclaim the $1,100 mark.
In September 2025, BNB also logged a new all-time high near $1,080, a 70% gain this year. Analysts credit the surge to rising on-chain activity, regulatory clarity, and institutional adoption. The BNB Chain’s expanding ecosystem continues to attract developers, keeping demand high. For investors looking for steady performance with room to grow, BNB remains a staple in any list of the top crypto to buy in 2025.
MoonBull, Ethereum, and BNB each bring something unique to the table. MoonBull offers massive upside with its presale, staking, and community mechanics. Ethereum provides long-term reliability and ecosystem dominance. BNB combines proven adoption with consistent network growth.
Based on research and market trends, MoonBull stands out as the project generating the most excitement. Ethereum and BNB remain strong plays, but MoonBull’s early momentum and reward system give it a different kind of energy. Its presale is live right now, numbers are climbing, and the early window is closing fast. Those looking for the top crypto to buy in 2025 shouldn’t wait until it’s already flying.
For More Information:
Website: Visit the Official MOBU Website
Telegram: Join the MOBU Telegram Channel
Twitter: Follow MOBU ON X (Formerly Twitter)
MoonBull is currently one of the strongest meme coins to watch. It combines staking, referrals, and governance to give holders both fun and function.
Check official project websites, verified communities, and whitepapers. Look for features like locked liquidity and completed audits.
Yes. When built with real mechanics and transparency, meme coins can mature into strong communities with real value.
MoonBull leads current presales with over $500,000 raised, strong tokenomics, and high staking yields.
Review audits, liquidity locks, staking, and referral incentives. MoonBull checks all these boxes and rewards both referrers and buyers.
MoonBull, Ethereum, and BNB headline the list of top crypto to buy in 2025. MoonBull’s presale, staking, and referral mechanics make it a community favorite. Ethereum continues leading smart contracts, and BNB maintains strong utility and adoption. Each coin serves a different investor profile, but MoonBull’s early momentum gives it an edge for those chasing maximum upside.
Read More: Just Days Left for 27.40% Surge as MoonBull Presale Hits $500K, While ETH and BNB Rally Ahead of Q4 as Top Cryptos to Buy in 2025">Just Days Left for 27.40% Surge as MoonBull Presale Hits $500K, While ETH and BNB Rally Ahead of Q4 as Top Cryptos to Buy in 2025
Cardano founder Charles Hoskinson recently projected where Cardano would be by 2030, centering around adoption and market penetration. Hoskinson shared this in his conversation with pundit Sujal Jethwani, identifying where Cardano could be in the next five years and what the ecosystem needs to work on to become more competitive.
Carl Higbie, host at Newsmax, recently discussed how cryptocurrencies like XRP could help the U.S. government eliminate its massive $37.8 trillion national debt.
The XRP Stoch RSI has formed a golden cross on the weekly timeframe — an occurrence that previously led to massive price spikes. With XRP currently recovering from the latest market turbulence, multiple market experts believe it could be on the brink of a massive rally.
Cardano consolidates within a symmetrical triangle, and a bullish breakout could spark a strong price rally past the $1 mark. Cardano (ADA) currently trades at $0.66, down 3% over the past 24 hours.
The Ripple CTO, David Schwartz, has confirmed that the company can sell the rights to receive XRP tokens locked in its escrow accounts. He made this clarification during a community discussion that began after software engineer Vincent Van Code raised questions about how crypto data trackers report XRP's circulating supply compared to Bitcoin's.
The host of the Working Money channel recently shared a bullish outlook on XRP, citing multiple experts to make a case for a run to two digits. His commentary suggested that a $15 price for XRP could be feasible in the long run.
Bitcoin Magazine
Bitcoin Price Jumps to $115,000 As Analyst Says It May Never Fall Below $100K Again
Bitcoin price surged to $115,000 on Monday, rising more than 1% in 24 hours, as optimism over easing U.S.–China trade tensions and renewed investor appetite for risk assets lifted global markets.
According to Geoffrey Kendrick, Head of Digital Asset Research at Standard Chartered Bank, Bitcoin price may “never fall below $100,000 again” if this week’s macro tailwinds continue.
In a note to clients, Kendrick said that improving trade relations between Washington and Beijing have flipped last week’s market fear into “hope.”
U.S. Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent’s weekend statement that restrictions on China’s rare earth exports could be postponed for a year, combined with reports that Beijing plans to buy large quantities of U.S. soybeans, sparked a relief rally across equities, commodities, and crypto.
The agreement, expected to be finalized after the upcoming Trump–Xi summit in South Korea, has renewed risk appetite and pushed the bitcoin-to-gold ratio back above pre-October 10 levels — the date when 100% tariff threats sent markets tumbling.
Kendrick pointed to fresh inflows into spot bitcoin ETFs as another key signal of strength. Over $2 billion exited U.S. gold ETFs late last week, and if even half of that re-enters bitcoin funds, he said, it would mark a major vote of confidence.
The analyst also highlighted macro tailwinds, including expectations for a 25-basis-point rate cut at Wednesday’s Federal Open Market Committee (FOMC) meeting — a move widely seen as bullish for bitcoin.
Meanwhile, investors are watching a packed earnings calendar from both tech and crypto heavyweights. Microsoft, Meta, and Google are set to report on Wednesday, followed by Apple, Amazon, Coinbase, and Strategy (formerly MicroStrategy) later in the week.
“If this week goes well — bitcoin may never fall below $100,000 again,” Kendrick said.
While bulls have made modest progress with Bitcoin, stronger resistance remains overhead at $117,600 and $122,000, leaving bears largely in control.
If Bitcoin manages to surpass $122,000, professionals note the next target could be the upper boundary of a broadening wedge pattern at $128,000.
Support levels remain critical for maintaining bullish momentum. The key short-term support at $106,900 held throughout last week, helping stabilize the market.
Falling below this level could open the path toward the $105,000–$102,000 support zone, which has already been tested twice, with a third test raising the likelihood of a breakdown.
Beyond that, $96,000 represents a crucial long-term support level for the broader bull market, acting as a do-or-die floor if prices decline further.
As of press time, bitcoin was trading at $115,041, up 1.22% over the past 24 hours.
This post Bitcoin Price Jumps to $115,000 As Analyst Says It May Never Fall Below $100K Again first appeared on Bitcoin Magazine and is written by Micah Zimmerman.
Bitcoin’s largest corporate holder just got bigger. Strategy (MSTR.O) added another 390 BTC to its treasury last week, spending $43.4 million at an average price of $111,053 per bitcoin.
The move highlights the company’s consistent buying pattern even as the asset’s 2025 rally shows no signs of slowing down.
According to a post on X, the purchase was completed between October 20 and October 26, funded through proceeds from its STRF, STRK, and STRD series preferred stock issuances.
As of October 26, 2025, Strategy holds a total of 640,808 bitcoins, the largest corporate Bitcoin treasury globally. The company has spent an estimated $47.44 billion on its cumulative BTC acquisitions, with an average purchase price of $74,032 per coin.
The firm’s BTC yield has reached 26.0% year-to-date, reflecting the impact of Bitcoin’s continued appreciation throughout 2025. Strategy’s relentless accumulation underscores its belief in Bitcoin as a long-term store of value and strategic asset in an inflationary global market.
The 390 BTC acquisition may seem modest compared to earlier buys, but it reinforces a steady accumulation strategy rather than speculative timing. For a company already holding more than half a million bitcoins, even smaller purchases demonstrate conviction, and signal confidence to the broader market.
Strategy’s approach remains consistent: acquire, hold, and wait. Each acquisition pushes its balance sheet deeper into Bitcoin exposure, while the firm’s yield performance continues to validate its “digital gold” thesis.
In a market often driven by short-term hype, Strategy’s consistent purchases stand out. This latest buy adds to a streak of quarterly acquisitions despite fluctuating prices, proving that the company views Bitcoin less as a trade and more as a reserve asset.
The company’s funding model, issuing preferred stock to raise capital, provides a low-risk, flexible way to expand its Bitcoin portfolio without taking on excessive debt. It’s a model that other institutional players are beginning to notice.
A 26% BTC yield YTD is a remarkable figure, even for an asset that’s outperformed most global equities this year. It points to the effectiveness of Strategy’s treasury management approach. While traditional portfolios rely on bonds and equities for returns, Strategy’s balance sheet now behaves more like a Bitcoin ETF, one that captures both price appreciation and strategic yield.
This yield not only reflects gains from market performance but also the company’s ability to leverage its holdings effectively, signaling operational efficiency and a long-term advantage over competitors who remain on the sidelines.
In parallel, another institutional player, American Bitcoin ($ABTC), has also increased its holdings. The firm recently acquired 1,414 BTC, bringing its total treasury to 3,865 BTC.
American Bitcoin’s strategy differs from pure accumulation. The company combines direct Bitcoin production through mining with periodic market purchases to strengthen its balance sheet. This hybrid model allows it to reduce its average cost per bitcoin, ensuring it remains competitive even as spot prices rise.
Executive Chairman Asher Genoot explained the approach clearly:
“By producing Bitcoin directly, we can reduce our average cost per Bitcoin to drive a cost advantage over vehicles that buy exclusively on the open market.”
This production-based accumulation creates a natural hedge against market volatility. While most public Bitcoin holders rely solely on capital inflows, American Bitcoin generates part of its treasury through self-mining, providing long-term cost stability.
Another notable metric from American Bitcoin’s update is its Satoshis Per Share (SPS), now reported at 418, marking a 52% increase since September 1. This figure tracks the company’s Bitcoin exposure per share and gives investors a clear view of how effectively treasury growth translates into shareholder value.
The strong SPS growth indicates both aggressive accumulation and disciplined treasury scaling. It also positions the company competitively among institutional Bitcoin holders, where transparency around treasury performance is increasingly valued.
The company’s progress was shared in a post by Treasury Edge, highlighting the alignment between mining expansion, financial strategy, and shareholder impact.
The latest moves from both Strategy and American Bitcoin show that institutional conviction in Bitcoin remains strong even after significant price growth in 2025.
Strategy’s continued buying streak and American Bitcoin’s integrated mining model reflect two sides of the same coin, accumulation through both capital deployment and production efficiency. Together, they illustrate a maturing institutional ecosystem around Bitcoin, where companies view the asset not as speculation but as a strategic treasury reserve.
At a time when central banks debate digital currencies and inflationary pressures persist globally, the continued flow of corporate capital into Bitcoin adds weight to the idea that digital assets are no longer fringe.
With Strategy now holding over 640,000 BTC and American Bitcoin scaling production, the narrative is clear: Bitcoin is becoming an institutional-grade treasury instrument.
As Bitcoin’s supply issuance continues to decline and halving approaches, companies accumulating now are effectively securing their share of a finite asset. The result is a stronger, more mature market structure, one increasingly dominated by strategic, long-term holders rather than speculative traders.
Strategy’s latest 390 BTC purchase reaffirms its role as the world’s leading Bitcoin accumulator, while American Bitcoin’s dual mining-and-purchase strategy sets a cost-efficient precedent for others to follow.
Both stories highlight the same reality: corporate Bitcoin adoption isn’t slowing down. Instead, it’s evolving, from opportunistic buys to structured, yield-driven treasury management.
Bitcoin is no longer just a trade. For these institutions, it’s a strategy.
Disclosure: This is not trading or investment advice. Always do your research before buying any cryptocurrency or investing in any services.
Follow us on Twitter @themerklehash to stay updated with the latest Crypto, NFT, AI, Cybersecurity, and Metaverse news!
The post Strategy Expands Bitcoin Holdings to 640,808 BTC as Institutional Accumulation Surges appeared first on The Merkle News.
Traditional online payment systems are outdated. They’re slow, expensive, and depend heavily on humans.
x402 changes that.
It introduces a new way for developers and AI agents to pay for APIs, software, and services directly with stablecoins, all over standard HTTP connections.
In simple terms, it makes autonomous, instant payments possible between machines, without needing middlemen.
The digital world moves fast, but today’s payment rails still crawl.
They rely on centralized processors, carry high fees, and take days to settle.
Every API, subscription, or software access comes with friction, recurring billing systems, manual approvals, and regional limitations.
For developers and AI agents that operate in real time, that model doesn’t work anymore.
x402 replaces this outdated setup with an agent-to-agent payment model.
Here’s what that means in practice:
🔹 Payments settle in seconds
🔹 Micropayments are supported natively
🔹 Global access with no currency conversion
🔹 No chargebacks, no middlemen
It’s designed to work across borders and protocols, using stablecoins as the default payment medium.
Think of it as PayPal, but for machines.
x402 uses the existing HTTP 402 response code, the one originally intended for “Payment Required”, to enable direct payment settlement between two digital agents.
This means that a bot, app, or AI system can automatically pay for an API call or a data request in real time, without needing a human or a credit card.
Payments are made in stablecoins like USDC, achieving instant finality and zero chargebacks.
Each transaction happens seamlessly, fast, compliant, and verifiable on-chain.
Some of the most active builders on BNB Chain are already bringing x402 to life.
Projects like @unibase_ai, @pieverse_io, @AEON_Community, and @termix_ai are integrating the protocol into their systems to enable autonomous API payments.
BNB Chain describes x402 as an internet-native payment standard, a design built specifically for agents and AI ecosystems, not humans.
Developers can now plug x402 into their applications and allow AI agents to pay directly for what they consume, on demand.
The x402 system also introduces “Facilitators.”
These are the gateways that verify and settle payments made through the protocol.
Entities like PayAI or Coinbase can serve as facilitators, validating payments, ensuring compliance, and maintaining a secure on-ramp between traditional finance and machine payments.
This layer guarantees the same regulatory assurance as human transactions, without slowing down the process.
x402 is more than a payment protocol, it’s a new financial standard for the AI era.
It allows software agents to pay as they go, per API call, per data request, per inference, all without subscriptions, cards, or intermediaries.
That opens a new economy: one where AI models, tools, and bots transact directly, autonomously, and transparently.
By aligning payments with machine speed, x402 eliminates one of the biggest bottlenecks in AI deployment, billing.
BNB Chain has quickly become the home for x402 integrations.
Its speed, low fees, and EVM compatibility make it an ideal ground for developers experimenting with autonomous payments.
According to BNB Chain’s official announcement, the protocol’s adoption rate has already begun to climb, with multiple agent-based dApps adopting the standard.
Traditional online payment systems today are slow, expensive and human-dependent.
x402 changes that, allowing developers and AI agents to pay for APIs, software and services directly with stablecoins over HTTP.
Builders like @unibase_ai, @pieverse_io, @AEON_Community &… pic.twitter.com/0NS9jvidkK
— BNB Chain (@BNBCHAIN) October 27, 2025
BNB Chain’s ecosystem has long supported innovation in DeFi, gaming, and payments, and now, it’s positioning itself as the AI payment layer of Web3.
Interestingly, x402 isn’t just a BNB Chain story.
On Solana, the trend has exploded, up over 4,000% in just seven days, according to data tracked across developer communities.
The $X402 token, which powers the Solana side of the movement, is gaining traction fast.
It enables ultra-fast, low-fee payments for AI agents, while attracting new developers through hackathons and open integrations.
The mission: to make Solana the “default payment layer” for the AI economy.
x402 is an internet-native payment standard for Agents: fast, cheap, and on-chain.
Agents can pay per API call in USDC with instant finality, no chargebacks, and full compliance. The entire process is achieved without the friction of managing API keys or subscriptions.… pic.twitter.com/NSGC6Y0Bf9
— CoinMarketCap (@CoinMarketCap) October 27, 2025
The growth is already visible.
Over the last 7 days, several x402-based tokens have surged as developers race to integrate HTTP-based payments.
Here are the Top 10 Gainers in the x402 ecosystem:
🔸 ZARA – [@zaara_ai](https://x.com/zaara_ai)
🔸 PAYAI – [@PayAINetwork](https://x.com/PayAINetwork)
🔸 FREGO – [@GetFrego](https://x.com/GetFrego)
🔸 DREAMS – [@daydreamsagents](https://x.com/daydreamsagents)
🔸 JTVO – [@JatevoId](https://x.com/JatevoId)
🔸 QUAIN – [@quaindotcom](https://x.com/quaindotcom)
🔸 OPUS – [@opus_universe](https://x.com/opus_universe)
🔸 FDRY – [@getFoundry](https://x.com/getFoundry)
🔸 BREW – [@homebrewrobots](https://x.com/homebrewrobots)
🔸 SWITCH – [@switchboardxyz](https://x.com/switchboardxyz)
🚨 x402 trend is exploding on Solana – up over 4,000% in just 7 days 🚀
Powered by seamless HTTP 402 integration, $X402 enables ultra-fast, low-fee payments for #AIAgent.
The $X402 token not only attracts developers through the upcoming hackathon but also promises to… https://t.co/KDSF0r4P81 pic.twitter.com/sV3oBNeHZG— Solana Daily (@solana_daily) October 27, 2025
The rise of x402 marks a shift from human-driven payments to machine-native finance.
Just as DeFi decentralized trading and staking, x402 is decentralizing the act of paying itself, making transactions faster, smaller, and smarter.
It’s also setting the foundation for PayFi, a new movement that combines payment infrastructure with DeFi principles for AI and Web3.
As stablecoins continue to dominate settlement flows and agents become more autonomous, protocols like x402 will likely become the backbone of the next financial internet.
The internet of money is evolving again, this time, for machines.
x402 bridges the gap between AI agents and blockchain payments, offering speed, efficiency, and autonomy that traditional payment rails can’t match.
Whether on BNB Chain or Solana, the momentum is clear.
x402 is no longer just a protocol, it’s a standard in the making.
And as developers continue to build around it, one question lingers: Will the x402 trend take over Solana next?
Disclosure: This is not trading or investment advice. Always do your research before buying any cryptocurrency or investing in any services.
Follow us on Twitter @themerklehash to stay updated with the latest Crypto, NFT, AI, Cybersecurity, and Metaverse news!
The post x402: The Internet-Native Payment Standard Powering the AI Agent Economy appeared first on The Merkle News.
The post Hedera Price Breaks $0.20, Is $0.233 the Next Stop? appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
If you have been tracking the markets lately, you probably noticed that Hedera’s price just pulled off an impressive rally. HBAR price soared more than 10% in a single day and nearly 18.5% in a week. It has climbed above the important $0.20 level for the first time in months.
Why did this happen? The answer lies in the following 3 events. First, the much-anticipated launch of the Canary HBAR ETF (HBR) on Nasdaq opened the doors for institutional investors. Second, HBAR staged a breakout above major technical barriers, invalidating a long-standing bearish pattern. Finally, the broader altcoin rotation worked in HBAR’s favor.
HBAR’s recent price action paints a striking picture of bullish revival. The current price sits at $0.2007, up over 10% in the last 24 hours and nearly 18.5% for the week. The surge comes with a robust 24-hour trading volume of $580.6 million and a market cap of $8.53 billion.
One of the most significant signals was the break above the 23.6% Fibonacci retracement level at $0.20116. This breakout also coincided with the price crossing above both its 30-day SMA at $0.19255 and the upper Bollinger Band, confirming that momentum shifted to the bulls. Additionally, the MACD histogram flipped positive (+0.0025).
On the sentiment side, HBAR’s surge invalidated a bearish descending channel. While the trend looks strong, the 14-day RSI sits at 48.45, which is considered neutral territory. This suggests there’s still room for upside before the token enters overbought conditions. The next test for the bulls is clear, immediate resistance looms at $0.233, the July swing high. If HBAR conquers this level, momentum could draw further inflows.
The HBAR rally is mainly driven by the new Canary HBAR ETF (HBR) launching on Nasdaq, a technical breakout above major resistance, and capital rotating from Bitcoin into altcoins.
HBAR’s breakout is supported by high trading volume, strong technical signals, and a neutral RSI. However, a retest of support levels may occur if bullish momentum fades.
Traders should watch $0.233 as the next resistance. Support sits near $0.1925 (30-day SMA) and $0.1847, while holding above these keeps the bullish case intact.
The post Bitcoin Bull Run Not Over Yet? Analysts See More Upside Ahead appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Bitcoin’s recent rise has started a new debate among traders and analysts. Many are wondering if the bull run is coming to an end or if a new rally is just beginning. One of the most respected crypto chart analysts, Stockmoney Lizards, thinks this cycle is different from the past ones and says Bitcoin may still have more room to grow.
Traditionally, Bitcoin’s market follows a four-year cycle, roughly 1.5 years from halving to peak, and four years from one peak to the next. By that logic, the market should now be entering its bear phase.
But according to Stockmoney Lizards, this cycle is different. The total market cap has grown from $10 billion in 2016 to over $2 trillion in 2025, making simple historical comparisons less relevant.
Unlike previous cycles marked by dramatic parabolic rises, Bitcoin has been climbing in a steady channel. There hasn’t been a “blow-off top” or explosive hype phase yet, a sign that the cycle could still have room to grow.
One major difference this time is institutional involvement. Spot Bitcoin ETFs now hold roughly $150 billion worth of BTC, and inflows have remained strong throughout October.
Stockmoney Lizards points out that such large-scale investment reduces the chances of a -90% crash, which was common in previous cycles.
Apart from it, on-chain data like the Satoshimeter shows the market hasn’t reached its typical “hype zone.” Other technical patterns, like three rising valleys and Bollinger Band compression, also suggest a strong foundation for another leg up.
Adding bullishness to the analysis, crypto analyst Castrades says Bitcoin is still moving in a large ABC correction pattern, which often appears after big rallies.
He points out a key resistance area between $117,000 and $119,500 — calling it the “final resistance zone.” If Bitcoin can’t break above this range, it might drop back toward $94,000–$97,000.
But if the price climbs above $123,500, Castrades believes it could start a new strong bullish phase instead.
The post Cardano (ADA) is Still Set for $2 Despite Recent Crashes, while Ripple (XRP) Eyes $4.50, and Little Pepe Crypto Price Targets $1 appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Despite the volatility in crypto markets this quarter, traders remain interested in several household names. Cardano (ADA) has managed to shrug off the impending price volatility, while Ripple (XRP) appears to be completing a technical setup for another leg upward. Little Pepe (LILPEPE), on the other hand, is emerging as one of the fastest-growing new meme coins that actually has an underlying infrastructure.
Cardano’s price action has been firm even in the face of broader market weakness. Trading between $0.64 and $0.67, ADA has managed to hold key levels that other assets have slipped from. The network’s steady pace of upgrades and vigorous developer activity is helping maintain long-term confidence among holders. Recent data also shows an uptick in whale accumulation and exchange outflows, both signals that large investors are taking positions for the next leg higher. Most analysts remain relatively optimistic, though they’re tempering their expectations. The more cautious believe ADA could reach $1 by early 2026, while the more bullish think it could easily climb to $2 or even $3 if network usage picks up.
Ripple’s native token has also been under close watch from technical analysts. Using Elliott Wave theory, a model that tracks investor behavior through recurring price patterns, several traders believe XRP is approaching the end of its fourth wave, the final consolidation before a breakout.
Analyst STEPH recently noted how XRP’s current chart mirrors its 2020 cycle almost perfectly. XRP has been moving sideways for a while, but the last time that happened, it suddenly broke out and surpassed its previous highs. If history repeats, XRP’s next rally could push it up to $4.50, maybe even $5.50.
Honestly, there’s a lot of excitement around Little Pepe (LILPEPE) right now. It’s not just another meme coin; it has a genuine community feel, is entertaining, and actually functions well. Since it operates on an Ethereum-compatible Layer 2, transactions are fast, and there’s no tax on trades. So, it has more substance than just hype. The project’s presale has already raised over $27.2 million, selling nearly 16.6 billion tokens and drawing interest from both retail and whale investors. LILPEPE’s growth story has been supported by transparency and engagement.
They also ran a $777,000 giveaway with tens of thousands of entries and have earned a reputation for being an inclusive and fair project. Market analysts believe that once listings on major exchanges go live, the token could see its first primary price discovery phase. Some forecasts place LILPEPE’s short-term targets near $0.10, while longer-term expectations stretch toward $1 by the next market top in 2026.
When it comes to raw return potential, the gap between established cryptos and early-stage projects like Little Pepe is massive. Ripple (XRP) would rise 107%, solidly outperforming its large-cap peers, yet again falling short of the performance seen for newer projects. If Solana (SOL) revisits $250 once again during this cycle, that would represent about a 16% upside, with price action more characterized by consolidation rather than exponential growth. It remains the safest high-throughput blockchain. Finally, Little Pepe (LILPEPE) is another strong candidate for outsized returns.
Currently priced at $0.0022 in Stage 13 of the Presale, it is expected to reach $0.10-$0.20 in the medium term and potentially as high as $1 at the peak of the cycle. That would equal a rate of return anywhere between 4,000% and more than 45,000%, exceeding the projected returns of XRP and Solana combined.
Despite recent market pullbacks, optimism is returning as investors anticipate the next crypto cycle. Cardano’s measured progress, Ripple’s technical setup, and Little Pepe’s viral traction each represent different facets of this emerging confidence. However, Little Pepe has by far the most significant potential for return. While XRP and Solana offer more modest upside, Little Pepe is positioned as the high-risk, high-reward play with potential returns magnitudes higher.
For more information about Little Pepe (LILPEPE) visit the links below:
The post Bitcoin and Ethereum ETFs See Over $280M in Inflows appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Bitcoin and Ethereum spot ETFs kept their upward momentum on October 27, drawing a combined $283 million in net inflows. Bitcoin ETFs led with $149 million, marking their third consecutive day of gains. Ethereum ETFs followed with $134 million in positive flows, with all nine funds recording no outflows. The steady inflows highlight growing market optimism and rising institutional confidence in the two largest cryptocurrencies.
The post Malgo Launches Fully Anonymous Monero P2P Platform appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Malgo DEX, a decentralized peer-to-peer (P2P) crypto exchange platform, has announced the rollout of a major feature upgrade aimed at empowering users with greater control, privacy, and real-time trading flexibility.
This latest update introduces several key features that align with Malgo’s mission to provide a fast, secure, and anonymous crypto trading experience, all without requiring KYC or AML procedures.
Users can now trade directly with one another without providing personal identification. This opens the platform to privacy-conscious users who prefer decentralized, non-custodial crypto exchange options.
Malgo DEX now supports a growing list of trading pairs including BTC, ETH, USDT, XMR, and more. This broadens accessibility and trading opportunities across popular and privacy-focused assets.
Traders can set custom slippage tolerance to avoid unexpected price fluctuations. This feature is especially useful for large-volume swaps or volatile market conditions.
All P2P trades are protected by a secure, automated escrow mechanism that ensures both parties uphold their side of the transaction before funds are released.
“We designed this upgrade with privacy and usability in mind,” said a spokesperson for Malgo DEX. “Our users want fast and secure trades without sacrificing anonymity or control, and this release delivers on that promise.”
The new features are live and available to all users starting today. The platform is accessible via [https://malgoswap.io/p2p] and does not require any registration or personal data to begin trading.
Malgo is a decentralized, privacy-respecting crypto exchange platform focused on peer-to-peer trading. It allows users to buy, sell, and swap crypto assets without intermediaries or invasive KYC requirements. Malgo prioritizes transparency, user autonomy, and cross-chain flexibility.
For more information, visit https://malgoswap.io or follow us on Telegram and Twitter.
The post Trump-Linked American Bitcoin Adds 1,414 BTC Worth $163 Million appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Trump-linked American Bitcoin Corp, co-founded by Eric and Donald Trump Jr., just acquired 1,414 Bitcoins valued at $163 million, boosting its total holdings to 3,865 BTC worth nearly $445 million. Formed in March after a merger with Hut 8’s mining assets, American Bitcoin listed on Nasdaq in September. The company combines mining with direct buys, and now ranks among the top 25 public Bitcoin holders globally.
The post Henrik Zeberg Predicts Ethereum Rally Before Massive Crypto Market Crash appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Henrik Zeberg, the Head Macro Economist at Swissblock, known for connecting macroeconomic cycles with asset bubbles, says we are now living through what he calls “the biggest bubble in modern financial history.”
He predicts that Ethereum (ETH) is poised for a significant price surge in the near term, followed by a major crash across the entire cryptocurrency market.
According to Zeberg, current global financial conditions are fueling a “blow-off top,” a phase characterized by extreme price euphoria before a market peak.
In a tweet post, he anticipates that Ethereum will not only join but may outperform Bitcoin in this sharp upward move, driven by rising institutional interest, Layer 2 adoption, and Ethereum’s essential role in the DeFi and Web3 ecosystems.
Data and analysis after the October market flash crash indicate that ETH saw a 52.9% surge in futures volume, highlighting enduring demand and market resilience even as volatility persists.
#ETH will SOAR!
— Henrik Zeberg (@HenrikZeberg) October 27, 2025
We are close
Meanwhile, institutional developments such as growing spot-ETH ETF interest and the expansion of tokenized assets expected to surpass $25 billion by early 2025, support Zeberg’s view of Ethereum’s strong near-term potential.
Zeberg warns that global markets are in the “biggest bubble ever,” fueled by years of easy money and investor greed. But with inflation returning, he says the era of “free liquidity” is over.
He predicts a final “blow-off top,” a sharp, emotional rally before a major crash. According to him, Ethereum could outperform Bitcoin in this last surge as altcoin excitement peaks, but both will likely face a deep correction afterward.
Drawing from history, Zeberg compares today’s euphoria to the 1840s railway boom and the 2000 dot-com bubble, both revolutionary, yet followed by painful collapses.
Ethereum’s recent bounce from $3,686 to $4,134 shows its volatility and potential for rapid gains.
As of now, Ethereum (ETH) is showing signs of a potential breakout as its price forms a symmetrical triangle, a pattern that often leads to strong moves once the price breaks out.
The Relative Strength Index (RSI) sits around 54, showing that buying pressure is building, but the asset isn’t overbought yet, suggesting there’s still room for further gains if momentum continues.
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
While both are major cryptocurrencies, Ethereum’s value is also tied to its foundational role in powering decentralized finance (DeFi) and Web3 applications, not just as a digital asset.
Lower rates boost market liquidity and investor optimism, often fueling crypto rallies—Ethereum could benefit the most.
As per our Ethereum price forecast 2025, the ETH price could reach a maximum of $9,428.11.
The post HBAR ETF Goes Live on Nasdaq During U.S Government Shutdown appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
The Hedera (HBAR) community is celebrating a major milestone as the network’s first U.S. exchange-traded fund (ETF) is set to start trading on Nasdaq this Tuesday, October 28, 2025.
The Canary Capital HBAR ETF, trading under the ticker HBR, will give investors direct spot exposure to HBAR, making it easier for institutions and advisors to invest in the network without managing crypto wallets.
Crypto Analyst Mark Chadwickx confirmed the listing, calling it a major step for institutional access to HBAR through Nasdaq. Many saw this as a huge credibility boost for the network.
Canary Capital CEO Steven McClurg confirmed the ETF launch after the company completed all required filings, using the SEC’s shutdown playbook, which allows new ETFs to go live 20 days after filing, even when regulators are short-staffed.
The new HBAR ETF will hold actual HBAR tokens in custody with BitGo and Coinbase Custody, while CoinDesk Indices will provide official price tracking.
Alongside the HBAR product, Canary is also rolling out a Litecoin (LTC) ETF, both debuting in what’s turning out to be a busy week for new crypto fund listings in the U.S.
The Hedera ETF launch stirred quite a buzz on social media. X users praised Hedera’s quiet strength, noting that while Bitcoin and Ethereum dominate headlines, Hedera has been steadily handling over 10,000 transactions per second for giants like IBM and Google. They described the ETF launch as “institutional stealth mode activated,” hinting at growing big-money interest behind the scenes.
However, not everyone was convinced. Another User, LuckyToken7777, cautioned that listing and full SEC approval are different matters, warning traders to be careful of potential hype-driven price moves.
However, the launch timing isn’t random. In mid-September, the SEC approved new listing standards that make it easier for exchanges to list spot commodity ETFs like HBAR, Solana, and Litecoin. These new standards cut down the long review times that previously delayed crypto ETF launches.
Despite the ongoing U.S. government shutdown, Elenor Terrett explained that these ETFs can still go live because the 8-A filings, which register ETF shares for trading, have been certified, and the S-1 filings include language allowing them to take effect automatically after 20 days without SEC intervention.
Having said that, this rule change has opened the door for multiple ETF debuts, including Bitwise’s Solana ETF on the NYSE and Canary’s listings on Nasdaq, all happening within days.
For Hedera, this marks a major turning point. The ETF not only increases market visibility but also gives traditional investors access to HBAR through regulated brokerage accounts, a big leap for a blockchain known for its enterprise and institutional partnerships with companies like IBM and Google.
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
The Canary Capital HBAR ETF (ticker: HBR) is a new investment fund on Nasdaq that holds actual Hedera tokens, giving investors direct spot exposure to HBAR without needing to manage a crypto wallet.
You can invest in the HBAR ETF (HBR) through any standard brokerage account that offers access to Nasdaq, just like you would trade any other stock or exchange-traded fund, starting October 28, 2025.
The ticker symbol for the new spot Hedera ETF on the Nasdaq exchange is HBR. This is the symbol you will use to find and trade the fund in your brokerage account.
The post Why Flare’s XRPfi Is the Key to Making XRP Fly appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
What do you get when you combine XRP and DeFi? Why, XRPfi of course. Welcome to decentralized finance powered by XRP, the native asset of the Ripple ledger (also known as XRP Ledger) that’s since found a new lease on life with Flare’s blockchain for data. XRPfi has taken off in a big way this year, with Flare’s TVL growing by the tens-of-millions, weekly, since its launch in late-September 2025, as its XRP-focused DeFi ecosystem gathers momentum. The market has indicated that there is much positive sentiment surrounding XRPfi, and for good reason – it’s been a long time in the making.
DeFi as we know it really got going in 2020 on Ethereum before expanding to other networks. Today, virtually all public blockchains have some kind of DeFi sector, enabling users to borrow and lend; stake and trade; and participate in other on-chain money markets without needing to custody the owner’s assets – thanks to the magic of smart contracts.
In parallel to DeFi taking Ethereum by storm, another leading OG chain – Ripple – was had no choice but to be limited to watching from the sidelines. Like Bitcoin, Ripple doesn’t natively support Turing-complete smart contracts, making it very difficult to build the sort of dapps that can be assembled with Solidity.
Also around the same time as DeFi Summer, a new blockchain ecosystem emerged, by the name of Flare Network, with an ambitious goal of expanding XRP’s native functionality. The asset was already one of the most liquid and valuable cryptocurrencies by market cap after ETH and BTC, and the upside to making XRP smart-contract compatible offered plenty of financial incentive to many stakeholders. The technical challenges were indeed challenging, however, Flare’s core team persisted and has successfully built out its ecosystem, with XRP at its core.
In 2025, efforts began paying off. TVL on Flare has grown by almost 40% since the launch of FXRP (Flare-issued XRP), and is up five-fold YTD. What started out as a bold idea has turned into a working reality. Not only has the growth of XRPfi transformed Flare into a major DeFi hub, but there are signs that it’s stimulating demand for XRP, with its price predicted to move higher as users put the crypto asset to work in order to earn yield. Here’s how it works.
As Flare explains in its introduction to XRPfi, “XRP holders should have access to a wider selection of DeFi-enabled financial tools. For instance, there’s only one AMM live on XRPL [the XRP Ledger], when a holder of XRP – the [fifth] biggest market cap cryptocurrency – should have a suite of options to choose from.”
Flare achieves this by enabling non-smart contract assets such as XRP, BTC, and DOGE to be bridged to its network, where they can be used in DeFi. The benefits of this recently unlocked capability are manifold. For one thing, it means that users can hold XRP – and capitalize on the upside to further growth – while also borrowing against it and earning yield across numerous protocols.
For another thing, with the Tether-developed USD₮0 stablecoin now available on Flare, there’s access to a native stable that doesn’t have to be wrapped or bridged. This provides another important DeFi primitive and has helped to further deepen TVL on Flare. With both XRP and USD₮0 readily available on the network, there are ample opportunities for supplying liquidity and trading spot and perps markets. Once a simple payments token favored by various fintechs and money transmitters, XRP is now a multi-purpose DeFi asset.
The way in which Flare has achieved this without increasing security risk is through FAssets, its protocol that enables tokenized representations of assets such as XRP to be issued. This allows “plain” cryptocurrencies to be transformed into EVM-compatible tokens that can be used in an array of creative ways.
One of the use cases that’s formed a cornerstone of Flare’s thriving DeFi ecosystem is XRP staking. Revealed in May 2025 with the support of Firelight, this allows users to stake their FXRP, into protocols such as Sceptre. In return, staker receive a staking token – stXRP – that can be used to earn additional yield, in the same manner as stETH on Ethereum.
But this is by no means the only way in which XRP has found a new lease of life on Flare: it’s also being used in native protocols where leveraged perpetual futures can be traded fully on-chain, and is deeply embedded into decentralized exchanges such as SparkDEX, which has created its own fully-fledged DeFi ecosystem that includes yield farming, staking, and a token launchpad. In short, if you’re an XRP holder and are still keeping your assets in cold storage, you’re likely leaving considerable yield on the table.
While September saw large quantities of the asset being bridged to the network, one of the reasons behind this surge has been improved onramps that make it easier for users to move XRP over to Flare’s network. This includes recent integrations such as the rising Xaman wallet which now enables FXRP to be directly minted. As a result, XRP holders can begin putting their assets to work on Flare in a matter of minutes.
Other catalysts include a 2.2 billion FLR incentive program that offers additional rewards for liquidity providers, juicing the total APY that is attainable. Flare is now busy onboarding more partners that are looking to enhance access to its DeFi services including MoreMarkets, which has just launched its XRP Flare Account, further simplifying access to yield.
XRP may have started out as a simple cryptocurrency designed for payments and speculative trading, but it’s since evolved into much more and it’s thanks in no small part to Flare. Its DeFi network marks the most successful example to date of a non-native asset being revitalized on a secondary chain. Whereas other attempts at recreating DeFi for non-smart contact assets, such as BTC with “BTCfi,” have struggled to gain traction, XRPfi has found product-market fit. If Flare’s TVL can keep on rising, there’s every prospect of XRP following suit as users flock to acquire DeFi’s unlikely utility token.
The post Crypto News Today [Live] Updates On October 28 2025 appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
October 28, 2025 07:42:31 UTC
Market analysts are urging calm among XRP holders amid rising confusion in the community. According to recent analysis, XRP’s current mid-base channel movement suggests accumulation following its initial rally, with even the latest liquidation wick closing within range a sign of continued buyer interest. However, experts caution that consecutive closes below this channel could signal trouble, as a critical resonance line from past pivots sits just beneath. While upside potential remains, projections of $9 XRP are seen as highly optimistic, representing a 4.236 Fibonacci extension. Analysts recommend a laddered exit between $5–$10, emphasizing the need for a clear trading plan over speculation.
October 28, 2025 06:51:25 UTC
Economist Peter Schiff has criticized the conflicting narratives around the U.S. economy and monetary policy. In a post on X, Schiff pointed out that those claiming the economy is “booming” are simultaneously calling for the Federal Reserve to slash interest rates. He questioned the rationale behind cutting rates when inflation remains at least 50% above the Fed’s 2% target and is still rising, arguing that such actions contradict claims of economic strength
October 28, 2025 06:47:53 UTC
India has verified over 34 crore government documents on its National Blockchain Platform as of October 21, 2025 a major leap in digital governance. Launched under MeitY’s National Blockchain Framework (NBF) in 2024 with a ₹64.76 crore budget, it aims to enhance trust, transparency, and efficiency. Powered by the Vishvasya Blockchain Stack, the platform supports projects like Property Chain, Judiciary Chain, and Certificate Chain. Over 21,000 officials have been trained, with integrations across RBI, TRAI, and NSDL. India is embedding blockchain into governance, setting a global benchmark for digital trust and transparency.
October 28, 2025 06:47:53 UTC
Bitcoin spot ETFs recorded $149 million in net inflows on October 27 their third straight day of gains — signaling renewed investor confidence ahead of the Fed meeting. Ethereum spot ETFs also saw robust activity, attracting $134 million in net inflows with zero outflows across all nine funds. The consistent demand highlights growing institutional appetite for crypto exposure despite near-term market volatility.
October 28, 2025 06:47:53 UTC
According to data from Artemis, on-chain perpetuals protocol Lighter has outpaced Aster and Hyperliquid in daily trading volume for three consecutive days. As of October 26, Lighter’s daily trading volume hit $8.6 billion, while its open interest stood at $1.7 billion — still lower than its competitors. The surge in volume highlights Lighter’s growing traction among on-chain traders despite its relatively smaller open interest base.
October 28, 2025 06:43:48 UTC
Ahead of today’s Federal Reserve meeting, BlackRock has reportedly sold 17,400 BTC valued at over $2 billion — and continues to reduce its holdings every few hours. The timing has stirred market speculation, with traders debating whether the world’s largest asset manager is anticipating short-term volatility or positioning for a post-FOMC rebound. The sell-off comes just as Bitcoin hovers near the $115,000 mark amid broader market uncertainty.
October 28, 2025 05:59:15 UTC
Crypto analyst Michaël van de Poppe predicts a strong rebound for SEI as the altcoin retests a crucial support zone after its initial upward move. He notes that such retests are common in altcoin markets — where price builds strength before the next breakout. Van de Poppe expects SEI to consolidate before targeting around 500 sats, potentially delivering a 3–4x gain against Bitcoin over the next 2–4 months.
$SEI is at a strong support zone as it retests this level for support after its first run upwards.
— Michaël van de Poppe (@CryptoMichNL) October 27, 2025
This happens quite often on the #Altcoin markets.
Finding support –> bounce upwards, first resistance point, there's a sell-off as people want to get out of the position –>… pic.twitter.com/o1ulk840np
October 28, 2025 05:35:00 UTC
Bitcoin is showing renewed market confidence as it exits the “fear” zone in investor sentiment. The Crypto Fear & Greed Index climbed to a neutral score of 51 on Sunday, up 11 points from Saturday and more than 20 points higher than last week. This shift follows Bitcoin’s rebound to around $115,000 after weeks of caution triggered by Trump’s China tariff announcement. The sentiment turnaround signals a potential return of bullish momentum in the broader crypto market.
October 28, 2025 05:32:30 UTC
A strong start to the week has Bitcoin traders bracing for a possible short-term correction as the FOMC meeting approaches. Analysts suggest a retest of the $112,000 level could be healthy before the next leg up. With bullish momentum building, many expect Bitcoin to rebound quickly — potentially setting the stage for a new all-time high once the Fed’s rate decision is out.
October 28, 2025 05:19:59 UTC
Crypto markets kicked off the week on a bullish note, with Bitcoin briefly surpassing $116,000 and Ethereum climbing above $4,240 their highest levels in two weeks. The surge comes ahead of the FOMC meetings starting tomorrow, fueling speculation around potential policy cues. Adding to the optimism, renewed enthusiasm surrounding Trump’s Crypto Advisory Board has further boosted trader sentiment across major digital assets.
UK regulators are adopting a more lenient stance on crypto, opening the LSE to digital assets and easing proposed stablecoin limits for institutions.
Santiment analyst Brian Q said MegaETH may be seeing hype as it promises a blockchain that’s as quick and smooth as a regular app.
Elon Musk’s open-source AI-powered online encyclopedia, Grokipedia, presents itself as an alternative to Wikipedia.
Kalshi has sued New York’s gambling regulator, claiming the state is overreaching its authority by issuing a cease and desist order.
Venezuela’s reliance on stablecoins could deepen if the Trump administration acts on its war threat, further destabilizing the South American nation.
US Representative Ro Khanna is looking to introduce a bill to restrict all elected officials from trading stocks and crypto, citing conflicts of interest.
Chinese tech giants rushed to secure stablecoin licenses in Hong Kong after it adopted new laws, but Beijing has now stepped in, suspending these plans.
The post China halts Alibaba, JD.com’s stablecoin plans in HK: report appeared first on CoinGeek.
Beijing has become the first provincial-level region China with mandatory AI classes, while Open Campus secures $5M to enhance blockchain education.
The post Beijing leads China’s push for AI education in public schools appeared first on CoinGeek.
Institutional interest in Ethereum signals a shift towards integrating traditional finance with decentralized technologies, enhancing web3 adoption.
The post BlackRock Ethereum ETF purchases $72.5M in ETH appeared first on Crypto Briefing.
The surge in Strive's stock highlights growing investor confidence in Bitcoin-focused firms, potentially accelerating corporate crypto acquisitions.
The post Vivek Ramaswamy’s Strive stock pumps 49% after Mike Alfred confirms 1 million share stake appeared first on Crypto Briefing.
Institutional investments in Bitcoin by major asset managers like BlackRock may bolster confidence and drive future market growth.
The post BlackRock’s IBIT purchases $65M in Bitcoin appeared first on Crypto Briefing.
The Cardano weekly chart is still looking strongly bullish according to independent technician Charting Guy (@ChartingGuy on X) who resurfaced his long-running Fibonacci roadmap and channel study.
His latest post on X on October 26 noted that “ADA is fine as long as uptrend holds,” a view that is anchored in a multi-year rising channel that has contained price action since the 2018–2019 base. The channel features a lower rail now passing through roughly the $0.33–$0.35 area, a midline that has behaved as a recurring pivot since 2020, and overhead parallels that intersect with Fibonacci extension targets later in the cycle.
The chart history mapped on his visuals is orderly. The 2021–2022 bear trend, drawn as a steep descending line from the prior peak, ended into the channel’s lower support and resolved through a series of falling trendline breakouts during 2023 and early 2024. Since Q4 2023, the chart has shown a series of higher highs and higher lows. Currently, the ADA price is again guided by a falling trendline.
Everything in the layout revolves around the Fibonacci ladder. The retracement set on the right margin—derived from the 2021 peak to the cycle low—marks 0% at $0.23488, then $0.33360 (0.136), $0.43180 (0.236), $0.62932 (0.382), a mid-range 0.5 at $0.85, $1.15694 (0.618), $1.43911 (0.702), $1.78464 (0.786), $2.32189 (0.888), and $3.09981 (1.000). Above that stack, the cycle extensions are plotted at $6.25325 (1.272), $9.00941 (1.414) and $15.26831 (1.618).
Those numbers are consistent with how the analyst framed the market earlier in the year. On April 27 he wrote that “ADA fibs are very important here. The 0.618 is a STRONG resistance… the 0.382 MUST hold… neutral until one of these breaks on a weekly close.” That roadmap has aged intact.
Rallies through spring and summer repeatedly stalled in the 0.500–0.618 zone, with the 0.618 level at $1.15694 capping advances. Pullbacks, in turn, have found bids near the 0.382 pivot at $0.62932.
On September 18, after that rejection, he updated that “ADA higher low … higher high pending… still targeting 1.272 fib this cycle,” tying the price structure back to the extension grid. The implication is not casual moon-math; it is geometric. If ADA continues to defend the uptrend defined by the channel’s lower rail and, crucially, converts the 0.618 retracement at $1.15694 into support on weekly closes, the path reopens into the upper retracement shelf—$1.43911 at 0.702 and $1.78464 at 0.786—before confronting the 0.888 marker at $2.32189.
A yellow waypoint for a higher high (on the main chart) sits near ~$2.30, deliberately aligning with that 0.888 level to flag a logical checkpoint for the next impulsive leg beneath the full retrace at $3.09981.
Only beyond that zone does the headline question come into play. The analyst’s cycle objective is the 1.272 extension at $6.25325. On his canvas, that target is not an orphaned price label; it intersects with the upper parallels of the multi-year rising channel further out in time, which means the extension is technically consistent with the same structure that has governed ADA since the last cycle’s base.
The risk management side of the ledger remains equally explicit: lose the 0.382 at $0.62932 on a weekly closing basis and the neutral-to-constructive stance is impaired, pushing focus back to $0.43180 and $0.33360, with the 0% anchor at $0.23488 defining the absolute boundary of the cycle floor inside the channel’s lower third.
As the latest candles on the charts show, ADA sits mid-channel with the higher low confirmed and the range unresolved beneath descending trendline supply. The triggers are unchanged and numerically clear. A sustained weekly close above $1.15694 would validate an attempt toward $1.44, $1.78, and $2.32, with $3.10 the final retrace before extension math takes over.
A failure through $0.62932 would flatten the uptrend call. Between those guardrails, the analyst’s October 26 message reads less like bravado and more like a conditional statement embedded in the chart itself: Cardano can still reach $6.25 this cycle—but only if the uptrend continues to hold and the 0.618 ceiling finally gives way.
At press time, ADA traded at $0.67.
XRP price started a fresh increase above $2.50. The price is now showing positive signs and might rise further if it clears the $2.6880 resistance.
XRP price started a fresh increase after it settled above $2.40, like Bitcoin and Ethereum. The price surpassed the $2.420 and $2.50 resistance levels.
The bulls were able to push the price above $2.550 and $2.65. A high was formed at $2.6972 and the price is now consolidating gains above the 23.6% Fib retracement level of the recent move from the $2.327 swing low to the $2.6972 high.
The price is now trading below $2.60 and the 100-hourly Simple Moving Average. There is a bullish trend line forming with support at $2.60 on the hourly chart of the XRP/USD pair.
If there is a fresh upward move, the price might face resistance near the $2.650 level. The first major resistance is near the $2.6880 level, above which the price could rise and test $2.70. A clear move above the $2.70 resistance might send the price toward the $2.7650 resistance. Any more gains might send the price toward the $2.80 resistance. The next major hurdle for the bulls might be near $2.880.
If XRP fails to clear the $2.6880 resistance zone, it could start a fresh decline. Initial support on the downside is near the $2.60 level. The next major support is near the $2.5650 level.
If there is a downside break and a close below the $2.5650 level, the price might continue to decline toward $2.5120 or the 50% Fib retracement level of the recent move from the $2.327 swing low to the $2.6972 high. The next major support sits near the $2.4680 zone, below which the price could continue lower toward $2.420.
Technical Indicators
Hourly MACD – The MACD for XRP/USD is now losing pace in the bullish zone.
Hourly RSI (Relative Strength Index) – The RSI for XRP/USD is now above the 50 level.
Major Support Levels – $2.60 and $2.580.
Major Resistance Levels – $2.650 and $2.6880.
The XRP market is bracing for a new phase of intense volatility, with anticipation growing around key legal, regulatory, and institutional developments. Ripple CEO Brad Garlinghouse has recently addressed the XRP community, offering guidance and setting expectations for what is to come.
The cryptocurrency world is buzzing with increased anticipation for XRP, following a series of strategic announcements from Ripple and compelling technical analysis. Popular crypto news source CryptosRus has highlighted on X that the altcoin is poised for a sharp move, as Ripple CEO Brad Garlinghouse has mentioned that investors should be prepared for a substantial shift.
At the core of this move, Ripple has just launched Ripple Prime, a new global prime brokerage service tailored for institutional clients. According to the company, Ripple Prime will be powered by Ripple’s foundational digital asset infrastructure, encompassing its robust solutions for payments, crypto custody, and stablecoin capabilities, alongside XRP.
However, CEO Brad Garlinghouse called this move another step toward building the internet of value, emphasizing that the XRP sits at the center of everything Ripple does. CryptosRus noted that the altcoin has recently bounced off a key support level at $2.33. This technical indicator is signaling a potential 30% rally, with an initial target of $3.45 or even higher, as market momentum continues to build.
An analyst known as TylerHillYT, who is also the president of FluenceGlobal and Co-Founder of the CSS, has also stated that the XRP price comeback is showing structural strength. In just a day, the token burn rate spiked 29%, mirroring its 29% price surge, signaling a synchronized increase in both on-chain demand and heightened investor activity.
This Ripple’s deeper expansion into traditional finance and the recent launch of Ripple Prime have caused the network usage to ramp up again. TylerHillYT emphasized that at the accelerated pace, XRP is not just riding a wave of market momentum, but it’s rebuilding its long-term narrative. However, the burn acceleration with renewed institutional traction could be the early signs of a sustained upward trajectory, pushing the token structurally toward the $3.00 mark.
While the digital asset market is vibrating with renewed excitement surrounding XRP, a prominent crypto influencer and creator on Binance and CMC, Jack, has revealed that the bulls have firmly smashed through the critical $2.55 resistance level with conviction. This decisive breakout has now set the immediate sights of traders on $2.80 and beyond.
Jack mentioned that whale activity is back, and the Open Interest (OI) is climbing steadily, while sentiment is flipping fast. If this powerful momentum holds, the next significant pit stop for XRP could be the $3.00 mark and beyond.
Ethereum price started a decent increase above $4,000. ETH is consolidating gains and could aim for more gains above the $4,220 resistance.
Ethereum price started a steady upward move above the $3,880 zone, like Bitcoin. ETH price surpassed the $4,000 and $4,120 levels to enter a short-term positive zone.
The price even spiked above $4,200. A high was formed at $4,252 and the price is now consolidating gains. There was a minor decline below the 23.6% Fib retracement level of the recent wave from the $3,708 swing low to the $4,252 high.
Ethereum price is now trading above $4,080 and the 100-hourly Simple Moving Average. Besides, there is a bullish trend line forming with support at $4,055 on the hourly chart of ETH/USD.
On the upside, the price could face resistance near the $4,180 level. The next key resistance is near the $4,200 level. The first major resistance is near the $4,250 level. A clear move above the $4,250 resistance might send the price toward the $4,320 resistance. An upside break above the $4,320 region might call for more gains in the coming sessions. In the stated case, Ether could rise toward the $4,480 resistance zone or even $4,500 in the near term.
If Ethereum fails to clear the $4,200 resistance, it could start a fresh decline. Initial support on the downside is near the $4,080 level. The first major support sits near the $4,050 zone and the trend line.
A clear move below the $4,050 support might push the price toward the $3,980 support or the 50% Fib retracement level of the recent wave from the $3,708 swing low to the $4,252 high. Any more losses might send the price toward the $3,840 region in the near term. The next key support sits at $3,780.
Technical Indicators
Hourly MACD – The MACD for ETH/USD is losing momentum in the bullish zone.
Hourly RSI – The RSI for ETH/USD is now below the 50 zone.
Major Support Level – $4,050
Major Resistance Level – $4,200
Bitcoin edged higher on Sunday as signs of easing US-China trade tensions lifted risk assets, while Strategy’s founder hinted the company kept adding to its Bitcoin holdings.
Michael Saylor posted a chart on October 26 that uses orange dots to mark recent purchases. The visual cue has become his shorthand for new buys.
Based on reports, Strategy added 387 BTC between October 13 and October 20, bringing its total to 640,418 BTC. That number is striking on its own. It shows a steady, deliberate approach to buying even when prices are volatile.
Strategy’s disclosed average cost for its Bitcoin stands at $74,010. The company’s moves lately have been small compared with September, when it took in more than 7,000 BTC across several large transactions. The size of any fresh purchases this week has not been publicly revealed.
At the same time, Bitcoin’s market moves were influenced by broader news. The price of Bitcoin rose about 1.6% on Sunday, while Ethereum gained roughly 2.8%. Short-term swings appear driven more by headlines than by a single company’s actions.
It’s Orange Dot Day. pic.twitter.com/5FSGmxwoNS
— Michael Saylor (@saylor) October 26, 2025
Based on reports, at prices a little over $115,000 per BTC, Strategy’s Bitcoin stash is valued at around $72 billion. That valuation implies a paper gain of more than $25 billion over a total cost basis of about $47.4 billion since the program began in 2020.
Reports have logged 83 separate purchase events in that time, a pattern that has left investors with a clear view of the firm’s playbook: buy repeatedly and report afterward.
Some of the buying was concentrated in September, when the firm added thousands of coins in a few large moves. Recently, however, allocations have looked smaller and more frequent. That shift suggests a preference for steady accumulation rather than single big bets.
Buying Behavior And Market Response
Strategy shares have been trading above the company’s net asset value. That fact suggests investors are comfortable owning MSTR as a way to gain Bitcoin exposure without buying the token directly. The company’s method — announce purchases after the fact and let the market reflect the holdings — has been consistent and predictable.
Geopolitical Headlines Drive VolatilityMeanwhile, officials from the US and China signaled progress in trade talks, and that helped calm some investors. According to reports, Scott Bessent told CBS News he expected the threat of 100% tariffs and an immediate export control regime to have receded.
Earlier in October, China announced tighter limits on rare earth exports used in chip manufacturing. On October 11, US President Donald Trump said he would impose an additional 100% tariff on Chinese goods and planned export controls on certain software to take effect on November 1.
Those days of sharp rhetoric caused heavy losses across markets and triggered one of the largest liquidation events in crypto this year.
Featured image from Gemini, chart from TradingView
Bitcoin price is consolidating gains above $113,500. BTC could rise further if there is a clear move above the $115,750 resistance.
Bitcoin price formed a base and started a fresh increase above the $112,500 zone. BTC gained pace for a move above the main hurdle at $113,500.
It opened the doors for a move above $115,000 and the 100 hourly Simple moving average. Finally, the price spiked above $116,000 and is currently consolidating gains above the 23.6% Fib retracement level of the recent wave from the $106,718 swing low to the $116,309 high.
Besides, there is a bullish trend line forming with support at $113,900 on the hourly chart of the BTC/USD pair. Bitcoin is now trading above $114,000 and the 100 hourly Simple moving average.
Immediate resistance on the upside is near the $115,000 level. The first key resistance is near the $115,500 level. The next resistance could be $115,750. A close above the $115,750 resistance might send the price further higher. In the stated case, the price could rise and test the $116,300 resistance. Any more gains might send the price toward the $117,500 level. The next barrier for the bulls could be $118,000.
If Bitcoin fails to rise above the $115,500 resistance zone, it could start a fresh decline. Immediate support is near the $114,000 level. The first major support is near the $113,500 level or the trend line.
The next support is now near the $111,000 zone. Any more losses might send the price toward the $110,500 support in the near term. The main support sits at $108,500, below which BTC might struggle to recover in the short term.
Technical indicators:
Hourly MACD – The MACD is now gaining pace in the bullish zone.
Hourly RSI (Relative Strength Index) – The RSI for BTC/USD is now above the 50 level.
Major Support Levels – $114,000, followed by $113,500.
Major Resistance Levels – $115,500 and $116,500.
Data shows cryptocurrency short investors have suffered large liquidations during the past day as Bitcoin and altcoins have made a recovery.
Bitcoin and other cryptocurrencies have witnessed a rally during the past day, breaking away from the slump the market had earlier fallen into. At the height of this surge, Bitcoin broke past $116,000, while Ethereum touched $4,250.
The assets have since seen a small retracement. The chart below shows how BTC’s latest trajectory has looked.
At its current price of $115,400, Bitcoin is up about 4% on the weekly timeframe. Similarly, Ethereum at $4,160 is in a profit of 3.4%. Most other digital assets have seen similarly positive returns, although there are some outliers like Tron, which is down more than 7%. The market-wide recovery during the past day has meant that a large amount of short liquidations have piled up on the derivatives exchanges.
According to data from CoinGlass, about $467 million in cryptocurrency-related derivatives contracts have been liquidated over the last 24 hours. A contract is said to be “liquidated” when its platform forcibly shuts it down after it accumulates losses of a certain degree (as defined by the exchange).
Given that coins across the board have rebounded, the contracts crossing this threshold would mostly be the short ones. And indeed, the data would confirm so.
As is visible above, liquidations related to bearish cryptocurrency bets have reached $358 million in this window, representing 76.6% of the total flush in the sector. Bitcoin led the liquidations with $177 million in contracts involved, while Ethereum contributed the second most with $130 million in contracts. Out of the rest, Solana witnessed the largest flush at $34 million.
In some other news, Bitcoin spot exchange-traded funds (ETFs) have observed a notable amount of inflows over the past month, as CryptoQuant community analyst Maartunn has pointed out in an X post.
Spot ETFs refer to investment vehicles that allow investors to gain exposure to an asset without having to directly own it. The US SEC approved BTC spot ETFs in January of 2024. Here is the chart shared by the analyst that shows how the 30-day netflow for these vehicles has fluctuated since:
As displayed in the above graph, Bitcoin spot ETFs have seen inflows of $4.7 billion during the past month. Ethereum spot ETFs, which gained approval in mid-2024, have also enjoyed inflows in this period, although their value of $983 million is significantly less than BTC’s.
Why did the crypto investor bring a ladder to the exchange? Because the next big meme coin was ready to “scale” new heights! Meme coins have transformed from internet jokes into serious investment opportunities. Recent market surges highlight BullZilla, SPX6900, and Shiba Inu, each establishing a unique position. Investors now focus on projects offering structured growth, strong community support, and real utility, combining excitement with tangible market potential. These top meme coins exemplify the dynamic opportunities in today’s evolving crypto World.
BullZilla ($BZIL) stands out as a promising meme coin. Its phased presale, scarcity-driven tokenomics, and staking incentives have drawn significant investor attention. Over 3,300 holders and 31 billion tokens sold reflect strong early engagement. With mechanisms fostering scarcity, community growth, and structured ROI, BullZilla merges hype with utility. Early participants can benefit from high returns while supporting a sustainable project. This combination positions BullZilla as a leading contender among the top 100x meme coin presales with potential in 2025.
SPX6900 ($SPX) has firmly established itself as a key player in the meme coin market. Currently priced at $1.12, it boasts a market capitalization exceeding $1 billion and a 24-hour trading volume of about $47 million. With more than 215,000 holders, SPX6900 reflects increasing investor confidence and growing market interest. Its evolution from a niche token into a billion-dollar asset demonstrates how strong community engagement, strategic development, and consistent updates can enhance value and ensure long-term relevance.
SPX6900’s growth stems from active community engagement, strategic partnerships, and regular development updates. These factors foster investor trust, enhance market visibility, and create momentum, helping SPX6900 stand out in the increasingly competitive meme coin World.
Compared to many meme coins, SPX6900 emphasizes utility, structured development, and long-term growth strategies. This approach differentiates it from purely speculative tokens, attracting investors seeking credibility, sustained value, and potential for lasting market relevance.
BullZilla ($BZIL) is rapidly emerging as a top 100x meme coin presale in 2025. Currently in Stage 8 of its presale, $BZIL trades at $0.00019906, with over $980k raised and 31 billion tokens sold. Its growing community of more than 3,300 holders reflects strong investor confidence. Early participants may achieve an ROI of 2,548.15% from Stage 8B to the listing price, highlighting BullZilla’s structured presale as a high-growth opportunity for investors seeking substantial returns in the competitive meme coin market.
A $1,000 investment today secures approximately 5.023 million $BZIL tokens, with Stage 8C anticipating a price increase to $0.00020573. Strategic features, including staking, referral rewards, and token burns, reinforce scarcity and long-term growth. BullZilla’s strong presale performance, active community engagement, and innovative tokenomics combine to create one of the most promising top 100x meme coin presales. For investors seeking high-return opportunities in 2025, BullZilla offers a structured, high-growth project with significant potential in the competitive crypto World.
Joining the BullZilla presale is simple and secure. Investors can visit the official BullZilla website to access step-by-step instructions for purchasing $BZIL tokens. The platform is designed for both beginners and experienced crypto enthusiasts, ensuring smooth transactions. Participants can fund their wallets, select the desired token amount, and confirm their purchase quickly. This streamlined process reduces errors and increases confidence for first-time presale participants, creating a seamless investment experience while supporting the growing BullZilla community.
BullZilla’s HODL Furnace allows token holders to stake their $BZIL for rewards, enhancing long-term investment value. By locking tokens, participants contribute to market stability while earning additional tokens as incentives. Staking reduces circulating supply, which can positively influence token value. This mechanism combines financial benefit with community engagement, encouraging investors to remain committed. Full staking instructions and potential earnings are outlined, making it straightforward for holders to maximize their returns while supporting the project’s growth.
Presale tokens might not appear immediately due to network delays or wallet synchronization issues. It’s recommended to wait a few hours and, if necessary, contact the project’s official support channels for guidance and confirmation.
Official channels usually feature verified badges, consistent branding, and links from the project’s website. Avoid channels with minor name differences, unusual activity, or lack of verification, and always cross-check announcements with official sources before acting.
Presales allow early access to tokens at discounted rates, offering potential high returns if the project succeeds. While the upside can be significant, participants should understand risks, project credibility, and market volatility before investing.
Shiba Inu ($SHIB) continues to dominate the meme coin market. Currently priced at $0.00001050, it has a market capitalization of $6.18 billion and a 24-hour trading volume of $173.8 million. With over 2.87 million holders, SHIB maintains its leading position through strong community engagement and strategic ecosystem developments. Consistent updates, partnerships, and utility-focused projects help preserve investor confidence, ensuring liquidity and long-term relevance while balancing meme coin hype with tangible market growth and adoption.
Shiba Inu’s lasting popularity is driven by its dedicated community, consistent ecosystem updates, and strategic partnerships. These efforts ensure ongoing engagement, media attention, and investor confidence, helping SHIB maintain relevance and a strong position within the competitive meme coin market.
Despite rising competition from new meme coins, Shiba Inu maintains a strong market presence. Its extensive holder base, active community, and continuous development initiatives help SHIB outperform many rivals in terms of liquidity, visibility, and overall adoption.
Recent market activity highlights the continued relevance of meme coins. SPX6900 demonstrates steady growth with strong adoption, while Shiba Inu maintains its massive community and high market cap. Amid these developments, BullZilla’s presale performance, unique tokenomics, and community-driven incentives stand out. Investors participating in BullZilla now benefit from projected high ROI, scarcity mechanisms, and staking rewards. Its combination of hype, utility, and strategy positions it as a leading contender in the top 100x meme coin presales category, capturing both attention and investment potential.
BullZilla showcases how well-structured presales drive early participation and long-term engagement. Mechanisms like the HODL Furnace and Roarblood Vault incentivize investors to contribute actively while ensuring growth sustainability. With over 3,300 holders, $980k raised, and projections exceeding 2,500% ROI, BullZilla presents a tangible, exciting opportunity for investors seeking to maximize returns in the current market World. Strategic involvement now can create substantial rewards as the token launches and the community expands.
Secure your stake now – join over 3,300 early investors and claim millions of $BZIL tokens before the next surge.
This article is for informational purposes only and does not constitute financial advice. Readers should conduct their own research before investing in any cryptocurrency or presale project.
Read More: Maximize Your Returns: BullZilla Dominates as the Top 100x Meme Coin Presale in 2025 While SPX6900 and Shiba Inu Gain Momentum">Maximize Your Returns: BullZilla Dominates as the Top 100x Meme Coin Presale in 2025 While SPX6900 and Shiba Inu Gain Momentum
Cybersecurity in 2025 is not just the ability to ensure that hackers stay away. It is about securing massive networks, confidential data and millions of online interactions daily that make businesses alive. The world has never been more connected through global enterprise systems and that translates to more entry points to intruders. The 2025 Cost of a Data Breach Report by IBM states that the average breach now costs an organization and its visitors an average of 5.6 million dollars or approximately 15 percent more than it was only two years ago in 2023. That is a definite sign of one thing, that is, traditional methodologies are no longer enough.
This is where the blockchain-based cybersecurity protocols are starting gaining attention. Originally serving as the basis of cryptocurrencies, blockchain is becoming one of the most powerful barriers to enterprise systems. Blockchain is equally powerful in the cybersecurity domain because of the same characteristics that render it the optimal choice in the digital currency industry, transparency, decentralization, and immutability of data.
In this article, we shall endeavor to articulate clearly how blockchain will play its role in security to the large organizations. We are going to cover some of the definitions in the field of cybersecurity that will relate to blockchain, why cybersecurity is becoming such a large portion of 2025, and how it will be used by organizations to mitigate cybersecurity threats.
Blockchain can sound like a complicated word. But in simple terms, it means a digital record book that no one can secretly change. All transactions or actions recorded are checked and stored by many different computers at the same time. Even though one computer may be compromised, the “truth” is still safe among the other stored copies.
This is great for organizations. Large organizations run massive IT systems that have thousands of users, partners, and vendors accessing data. They hold financial records, customer data, supply chain documents, etc. If a hacker gets access to a centralized database, they can change or steal the information very easily. But with a blockchain, the control is distributed across the network, making it much harder for a hacker, especially in large organizations.
In a blockchain cybersecurity model, data can be broken into blocks and shared across the network of nodes (virtual), where the nodes will verify the data before being added to the blockchain. Once added, it is not possible to delete or modify it in secret. This makes it perfect for applications that require audit trails, integrity and identity management.
While blockchain is not an alternative to firewalls or antivirus software, it offers additional security similar to the solid base of a trusted solution that assures the data cannot be modified in secret. For example, a company could use blockchain to record every employee login and file access. If a hacker tries to fake an entry, the other nodes will notice the mismatch immediately.
In 2025, there have already been digital attacks that have never been witnessed. In another instance, Microsoft declared in April 2025 that over 160,000 ransomware assaults took place every day, a rise of 40 percent compared to 2024. In the meantime, Gartner predicts that almost 68 percent of large enterprises will include blockchain as part of its security architecture by 2026.
Businesses are seeking blockchain since it eliminates a significant amount of historic burdens of possessing a digital security feature. The conventional cybersecurity functionality is based on a central database and central administrator. This implies that; in case the central administrator is compromised, the whole system may be compromised. Blockchain is not operated in this manner. No single central administrator can change or manipulate records in secrecy.
Here is a simple comparison that shows why many enterprises are shifting to blockchain-based protocols:
| Feature | Traditional Cybersecurity | Blockchain-Based Cybersecurity |
| Data integrity | Centralized logs that can be changed | Distributed ledger, tamper-proof |
| Single point of failure | High risk if central server is hacked | Very low, multiple verifying nodes |
| Audit trail | Often incomplete | Transparent, immutable record |
| Deployment complexity | Easier setup but limited trust | Needs expertise but stronger trust |
| Cost trend (2025) | Rising due to more threats | Falling with automation and shared ledgers |
As global regulations get tighter, enterprises also need systems that can prove they followed rules correctly. For instance, the European Union’s Digital Resilience Act of 2025 now requires financial firms to keep verifiable digital audit trails. Blockchain helps meet such requirements automatically because every transaction is recorded forever.
Another major reason is insider threats. In a 2025 Verizon Data Breach Report, 27 percent of all corporate breaches came from inside the company. Blockchain helps fix this problem by giving everyone a transparent log of who did what and when.
There are two main types of blockchains – permissionless and permissioned. A permissionless blockchain provides access to anyone publicly, for example, Bitcoin or Ethereum. A permissioned blockchain is typically used internally to an organization that only provides access to users with permission. Many enterprises tend to favor permissioned chains because of the security, compliance, and data control.
Let’s take a look at some of the form classes of blockchain technologies that are being used in enterprise cybersecurity today.
Smart contracts are programs that automatically run on the blockchain. A smart contract can execute the rules that are coded in the contract without an administrator needing to take action. For example, the smart contract would not permit an unauthorized user to access the information until an authorized digital key is used. The benefit of smart contracts is that they remove the human from the access granting process as a result limiting human error.
Traditional identity systems use central databases, which can be hacked or misused. Blockchain makes identity management decentralized. Each employee or partner gets a cryptographic identity stored on the blockchain. Access permissions can be verified instantly without sending personal data across multiple systems.
Many enterprises face the same types of threats, but they rarely share that information in real time. Blockchain allows companies to share verified threat data securely without exposing sensitive details. IBM’s 2025 Enterprise Security Survey found that blockchain-based information sharing cut response time to new cyber attacks by 32 percent across participating companies.
| Protocol / Technology | Use Case in Enterprise Security | Main Benefit |
| Permissioned Blockchain | Secure internal records and data sharing | Controlled access with strong audit trail |
| Smart Contracts | Automated compliance and access control | No manual errors or delays |
| Blockchain-IoT Networks | Secure connected devices in factories | Device trust and tamper detection |
| Decentralized IAM Systems | Employee verification and login | Reduces credential theft |
| Threat Intelligence Ledger | Global cyber threat data sharing | Real-time awareness and faster defense |
Designing a blockchain-based security system takes planning. Enterprises must figure out where blockchain fits best in their cybersecurity setup. It should not replace every system, but rather add strength to the areas that need higher trust, like logs, identity, and access.
A good plan usually moves in stages.
Enterprises first need to check their current cybersecurity setup. Some already have strong monitoring systems and access control, others still depend on older tools. Blockchain works best when the company already understands where its weak spots are.
Blockchain does not manage itself. There must be rules about who can join the chain, who can approve updates, and how audits are done. Governance is very important here. If governance is weak, even a strong blockchain system can become unreliable.
Enterprises use many other systems like cloud services, databases, and IoT devices. The blockchain layer must work with all of them. This is where APIs and middleware tools come in. They connect the blockchain with normal IT tools.
Once deployed, the new blockchain protocol should be tested under real conditions. Security teams need to simulate attacks and watch how the system reacts. Regular audits should be done to check smart contracts and node performance.
Here is a table that explains the general process:
| Phase | Key Tasks | Important Considerations |
| Phase 1: Planning | Identify data and assets that need blockchain protection | Check data sensitivity and regulations |
| Phase 2: Design | Choose blockchain type and create smart contracts | Think about scalability and vendor risk |
| Phase 3: Deployment | Install nodes and connect to IT systems | Staff training and system testing |
| Phase 4: Monitoring | Watch logs and performance on the chain | Make sure data is synced and secure |
The companies that succeed in deploying blockchain for cybersecurity often start small. They begin with one department, like finance or HR, and then expand after proving the results. This gradual rollout helps avoid big technical shocks.
By 2025, many global companies already started to use blockchain to protect data. For example, Walmart uses blockchain to secure its supply chain data and verify product origins. Siemens Energy uses blockchain to protect industrial control systems and detect fake device signals. Mastercard has been developing a blockchain framework to manage digital identities and reduce fraud in payment systems.
These real-world examples show how blockchain protocols are not just theory anymore. They are working tools.
| Use Case | Industry | Benefits of Blockchain Security |
| Digital Identity Verification | Finance / Insurance | Lower identity theft and fraud |
| Supply Chain Data Integrity | Retail / Manufacturing | Prevents tampered records and improves traceability |
| IIoT Device Authentication | Industrial / Utilities | Protects machine-to-machine communication |
| Secure Document Exchange | Legal / Healthcare | Reduces leaks of private data |
| Inter-Company Audits | Banking / IT | Enables transparent, shared audit logs |
Each of these use cases solves a specific pain point that traditional security tools struggled with for years. For instance, in industrial IoT networks, devices often communicate without human supervision. Hackers can easily fake a signal and trick systems. Blockchain creates a shared log of all signals and commands. That means even if one device sends false data, others will immediately see the mismatch and stop it from spreading.
In the financial sector, blockchain-based identity systems are helping banks reduce fraudulent applications. A shared digital identity ledger means once a person’s ID is verified by one institution, others can trust it without redoing all checks. This saves both time and cost while improving customer security.
Even though blockchain adds strong layers of protection, it also comes with some new problems. Enterprises must be careful during deployment. Many companies in 2025 found that using blockchain for cybersecurity is not as simple as turning on a switch. It needs planning, training, and coordination.
One of the biggest challenges is integration with older systems. Many large organizations still run software from ten or even fifteen years ago. These systems were never built to connect with distributed ledgers. So when blockchain is added on top, it can create technical issues or data delays.
Another major issue is governance. A blockchain network has many participants. If there is no clear structure on who approves transactions or who maintains the nodes, it can quickly become messy. Without good governance, even the most secure network can fail.
Smart contracts also come with code vulnerabilities. In 2024, over $2.1 billion was lost globally due to faulty or hacked smart contracts (Chainalysis 2025 report). A single programming error can create an entry point for attackers.
Then there is regulation. Legislations regarding blockchain are in their infancy. To illustrate, the National Data Security Framework 2025, which was launched in the U.S., has new reporting requirements of decentralized systems. Now enterprises have to demonstrate the flow of data in their blockchain networks.
Lastly, another threat is quantum computing. The cryptographic systems in the present could soon be broken by quantum algorithms. Although big-scale quantum attack is not occurring as yet, cybersecurity professionals already advise the implementation of post-quantum cryptography within blockchain applications.
Blockchain-based cybersecurity will transform the process of enterprise defense in the digital environment. In a blockchain, trust is encouraged by all members in the network where an organization usually depends on one system or administrator (or both) to keep the trust intact. It might not be short-term and might not be cost effective but it will be long term. In 2025, blockchain will be an enterprise security bargain, providing audit trails that are immutable, decentralized control, secure identities and more rapid breach detection.
Forward-looking organizations will have carbon floor plans, but they will also balance blockchain with Ai and quantum-resistant encryption techniques with conventional security layers. Our focus is not on replacing cybersecurity systems, but on strengthening cybersecurity systems with trustless verification outside of striking distance. In 2025, that is essential as hackers will make attacks and espionage more complex than ever, while blockchain offers something reliable and powerful, transparency that cannot be faked.
Blockchain keeps records in a shared digital ledger that no one can secretly change. It verifies every action through many computers, which makes data harder to tamper with.
At first, they can be costly because they require integration and new software. But over time, costs drop since there are fewer breaches and less manual auditing.
Blockchain prevents tampering and records all activity. If an attacker tries to change a file, the blockchain record shows the exact time and user. It also helps restore clean versions faster.
Yes, but large enterprises benefit the most because they manage complex supply chains and sensitive data. Smaller firms can use simpler blockchain tools for data logging or document verification.
Financial services, manufacturing, healthcare, and logistics are leading in 2025. These industries need strong auditability and traceable data protection.
Blockchain: A decentralized record-keeping system that stores data in blocks linked chronologically.
Smart Contract: Code on a blockchain that runs automatically when certain rules are met.
Node: A computer that helps verify transactions in a blockchain network.
Permissioned Blockchain: A private blockchain where only approved members can join.
Decentralization: Distribution of control among many nodes instead of one central authority.
Immutable Ledger: A record that cannot be changed once added to the blockchain.
Quantum-Resistant Cryptography: Encryption designed to withstand attacks from quantum computers.
Threat Intelligence Ledger: A blockchain system for sharing verified cyber threat data across organizations.
By 2025, blockchain has become a serious tool for cybersecurity in enterprises. From supply chain tracking to digital identity management, it helps companies create trust that cannot be faked. It records every change in a transparent and permanent way, reducing insider risk and external manipulation.
However, blockchain should not replace existing cybersecurity layers. It should work alongside traditional systems, adding trust where it was missing before. As businesses prepare for more advanced digital threats, blockchain stands out as one of the best answers, a shared truth system that protects data even when everything else fails.
Read More: Blockchain-Based Cybersecurity Protocols for Enterprises: A Complete 2025 Guide">Blockchain-Based Cybersecurity Protocols for Enterprises: A Complete 2025 Guide
The post XRP Left Behind Again as Solana, Hedera, and Litecoin ETFs Set To Go Live Tomorrow appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
In a surprising turn of events, spot ETFs for Litecoin (LTC) and Hedera (HBAR) are now officially effective and will begin trading on NASDAQ tomorrow, according to Canary Funds CEO Steven McClurg. Litecoin and Hedera are the next two token ETFs to go effective after Ethereum, and Canary Funds has confirmed their launch tomorrow.
Additionally, Bloomberg’s Senior ETF Analyst Eric Balchunas confirmed that the NYSE has certified the 8-A filings for multiple crypto ETFs, including Bitwise’s spot Solana ETF (SOL) and Grayscale’s GSOL, which will convert on Wednesday.
He said that the Exchange has posted listing notices for Bitwise Solana, Canary Litecoin, and Canary HBAR to launch tomorrow, and Grayscale Solana to convert the day after. Unless there is last-minute SEC intervention, the launches are moving forward.
This set of ETF approvals has raised questions about how such progress is possible during the ongoing U.S. government shutdown. Journalist Eleanor Terrett explained that certain legal provisions allow ETFs to move forward without active SEC oversight.
Under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Form 8-A filing formally registers ETF shares for exchange trading, while the S-1 filing registers them under the Securities Act of 1933.
The NYSE certified all relevant 8-A filings this morning, marking the final procedural step before trading begins. As for the S-1s, issuers included language allowing their registration statements to automatically go effective 20 days after filing, bypassing the need for manual SEC approval.
This mechanism means ETFs can legally go live even when the SEC staff is unavailable, allowing launches to continue uninterrupted despite the shutdown.
However, not every digital asset community is celebrating.
While the crypto market welcomes new ETF launches, XRP investors are once again left behind. Legal expert Bill Morgan noted that delays around XRP have become a recurring theme and that the asset continues to be excluded from major developments.
I had a strong feeling XRP Spot ETFs would not be next. There are always delays when it comes to XRP. Always held back. https://t.co/7Vhzi6Cesv
— bill morgan (@Belisarius2020) October 27, 2025
He also said that XRP’s price generally mirrors Bitcoin’s movements, explaining that even multiple ETF approvals would not necessarily drive the token higher if Bitcoin were to fall.
AI and blockchain executives have shared their thoughts and concerns as AI agents take a step closer to potentially controlling one’s crypto wallets.
Crypto treasury companies tightened their purse strings after the Oct. 10 market crash, with one exception, said Coinbase’s David Duong.
S&P Global Ratings said Strategy’s high Bitcoin concentration and low US dollar liquidity, among other factors, are weaknesses for the firm.
Young Filipino innovators shine at Byte Forward Hackathon 2025, creating digital solutions and proving the nation's tech talent can shape a better future.
The post Innovative filipino minds drive digital progress during the 51st Philippine Business Conference and Expo appeared first on CoinGeek.
Bitcoin’s recent liquidity flush has stirred volatility across the market, leaving traders cautious as Ethereum shows signs of a potential recovery. While BTC struggles to stabilize after clearing key liquidity levels, ETH is attempting to reclaim crucial resistance, setting the stage for what could be the next major directional move in the crypto market.
Can Özsüer, in his latest BTC 1H Current Chart update shared on X, highlighted that the hourly chart of Bitcoin shows little to no bullish reflection at the moment. He pointed out that market sentiment has weakened, particularly after the $116,000 liquidity zone was cleared, which further dampened the outlook across the broader crypto market.
According to Özsüer, the overall setup remains fragile, and taking scalp long positions in such conditions could be risky until a clearer reversal structure begins to form. Özsüer identified the $111,000 level as a potential zone for an initial reaction buy, suggesting that some short-term support could emerge around this point. However, he cautioned that if this level fails to hold, Bitcoin could experience a sharper decline toward the trendline support near $109,000.
He further advised that traders should construct their strategies carefully, focusing on the zones within what he referred to as “box number 1.” This area could provide a technical framework for identifying potential entry points and managing risk effectively.
To conclude, Özsüer noted that the cleanest and safest approach would be to align trading plans around optimal price levels while ensuring that positions remain protected above the defined support structure.
While Bitcoin faces a potential drawdown, crypto analyst Ted Pillows revealed that ETH is currently engaged in a critical fight to reclaim the $4,200 resistance zone. The success of this immediate technical battle is crucial, as it will determine the asset’s trajectory in the days to come.
Ted pillows outlined the condition for a continuation of the rally; if Ethereum is able to decisively reclaim and hold the $4,200 level, traders should “expect more bullish continuation.” Conquering this resistance would likely signal a clear path to the next higher price targets.
Conversely, should ETH fail to secure the $4,200 zone, the price will likely retreat. The analyst predicts that this failure would trigger a necessary retest of the $4,000 level before the market can attempt any further upward moves, indicating that $4,000 acts as the crucial defense line against a deeper correction.
Zcash (ZEC) has exploded in value past $350, clearing its 2021 high and igniting a wave of renewed optimism across the digital assets ecosystem. A surge in demand tied to privacy, cross-chain integration and bold market calls are pushing ZEC into the spotlight.
Related Reading: $10K Is Coming: Arthur Hayes’ Zcash ‘Vibe Check’ Sparks 30% Moonshot
Zcash’s recent rally is nothing short of dramatic. In the past month, ZEC’s price surged roughly 380 % and smashed through its May 2021 closing level of around US$319.
This breakout has drawn fresh attention to the coin’s core value proposition, transaction anonymity, at a time when regulatory scrutiny and surveillance concerns are rising globally.
Adding fuel to the fire, Arthur Hayes, co-founder and former CEO of BitMEX, publicly predicted that ZEC could ultimately reach US$10,000. Markets responded swiftly; within 24 hours of Hayes’s “vibe check” post on X, ZEC jumped over 30 %. The privacy-coin resurgence appears well underway.
Meanwhile, technical analysts argue the rise is more than hype. ZEC’s chart now showcases breakout patterns, rising volumes, and a shift in smart-money positioning. However, caution remains. Many analysts note that although the price is reflecting a strong narrative, actual usage of shielded transactions remains limited.
Behind the price action lies concrete ecosystem development. Zcash integration into other chains, such as its wrapped version on Solana, is reviving interest, while new solutions seek to restore ZEC’s full privacy features across cross-chain networks.
For example, the project Encifher is enabling encrypted versions of ZEC (eZEC) using fully homomorphic encryption on Solana so that users can transact privately while still engaging with DeFi.
Other catalysts include the anticipated halving event, which is due to cut miner rewards in mid-November, tightening supply. Added to that, institutional frameworks such as the debut of a trust vehicle for ZEC are reportedly expanding exposure. All told, these structural shifts support the narrative.
Related Reading: Forget Inflation: Bitcoin Rallies When The Dollar Falls, Study Finds
Nevertheless, even with infrastructure rising, the risk remains that price is racing ahead of real adoption. Analysts warn of a “sell the news” scenario if new integrations or usage metrics fail to materialize.
Cover image from ChatGPT, ZECUSD chart from Tradingview
Bitcoin (BTC) is showing renewed strength, reclaiming the $115,000 level after weeks of volatility and uncertainty. Bulls are attempting to build momentum for a potential impulse move higher, aiming to confirm a sustained bullish structure after the recent consolidation phase.
On-chain data continues to reveal a clear and repeating pattern tied to investor behavior and market cycles. Historically, when the percentage of Bitcoin supply in profit climbs above 95%, the market tends to enter an overheated phase, often leading to sharp corrections. These pullbacks serve as natural cooling periods, resetting sentiment and liquidity before the next major leg up.
Interestingly, each correction cycle has shown consistent bottoming zones around the 75% threshold, where long-term holders reaccumulate and market confidence begins to rebuild. More specifically, data highlights profit supply lows of 73% in September 2024, 76% in April 2024, and a recent rebound from 81%, signaling a potential mid-cycle recovery phase.
Bitcoin Supply in Profit Rises to 83.6% — Momentum Rebuilds Ahead of Key ThresholdAccording to top analyst Darkfost, the percentage of Bitcoin supply in profit has started to climb again, currently standing at 83.6%. This steady rise indicates that a growing share of Bitcoin holders are once again sitting on unrealized gains — a trend that often reflects improving sentiment and renewed market confidence.
Darkfost notes that this level can be interpreted as encouraging, suggesting that investors are willing to hold their BTC instead of realizing profits, anticipating further upside in the near term. Historically, such behavior has been characteristic of mid-cycle recovery phases, when fear starts to fade and accumulation resumes across both retail and institutional segments.
This stage of the cycle is considered healthy for rebuilding momentum, as it allows the market to stabilize after large corrections. Holders who previously capitulated often reenter at this stage, while long-term participants strengthen their positions, creating a more resilient market structure.
However, Darkfost cautions that once the supply in profit surpasses 95%, it typically signals overheated market conditions — a point where euphoria tends to replace rational conviction. In such phases, Bitcoin historically faces increased volatility and sharp corrections as overleveraged traders and short-term speculators take profits.
Bitcoin (BTC) is showing renewed bullish momentum, trading around $115,443 and successfully reclaiming key short-term support levels after weeks of consolidation. The daily chart highlights a strong recovery structure, with BTC breaking above both the 50-day and 100-day moving averages, signaling a shift in short-term market sentiment.
The next critical test lies at $117,500, a historical resistance zone that previously rejected multiple attempts in September and early October. A clear breakout and daily close above this level would likely confirm an impulse continuation toward $120K–$125K, opening the door for a more sustained uptrend.
Momentum indicators suggest strengthening buying pressure, while the recent bounce from the 200-day moving average near $107K underscores the market’s resilience. This level acted as a springboard for the current rally, aligning with the broader pattern of accumulation seen on-chain, where investor profitability is rising steadily.
However, BTC remains within a range-bound structure, and rejection at $117.5K could trigger short-term consolidation back toward $111K–$112K. Overall, Bitcoin’s technical outlook appears constructive — if the bulls can sustain above $115K and confirm strength above $117.5K, the market could transition into a new bullish leg, supported by improving investor sentiment and on-chain health.
Featured image from ChatGPT, chart from TradingView.com
Are cryptocurrencies still the ultimate game-changer in finance? Cardano (ADA) continues to spark curiosity among investors, developers, and crypto enthusiasts, as it hovers around $0.689, up 6.09% weekly. The burning question remains whether ADA will surge to new heights or slide into downside fears.
Interestingly, while Cardano draws attention with its blockchain innovations, MoonBull stands out as the best crypto presale, attracting early investors with massive ROI potential. Comparing both highlights the contrast between established tokens like ADA and emerging opportunities with explosive early gains. Market trends, whales, and community buzz are driving both ecosystems, fueling speculation.
MoonBull dominates as the best crypto presale with a launch designed to reward early investors and protect holders. After the final presale stage, liquidity will be supplied to decentralized exchanges, and all $MOBU tokens will be fully claimable immediately following a 48-hour lock, with no vesting delays.
To stabilize the launch, a 60-minute claim delay requires any sell to be matched with a buy, preventing price drops and immediate dump pressure. Built on Ethereum’s ERC-20 standard, $MOBU ensures deep liquidity, seamless wallet access, staking, reflections, burns, and sell taxes. Leveraging Ethereum’s validator network and audit infrastructure, MoonBull thrives with scalability, cross-chain tools, governance frameworks, and broad ecosystem interoperability.
MoonBull’s $MOBU presale is heating up, currently in Stage 5 with a price of $0.00006584, over $500K raised, and 1,500+ token holders. Early buyers already enjoy 163.36% ROI, while Stage 5 to listing at $0.00616 projects a staggering 9,256% return. Investing $500 now secures 7,594,167.68 $MOBU tokens, potentially earning $46,780 at listing.
Each presale stage rises by 27.40% until Stage 22, with Stage 23 increasing 20.38%. The presale’s structured growth and limited supply create urgency and FOMO, making MoonBull a must-watch opportunity for crypto enthusiasts seeking high early-stage returns and maximum ROI potential.
Cardano (ADA) today’s price stands at $0.689766 with a 24-hour trading volume of $837 million, reflecting steady demand despite broader crypto market swings. The seven-day price movement shows a 6.09% increase, indicating short-term momentum in ADA trading. Analysts note that institutional participation and staking adoption are supporting the current price. Cardano (ADA) live price movements suggest that technical levels near $0.77 may serve as resistance, while $0.60 remains critical support.
Crypto developers and financial analysts monitor these metrics to anticipate potential breakouts or corrections. With the ecosystem maturing and DApps gaining traction, Cardano’s crypto price presents a blend of opportunity and caution, especially as new investors compare it with presales like MoonBull.
Cardano (ADA) price forecast for 2025 points to a potential trading range between $0.76 and $1.80, depending on adoption and market sentiment. Optimistic projections suggest ADA could reach $2 if blockchain developments such as scalability upgrades and interoperability features succeed. Analysts argue that if Cardano maintains support levels, institutional inflows may accelerate growth.
Conversely, risks include market volatility, regulatory changes, and short-term corrections. Social media chatter and retail sentiment indicate cautious optimism, with many investors eyeing ADA as a long-term hold. Compared to MoonBull, which has explosive presale stages and an early ROI of 9256%, ADA may seem slower, yet it offers stability and proven blockchain infrastructure, making it suitable for moderate risk investors.
Technical analysis of Cardano (ADA) highlights a symmetrical triangle pattern, with resistance near $0.77 and support at $0.60. Breaking above $0.77 could indicate bullish momentum, while falling below $0.60 may trigger short-term declines. Trading volumes have slightly declined, signaling the need for buyers to push momentum higher.
Price indicators such as the RSI suggest ADA is not overbought, leaving room for gradual appreciation. Historically, ADA has seen repeated cycles of growth and corrections, and investors are advised to monitor trendlines closely. Meanwhile, MoonBull dominates as the best crypto presale by offering structured stages, increasing prices by 27.40% per stage, making early entry a high-risk, high-reward contrast to ADA’s measured market moves.
In conclusion, Cardano (ADA) offers a solid, mature blockchain with potential upside, supported by institutional interest and upcoming network upgrades. Its price forecast for 2025 ranges from $0.76 to $1.80, appealing to long-term investors seeking stability. In contrast, MoonBull dominates as the best crypto presale, providing early participants with significant ROI and FOMO-driven urgency.
Both present valuable opportunities: ADA with measured growth and MoonBull with explosive potential. Investors must weigh risk tolerance, investment goals, and market timing. Whether focusing on Cardano’s blockchain fundamentals or MoonBull’s presale hype, informed research remains key to navigating the evolving crypto landscape successfully.
Website: Visit the Official MOBU Website
Telegram: Join the MOBU Telegram Channel
Twitter: Follow MOBU ON X (Formerly Twitter)
The best crypto to buy now depends on risk appetite and market conditions. Presales with structured stages like MoonBull offer high ROI potential, while established coins like Cardano provide more stability and long-term growth prospects.
Monitoring presale structures, social engagement, and blockchain fundamentals helps identify breakout crypto. MoonBull presale demonstrates early-stage growth, whereas established coins rely on adoption and institutional interest to drive price.
Presales with tiered pricing and strong community incentives deliver maximum early-stage gains. MoonBull presale stages, increasing 27.40% per stage, ensure early investors can achieve substantial ROI compared to other cryptos.
Institutional participation improves liquidity, stability, and market confidence. Cardano benefits from ETF and large fund interest, whereas presales like MoonBull rely on retail investors and community hype to fuel momentum.
Established coins like ADA offer security, proven tech, and steady growth. New presales like MoonBull dominate the hype space, providing high ROI but with increased risk. Diversified strategies are often recommended.
ADA: Native token of the Cardano blockchain.
ERC-20: Ethereum standard for creating tokens.
Liquidity Pool: Funds locked in smart contracts for decentralized trading.
Staking: Locking tokens to support blockchain network operations.
Presale: Early offering of a crypto token before public trading.
This article analyzed Cardano (ADA) price prediction for 2025, including market trends, technical analysis, institutional interest, and upcoming upgrades. MoonBull dominates as the best crypto presale, providing structured stages, massive ROI, and Ethereum security. While ADA offers stability, MoonBull brings explosive potential, allowing investors to balance risk and reward in the evolving crypto market.
Read More: Cardano Price Prediction: Could ADA Hit $2 While MoonBull Surges With 9,256% ROI as the Best Crypto Presale in Q4 2025?">Cardano Price Prediction: Could ADA Hit $2 While MoonBull Surges With 9,256% ROI as the Best Crypto Presale in Q4 2025?
Ever notice how crypto news now reads like a movie trailer? Bitcoin smashing $115K, Avalanche breaking $20, and a newcomer called BullZilla roaring through presale milestones, it’s a full-blown blockbuster. This November, the market’s rhythm feels electric, driven by ETF inflows, election speculation, and new-age presales redefining investing. Whether you’re holding Bitcoin or hunting the next big presale gem, the action is heating up. Amid this chaos, investors are asking: which project truly stands tall among the top crypto to buy for November?
Bitcoin’s steady climb has re-ignited faith in digital gold, Avalanche is fueling DeFi revival, and BullZilla is engineering the presale era’s most explosive ROI mechanism. From traders chasing stability to investors eyeing early-stage profits, these three projects dominate November’s spotlight. Bitcoin brings scale and certainty, Avalanche carries DeFi speed, and BullZilla delivers early-entry advantage. Together, they define the evolving balance between security and opportunity. But only one offers structured scarcity designed for exponential returns, and that’s where the BullZilla story begins.
Bitcoin (BTC) surged 2.89% over the past 24 hours to reach $115,015, accompanied by a remarkable 169% spike in daily trading volume to $59.58 billion. This sharp increase reflects renewed investor confidence driven by institutional inflows and strong ETF demand. Analysts attribute Bitcoin’s momentum to improving macroeconomic conditions, lower Treasury yields, and growing optimism surrounding broader crypto adoption. As the leading digital asset, Bitcoin remains the ultimate benchmark for market sentiment and liquidity. Its gradual climb toward the $126K peak demonstrates sustained strength amid global uncertainty. Despite smaller percentage moves than those of emerging altcoins, Bitcoin continues to serve as a stabilizing force for portfolios worldwide, offering long-term security, deep liquidity, and unmatched recognition as the cornerstone of the modern crypto economy.
Bitcoin’s surge is fueled by strong ETF inflows, rising institutional participation, and easing macroeconomic pressures. These factors have restored investor confidence, propelling BTC closer to its previous $126,000 all-time high.
Yes. Bitcoin remains the most secure and recognized cryptocurrency, backed by deep liquidity, regulatory clarity, and institutional adoption, making it a stable long-term store of value compared to emerging altcoins.
BullZilla ($BZIL) isn’t just another presale; it’s redefining what the top crypto to buy for November truly means. Now in Stage 8 (Echoes of the Bull-A, Phase 2), each token trades at $0.00019906. The project has already raised over $980,000, sold 31 billion tokens, and attracted more than 3,300 holders globally. Analysts forecast a 2,548.15% ROI to its $0.00527 listing, while early entrants already enjoy 3,361.91% gains. A $1,000 investment secures 5.023 million tokens before the next 3.35% surge hits. Through The HODL Furnace, investors can stake tokens for flexible durations, earning compounding rewards while contributing to deflation. With over 32 billion tokens allocated for staking, holders generate passive income while strengthening liquidity and project resilience.
A $1,500 investment at the current Stage 8 price nets around 7.53 million $BZIL tokens. If projections to the $0.00527 listing hold, this could translate to roughly $39,700 in value, a 2,548% increase. Such exponential potential stems from BullZilla’s Progressive Price Engine, which lifts value every 48 hours or when $100K is raised. Coupled with the Roar Burn mechanism and staking features, it builds mechanical scarcity into the ecosystem, driving both long-term token appreciation and short-term presale demand.
Start by setting up a Web3 wallet, such as MetaMask or Trust Wallet. Buy ETH on an exchange such as Binance or Coinbase, then transfer it to your wallet. Then visit BullZilla’s official presale site, connect your wallet, and swap ETH for $BZIL. Your tokens will be securely locked until the presale ends, then claimable. Vesting schedules are fully transparent on the platform. Joining early ensures the highest ROI potential and access to referral rewards through the exclusive Roarblood Vault program.
BullZilla stands out with its 24-stage burn model, Roar Burn mechanism, and Progressive Price Engine, ensuring automatic scarcity, transparent growth, and consistent upward pricing rarely seen in conventional meme or presale tokens.
BullZilla’s smart contracts are fully audited and transparent. Investors maintain complete wallet control, while vesting mechanisms promote fairness and protect against early dumps or sudden market volatility.
Yes. Through the Roarblood Vault, investors can earn up to 12% referral bonuses for bringing in new buyers, strengthening community growth and increasing presale participation before the token listing.
Avalanche (AVAX) recently broke through the critical $20 threshold after weeks of consolidation, confirming the start of a sustained bullish continuation. Currently trading at $19.71 and up 1.66% in the last 24 hours, AVAX appears poised for a potential rally toward the $30 zone. Analysts believe that once it clears the $22 resistance level, roughly $40 million in short positions could be liquidated, accelerating upward momentum. With a robust DeFi footprint and expanding subnet ecosystem, Avalanche continues to attract developers, institutional investors, and liquidity providers. Consistent higher lows since $18.50 reinforce its strong technical foundation, positioning it as one of the most resilient, innovative, and scalable blockchain networks in 2025, capable of driving long-term growth across decentralized applications and cross-chain integrations.
Avalanche’s move past $20 highlights renewed investor confidence driven by its scalable architecture, ultra-fast transactions, and expanding DeFi ecosystem, positioning AVAX as one of the most efficient and adopted Layer-1 networks.
If Avalanche sustains momentum above $22, analysts anticipate a breakout toward the $25–$30 range, supported by increasing institutional accumulation and strengthening on-chain activity across DeFi and enterprise integrations.
Bitcoin’s 2.89% jump reflects renewed macro optimism, Avalanche’s $20 breakout signals DeFi resurgence, and BullZilla’s Stage 8 success redefines what presale strength looks like. Together, these cryptos show a market evolving beyond volatility into structured opportunity. The November narrative highlights balance, stability from Bitcoin, scalability from Avalanche, and exponential growth from BullZilla. As the presale scene matures, projects offering real mechanics, transparency, and utility stand out as the actual top crypto to buy for November.
BullZilla’s engineered scarcity and price progression present a modern blueprint for long-term value creation. While Bitcoin and Avalanche attract traditional confidence, BullZilla captures the excitement of structured ROI. Its 24-stage burn mechanism, staking systems, and referral rewards create a balanced ecosystem of reward and scarcity. As the next 3.35% price rise nears, the presale’s explosive start underscores one message: opportunity favors the early. BullZilla might just be the beast leading the next bull wave.
Follow BZIL on X (Formerly Twitter)
Read More: Crypto Price Today (27th Oct): BTC Nears $116K, AVAX Eyes $30, Yet All Eyes are On BullZilla, The Top Crypto to Buy for November">Crypto Price Today (27th Oct): BTC Nears $116K, AVAX Eyes $30, Yet All Eyes are On BullZilla, The Top Crypto to Buy for November
The eight-hour outage occurred during the largest liquidation event in crypto history, prompting dYdX to propose community-governed reimbursements from its insurance fund.
Amid a US government shutdown with no end in sight, a Republican lawmaker said Congress had only until January or February to pass crypto legislation.
Bloomberg analyst Eric Balchunas said exchanges have posted listing notices for Bitwise’s Solana ETF and Canary’s Litecoin and Hedera funds.
Citi partnered with Coinbase to pilot stablecoin payments as the bank forecasts a $4 trillion market by 2030, signaling Wall Street’s growing crypto embrace.
Just a few weeks after a Singaporean court approved WazirX's parent company's restructuring plan, a decision out of one of India's courts may impact users.
The Bitcoin price is positioning for a potentially explosive move that could take it well beyond its previous all-time highs. Analysts are closely watching a critical resistance level near $116,000, which may serve as the final hurdle before BTC catapults into uncharted territory above $126,000.
Crypto analyst Donny Dicey revealed in an X social media post this week that the $116,000 price level is the decisive zone Bitcoin must breach to confirm a breakout toward a new all-time high. His technical analysis suggests that once BTC achieves a clean break above this resistance area, momentum could swiftly carry it above $126,000.
Notably, Bitcoin set a new ATH on October 6, 2025, after breaking through its previous record above $124,000 and climbing past $126,000. Since achieving this level, the price of BTC has fallen dramatically to $115,000. Dicey’s accompanying chart shows the market steadily recovering after testing support near $108,000, marked as a “market structure break” region, with bullish price action consolidating above $109,000.
The analyst has emphasized that each day Bitcoin maintains a close above $109,000 strengthens the probability of a strong upward swing as the market heads into November. This period coincides with the Federal Open Market Committee’s (FOMC) next meeting, where investors are anticipating dovish signals such as rate cuts or the formal end of Quantitative Tightening (QT).
Dicey also notes that bullish S&P 500 earnings, easing global trade tensions from a potential agreement between US President Donald Trump and China’s President Xi Jinping, and improving ISM manufacturing data point to a macro environment supportive of risk assets. A community member commented that whales may have underestimated how much BTC’s demand tends to persist during these conditions. Dicey responded that the same whales might become “exit liquidity” as Bitcoin accelerates higher, possibly missing out on the strongest phase of this cycle.
In a follow-up analysis, Dicey highlighted Bitcoin’s remarkable stability above its January highs, describing its price structure as “unbreakable” amid global macroeconomic uncertainty. He pointed to several converging factors that reinforce BTC’s resilience, including ongoing fiscal and monetary expansion, a weakening US dollar, and renewed confidence in the global business cycle.
The analyst also emphasized that geopolitical tensions tied to US-China relations appear to be subsiding. At the same time, ETF inflows and exponential growth in the Artificial Intelligence (AI) sector contribute to acting as tailwinds for digital assets. He disclosed that despite strong underlying fundamentals, skepticism remains widespread in the market.
According to him, many still believe in the traditional four-year cycle narrative, while retail enthusiasm has not fully returned. Furthermore, the Russell 2000 index has yet to breakout, and rotation from traditional assets, such as the S&P 500 and gold, into Bitcoin remains limited. With these developments subduing broader market participation, Dicey suggests it creates the perfect setup for a powerful rally in BTC once sentiment shifts decisively.
After months of growing uncertainty and anticipation, the debut of exchange-traded funds (ETFs) for Hedera (HBAR) and Litecoin (LTC) is set to commence tomorrow, as confirmed by Canary Capital’s CEO Steven McClurg on Monday.
Crypto reporter Eleanor Terret shared the news on X (formerly Twitter), revealing that the ETF launches for Litecoin and Hedera are imminent, with a statement from McClurg underscoring the excitement for the upcoming launch.
Notably, the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) has also made significant moves in the ETF sector by certifying 8-A filings and issuing listing notices for Bitwise Invest’s spot Solana (SOL) ETF launch tomorrow and Grayscale’s GSOL conversion slated for Wednesday.
Despite the ongoing government shutdown, these ETF debuts are proceeding smoothly, Terret confirmed. The legal processes behind ETF launches, including the crucial 8-A filings, have been completed successfully, paving the way for the launch of these investment vehicles.
Addressing concerns about Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) approval during the shutdown, a key detail emerged: the issuers strategically included provisions in their amended S-1 filings, enabling automatic effectiveness 20 days post-filing. This ensures a seamless transition to trading without manual SEC approval.
Bloomberg’s ETF expert, Eric Balchunas, further corroborated this development on social media, confirming the listing notices for Bitwise, Canary, to launch imminently, with grayscale Solana’s conversion scheduled shortly after. Balchunas stated, “Assuming there’s not some last min SEC intervention, looks like this is happening.”
The news has sparked a recovery in HBAR and LTC prices. Litecoin has regained the key $100 mark with a 2% surge in the 24-hour time frame, while Hedera has seen similar gains of 2.1% during the same period.
Featured image from DALL-E, chart from TradingView.com
XRP is staging a remarkable rebound, rising from early October lows of $1.77 to over $2.60, even as the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) prolongs its review of pending XRP ETF filings.
The delays have sparked mixed market sentiment, yet XRP’s trading volume and technical setup indicate growing bullish momentum. Over the weekend, XRP surged to $2.68, breaking critical resistance at $2.63 on a 147% volume spike, one of the largest in recent months.
This explosive move coincided with renewed optimism following Ripple’s strategic acquisitions, including the integration of Ripple Prime and GTreasury, which CEO Brad Garlinghouse said place XRP “at the center of everything Ripple does.”
From a technical perspective, XRP’s chart paints a clear bullish picture. The token has moved firmly above both its 50-day and 200-day exponential moving averages (EMAs), key indicators of trend continuation.
It has also formed an inverse head-and-shoulders pattern, historically signaling potential for higher highs. The Relative Strength Index (RSI) remains near 70, showing strong demand despite slightly overbought conditions.
Analysts expect a confirmed breakout above $2.70 to set the stage for XRP to reach the $2.90–$3.00 range in the near term. Momentum indicators such as the True Strength Index (TSI) and rising open interest in CME XRP futures, which recently crossed $27 billion in notional volume, reinforce this bullish outlook.
However, traders are watching the $2.54–$2.58 support zone closely. A drop below this range could weaken momentum and invite short-term corrections.
While ETF delays have briefly dented sentiment, institutional accumulation around XRP remains strong. The token’s rapid integration into U.S.-listed ETFs, expanding derivatives markets, and corporate adoption, including Evernorth’s treasury allocation, underscore growing confidence in Ripple’s long-term fundamentals.
Institutional demand continues to accelerate through vehicles like the REX-Osprey XRP ETF, which recently surpassed $100 million in assets under management, placing XRP as a mainstream financial instrument rather than a speculative token.
With global crypto market capitalization hovering near $3.8 trillion and the Federal Reserve’s upcoming rate decision expected to ease liquidity constraints, analysts believe XRP could outperform peers in the next leg of the bull cycle.
If buying pressure holds above $2.70, the $2.90 breakout target may only mark the beginning of a broader rally, one that cements XRP’s role at the heart of institutional digital finance.
Cover image from ChatGPT, XRPUSD on Tradingview
In August 2021 a huge event happened; Poly Network got hit. Over $600 million vanishes in one of crypto’s biggest heists. The vulnerability? Something proper testing would have caught easily. This wasn’t some sophisticated zero-day exploit requiring nation-state resources. It was a bug sitting there in plain sight, waiting for someone to notice.
Here’s what makes this worse: smart contract bugs are permanent. You can’t hotfix blockchain code like patching a web server. Once deployed, that’s it. The code lives forever in that exact form. And we’re not talking about broken images or 404 errors here. We’re talking about actual money disappearing, real financial damage that can’t be undone. Think about the Wormhole bridge losing $320 million, or Ronin Network’s $625 million disaster. Every single one could have been prevented with better testing.
Blockchains don’t allow quiet hotfixes. Once a contract is out, it behaves as written, not as intended. Thorough testing cuts catastrophic risk, speeds reviews with executable documentation, and gives auditors a cleaner target. It also exposes design gaps while fixes are still cheap.
Attackers are motivated and methodical. Your suite should model adversaries, not polite users. Determinism is your ally: you can replay the same failing path, capture it as a regression, and never trip on it again. Over time, this turns panic into process and folklore into tests.
Traditional software gives you room for mistakes. Your web app crashes? Push a fix in an hour. Database gets corrupted? Restore from backup. Smart contracts don’t work that way. Deploy buggy code and you’re stuck with it forever, watching helplessly as attackers drain funds while you frantically try implementing emergency measures.
The financial aspect changes everything about how we think about bugs. In normal software, a bug might annoy users or crash their session. Common smart contract bugs can empty wallets in seconds. And here’s the thing people don’t talk about enough: gas costs create this whole additional testing dimension. Inefficient code doesn’t just run slower, it literally costs your users money every single time they interact with your contract. Users will absolutely abandon your dApp if transactions cost $50 in gas, regardless of how brilliant your features are.
Testing requirements get more complex because everything happens in public. Your code sits there on the blockchain where anyone can read it, analyze it, and look for vulnerabilities. Attack vectors that would never occur to you become obvious when thousands of people with financial incentives start examining your contracts. This public scrutiny means your testing needs to be absolutely paranoid, assuming attackers will find any weakness you miss.
Hardhat testing has pretty much won the framework wars for Ethereum development. The JavaScript and TypeScript integration just works smoothly, and the testing suite includes everything you actually need. Assertions make sense, contract deployment is straightforward, and console.log actually functions in Solidity which still feels like magic. Most production teams use Hardhat because it’s reliable and doesn’t fight you.
Foundry offers something different. Tests run incredibly fast, like 10-100x faster than JavaScript frameworks. More interesting though: you write tests in Solidity itself. No more switching between JavaScript test syntax and Solidity contract logic. Your brain stays in one place. The ecosystem is younger, documentation can be sparse, but teams obsessed with speed swear by it.
Local blockchain simulators are non-negotiable. Hardhat Network comes bundled with Hardhat and simulates Ethereum accurately, including proper gas calculations and network conditions. Anvil does the same for Foundry users with even better performance. Ganache still has fans, especially for the GUI that visualizes what’s happening with blockchain state during tests. Each resets state between tests automatically, which saves you from debugging mysterious test failures caused by leftover state from previous runs.
Beyond frameworks, you need supporting tools. Hardhat Gas Reporter shows exactly where gas gets consumed so you can optimize intelligently. Solidity-coverage identifies untested code paths. Static analysis tools like Slither should run from day one, catching obvious security problems before you even start writing tests. OpenZeppelin Test Helpers provide utilities for handling time-dependent functions, big number math, and event checking that would otherwise require writing tons of boilerplate.
Solidity unit testing verifies individual functions work correctly in isolation. Each test sets up conditions, executes one function, and checks the results match expectations. The pattern is simple: Arrange your test data, Act by calling the function, Assert the results are correct. Keeping tests focused on one behavior makes debugging failures trivial because you know exactly what broke.
// Hardhat testing example
describe(“TokenContract”, function() {
it(“transfers tokens between accounts correctly”, async function() {
// Arrange
const [owner, addr1] = await ethers.getSigners();
const Token = await ethers.getContractFactory(“MyToken”);
const token = await Token.deploy(1000);
// Act
await token.transfer(addr1.address, 50);
// Assert
expect(await token.balanceOf(addr1.address)).to.equal(50);
});
});
Testing happy paths where everything works is just the start. The real bugs hide in edge cases. What happens when transferring zero tokens? What about the maximum uint256 value? What if someone passes the zero address? Each edge case is a potential vulnerability waiting to be exploited. Boundary testing catches off-by-one errors and weird behavior at limits that normal usage never triggers.
Failure scenarios need as much attention as success cases. Verify functions revert with appropriate errors when given invalid inputs. Check that unauthorized users get rejected properly. Test what happens when funds are insufficient or contracts are paused. These negative tests often reveal the most critical security issues because they verify your defensive programming actually works.
Smart contracts have unique testing requirements beyond normal functions. Events communicate state changes and provide the primary interface for external monitoring. Test that events emit with correct parameters. State changes need thorough verification because blockchain state is permanent and expensive. Access control mechanisms demand exhaustive testing since they protect critical functions from unauthorized access. Modifiers should be tested independently to ensure they correctly validate conditions before allowing function execution.
// Foundry testing example
function testTransferRevertsWhenBalanceInsufficient() public {
vm.expectRevert(“Insufficient balance”);
token.transfer(address(1), 1000);
}
Integration testing verifies multiple contracts working together as a system. Real applications almost never consist of one contract. DeFi protocols combine tokens, lending pools, price oracles, governance, and more. Integration tests catch problems that unit tests miss entirely because they test actual system behavior rather than isolated components.
Setting up realistic test scenarios takes work. Deploy all contracts in proper order with correct initialization. Test complete user flows from beginning to end, like depositing collateral, borrowing against it, accruing interest, and repaying. Mock external dependencies when real ones are impractical. Testing with actual Chainlink oracles during development is expensive and slow; mock oracles give you control and speed.
Different contract patterns need specific testing approaches. Factory patterns that deploy contracts programmatically require verifying both factory logic and deployed contract functionality. Proxy patterns used for upgradeability need tests confirming proxies delegate correctly and upgrades preserve state without corruption. Multi-signature wallets demand testing all threshold scenarios and signature validation edge cases that could allow unauthorized access.
Fuzz testing automates finding edge cases you’d never think to write manually. Instead of specifying exact test inputs, you define properties that must always hold true. The fuzzer then generates thousands of random inputs trying to violate those properties. This discovers entire bug categories that traditional testing overlooks.
Foundry’s built-in fuzzing makes this accessible. Mark function parameters for fuzzing and Foundry generates test cases automatically. Write assertions about invariants that should hold regardless of inputs. The fuzzer hammers your contract with random values, looking for assertion failures.
// Foundry fuzz test example
function testTransferNeverChangesTotalSupply(address to, uint256 amount) public {
vm.assume(to != address(0));
vm.assume(amount <= token.balanceOf(address(this)));
uint256 totalBefore = token.totalSupply();
token.transfer(to, amount);
uint256 totalAfter = token.totalSupply();
assertEq(totalBefore, totalAfter);
}
Echidna takes fuzzing further with longer execution sequences and more sophisticated invariant checking. Real vulnerabilities get caught this way. Fuzzing found integer overflow bugs before Solidity 0.8.0 added automatic protection. Reentrancy vulnerabilities emerge when fuzzers test malicious callback patterns. Access control flaws appear when fuzzers try calling restricted functions from random addresses with random parameters.
Smart contract debugging starts when something breaks. Transactions revert without clear reasons. Gas consumption explodes unexpectedly. State doesn’t update as planned. Events fail to emit. Each symptom points to different debugging approaches.
Hardhat’s console.log brings familiar debugging patterns to Solidity. Import the library and drop console.log statements directly into contract code during development. Watch variable values and execution flow in ways external tools can’t provide. Just remember to remove them before production since they add gas costs and clutter.
import “hardhat/console.sol”;
function transfer(address to, uint256 amount) public {
console.log(“Transfer from:”, msg.sender);
console.log(“Transfer to:”, to);
console.log(“Amount:”, amount);
console.log(“Sender balance:”, balances[msg.sender]);
require(balances[msg.sender] >= amount, “Insufficient balance”);
// Rest of logic
}
Tenderly’s transaction simulator becomes essential for complex debugging. Paste any transaction hash and see complete execution traces with every function call, state change, and gas cost. The visual debugger lets you step through execution line by line. You can simulate transactions before sending them, catching problems without spending gas or waiting for confirmations.
Block explorers provide transaction traces that often solve production mysteries. Etherscan shows input data, emitted events, internal transactions, and state changes for any transaction. Failed transactions display revert reasons if contracts include descriptive error messages. Learning to read these traces quickly separates developers who ship from developers who struggle.
Remix’s debugger excels for step-by-step analysis. Deploy contracts in Remix, execute transactions, open the debugger. Step through every operation while watching stack, memory, and storage evolve. The visual representation makes complex execution flows comprehensible in ways text debuggers can’t match.
Advanced techniques include time-travel debugging with snapshots. Hardhat and Foundry let you snapshot blockchain state, run experiments, then revert perfectly. Test time-dependent functions without waiting. Try destructive operations without permanent effects. For deployed contracts, fork mainnet locally to test against real contracts and actual state without any risk.
Security-focused testing targets specific attack patterns rather than just checking functionality. Reentrancy attacks exploit external calls that recursively callback before state updates complete. Test this explicitly by deploying malicious contracts that attempt reentrancy, verifying your guards actually prevent the attack.
// Testing reentrancy protection
contract MaliciousContract {
VulnerableContract target;
function attack() public {
target.withdraw();
}
receive() external payable {
if (address(target).balance > 0) {
target.withdraw(); // Attempting reentrancy
}
}
}
Static analysis tools like Slither automate vulnerability scanning. Slither examines code without executing it, spotting patterns indicating problems. Run it before every deployment to catch reentrancy risks, unchecked external calls, access control mistakes, and optimization opportunities. Integration into CI/CD pipelines means every pull request gets scanned automatically.
Integer issues still matter for older Solidity versions or unchecked blocks. Test arithmetic operations with maximum values ensuring proper overflow handling. Access control testing verifies restricted functions reject unauthorized callers. Front-running tests manipulate transaction ordering to verify contracts behave correctly regardless of sequence. Oracle manipulation testing uses extreme price values, confirming contracts handle volatility without catastrophic failures.
Mock oracles during testing give control over returned values, letting you test edge cases that rarely occur naturally but could be exploited. Test with price crashes, spikes, and stale data to verify your contract degrades gracefully rather than breaking catastrophically.
Gas testing matters because inefficient contracts cost users money. People abandon dApps with ridiculous gas fees regardless of features. Testing identifies bottlenecks and verifies optimizations reduce costs without breaking functionality.
Hardhat Gas Reporter tracks consumption automatically during tests. Configure it, run tests, get detailed reports showing gas usage per function. Compare implementations choosing the most efficient. Foundry’s built-in profiling provides even more granular breakdowns of where gas gets consumed.
Storage operations cost dramatically more than memory or stack operations. Test that moving frequently accessed data to memory reduces costs without changing behavior. Loop optimizations multiply gas costs with iterations. Verify optimizations don’t introduce off-by-one errors or skip operations. Batch operations combining multiple actions into single transactions reduce overhead, but need testing to ensure atomic behavior remains correct.
Testing optimizations systematically prevents regressions. Write tests for original functionality, optimize code, verify tests still pass, check gas consumption decreased. This methodical approach catches optimizations that reduce gas while silently introducing bugs nobody notices until production.
Continuous Integration catches problems before production. GitHub Actions provides free CI/CD for public repositories and works excellently for smart contract testing. Configure workflows running on every commit and pull request, executing complete test suites automatically without human intervention.
# GitHub Actions workflow
name: Smart Contract Tests
on: [push, pull_request]
jobs:
test:
runs-on: ubuntu-latest
steps:
– uses: actions/checkout@v2
– uses: actions/setup-node@v2
– run: npm install
– run: npx hardhat test
– run: npx hardhat coverage
– run: npx slither .
Pre-deployment checks prevent disasters. Require passing tests before allowing merges to main branches. Run Slither on every pull request, failing builds if critical vulnerabilities appear. Check test coverage enforcing minimum thresholds, typically 90% on critical contracts and 80% overall. Verify gas consumption stays reasonable by failing builds if costs increase unexpectedly without justification.
Deployment testing validates contracts in production-like environments. Deploy to testnets automatically through CI/CD pipelines and run integration tests against deployed contracts. Mainnet forking tests against actual production state without risk or cost. Post-deployment monitoring watches for unexpected behavior, failed transactions, or suspicious activity patterns requiring investigation.
Test-Driven Development writes tests before implementing features. This ensures testable code design and comprehensive coverage from the start. Each test verifies one specific behavior, making failures immediately obvious and fixes straightforward. Use descriptive test names explaining what gets tested and expected behavior clearly.
Maintain test independence so tests run in any order without interference. Tests depending on previous test state create debugging nightmares with intermittent failures. Keep tests fast by avoiding unnecessary blockchain operations and using fixtures for common setup scenarios. Fast tests encourage running the suite frequently during development, catching regressions immediately.
Professional workflows follow systematic processes from development to deployment. Start with unit tests for new functionality before implementing features. This Test-Driven Development approach ensures testable design and comprehensive coverage naturally. Run unit tests frequently during development catching regressions immediately when they’re cheapest to fix.
After unit tests pass, run integration tests verifying contracts work together correctly. Integration tests catch interface mismatches and interaction bugs unit tests miss. Perform security analysis using automated tools like Slither and manual review for common vulnerability patterns. Run fuzz tests overnight catching edge cases manual testing overlooks completely.
Deploy to testnet verifying everything works in real blockchain environments rather than just simulators. Test all user flows end-to-end including wallet interactions and external dependencies. Monitor testnet contracts for days catching issues appearing only over time or with real usage patterns. Run final verification checks confirming coverage requirements, acceptable gas costs, and passing security scans.
Pre-deployment checklists ensure nothing gets forgotten. Verify all tests pass without skips or pending tests. Confirm coverage exceeds 90% on critical contracts and 80% overall. Run Slither fixing all high-severity findings. Check common operation gas costs remain reasonable. Verify upgradeability mechanisms work if implemented. Ensure access controls properly restrict sensitive functions. Get professional security audits for contracts managing significant value. Document known limitations and intended behavior clearly.
Effective testing and debugging is what separates professionals from folks paying tuition in production. Because blockchains are immutable, mistakes stick and can get expensive fast. Treat testing as risk management: write unit tests for each function, add integration tests to validate cross-contract flows, include fuzzing to flush out edge cases, and layer in security analysis for known attack patterns. Use the right tools for the job: Hardhat for a smooth developer experience, Foundry for speed and Solidity-native workflows, Slither for static analysis, and Tenderly plus block explorers for step-through debugging. Together, these keep bugs from graduating to mainnet.
Security should drive every decision. Write tests that try to break your own contracts, automate checks for reentrancy, access control slips, and arithmetic quirks, and bring in professional audits when real money will touch the code. Testing is never “done,” because new exploits and patterns keep showing up. Stay current with research, study public postmortems, refine your suite, and iterate. The ecosystem gets safer only when developers take testing seriously enough to ship contracts that are actually secure.
Effective testing and debugging requires understanding blockchain’s unique challenges: immutability, financial stakes, gas costs. Comprehensive approaches combine unit testing for individual functions, integration testing for system behavior, fuzz testing discovering edge cases, and security testing targeting vulnerabilities. Essential tools include Hardhat for JavaScript integration, Foundry for Solidity-native performance, and Slither for automated analysis. Debugging uses console.log during development, Tenderly for transaction simulation, block explorers for production issues. Best practices emphasize Test-Driven Development, test independence, high coverage, continuous integration. Security testing specifically targets reentrancy, access control flaws, integer issues, oracle manipulation. Professional workflows progress systematically from unit tests through security analysis and testnet deployment before mainnet. Success requires security-first mindset, proper tooling, continuous learning about emerging threats.
Use a layered approach: unit tests for each function, integration tests for contract systems, fuzz tests for edge cases, and security tests for known attacks. Pair Hardhat or Foundry with Slither, coverage, gas reporters, Tenderly, and block explorers. Automate everything in CI and gate deployments on passing checks.
Hardhat shines for JS/TS teams, plugins, and DX; Foundry is blazing fast and Solidity-native with built-in fuzzing. Many teams use both: Hardhat for workflow and scripting, Foundry for speed, invariants, and fuzz. Pick the one your team can run daily without friction.
Define invariants (what must always be true), mark parameters for fuzzing, and assert them under randomized inputs. In Foundry, write invariant and property tests; in Echidna, specify properties and let it generate sequences. Failures expose edge-case bugs you wouldn’t handwrite.
Grab the tx on a block explorer to read revert data and logs. Reproduce locally: fork mainnet, run the call with a debugger, and add console.log (Hardhat) for variables. Use Tenderly’s simulator for full traces and gas hotspots. Fix, re-run, then add a regression test.
Aim ~90% on funds-touching/core contracts and ~80% overall. CI should run unit, integration, fuzz/invariant tests, slither, coverage, and gas checks on every PR. Block merges if coverage drops or high-severity findings appear; auto-deploy to testnets and run end-to-end flows before mainnet.
Read More: How to Test and Debug Smart Contracts Effectively">How to Test and Debug Smart Contracts Effectively
Citigroup Inc. and Coinbase Global Inc. are partnering to enhance digital-asset payment solutions for the bank’s corporate clients, marking another major step by a traditional financial institution toward embracing blockchain technology.
The collaboration reflects Wall Street’s growing interest in digital assets after years of regulatory caution and market volatility.
The initiative aims to make it easier for Citi’s institutional clients to move funds between cryptocurrencies and traditional fiat currencies — a long-standing challenge in the digital economy.
The move comes as banks and payment providers increasingly explore blockchain to enable faster, cheaper, and more efficient transactions across global financial networks.
The initial phase of the Citi-Coinbase partnership will focus on simplifying the process of converting crypto to fiat and vice versa, particularly for cross-border transactions.
Debopama Sen, head of payments for Citi Services, said the bank’s clients are increasingly seeking innovations that go beyond traditional transaction models.
Citi’s clients want “programmability and conditional payments and other cost and speed and efficiency aspects,” Sen said, emphasizing the growing demand for payment systems that can operate continuously and offer greater flexibility than conventional financial rails.
Sen added that Citi is also “exploring solutions to really enable on-chain stablecoin payments for our clients” in the coming months, noting that stablecoins could play a key role in the evolution of corporate payment infrastructure.
“Stablecoins will be another enabler in the digital payment ecosystem,” she said.
“It’ll help grow the space, it’ll help grow functionality for our clients.”
Stablecoins — cryptocurrencies typically pegged to fiat currencies such as the US dollar — have become one of the most promising use cases for blockchain technology.
They combine the efficiency of digital payments with the relative stability of traditional money, making them increasingly attractive for corporate transactions and settlements.
Citi’s “Future of Finance” team, led by Ronit Ghose, has projected that the global stablecoin market could surpass $1 trillion within five years, up from about $300 billion today.
This growth outlook underscores how blockchain-based assets are rapidly evolving from speculative investments to tools for practical financial operations.
The collaboration with Coinbase follows Citi’s earlier introduction of a blockchain platform that enables institutional clients to move tokenized deposits around the clock within the bank’s internal network.
This system offers clients real-time settlement capabilities, reducing the delays and costs associated with traditional payment systems such as ACH and wire transfers.
Coinbase, one of the world’s leading digital-asset exchanges, brings extensive infrastructure and experience to the partnership.
The company works with more than 250 banks and financial institutions globally, according to Brian Foster, Coinbase’s global head of crypto-as-a-service.
“Coinbase has spent years developing very specialized infrastructure,” Foster told Bloomberg News, adding that traditional financial institutions are increasingly seeking partnerships across various crypto-related services — from spot and derivatives trading to custody, staking, and payments.
Foster said that growing interest in stablecoins, crypto exchange-traded funds (ETFs), and tokenized assets is prompting more financial institutions to engage with blockchain-based systems.
As Citigroup and Coinbase explore new ways to bridge traditional banking and digital assets, their collaboration signals how mainstream finance is steadily integrating blockchain into its infrastructure — moving beyond experimentation toward real-world adoption.
The post Citigroup and Coinbase partner to expand digital-asset payment capabilities appeared first on CoinJournal.
Reliance Global Group Inc. (NASDAQ: RELI) has expanded its cryptocurrency portfolio with the addition of Solana (SOL), marking another step in its ongoing digital asset treasury strategy.
The move positions the company among a growing list of publicly traded firms integrating blockchain-based assets into their corporate balance sheets.
The announcement, made on October 27, 2025, confirms that Reliance now holds five of the top ten cryptocurrencies by market capitalization — Bitcoin, Ethereum, Cardano, XRP, and Solana.
The addition underscores the company’s belief in the long-term potential of blockchain technology and its applications in both finance and enterprise innovation.
Reliance’s decision to purchase Solana represents a milestone in its broader digital asset diversification strategy.
The company described the acquisition as part of its disciplined approach to building exposure across major blockchain ecosystems.
“By adding Solana alongside Bitcoin, Ethereum, Cardano, and XRP, we continue to execute our disciplined strategy of diversifying across leading blockchain ecosystems,” said Moshe Fishman, a member of the Reliance Global Group Crypto Advisory Board and Director of Insurtech at Reliance. “Solana represents the next generation of blockchain performance — built for real-world adoption and institutional-scale applications.”
Solana, currently the sixth-largest cryptocurrency by market capitalization at over $110 billion, has become increasingly attractive to corporate treasuries and institutional investors.
Known for its hybrid Proof-of-Stake and Proof-of-History consensus mechanisms, Solana can process over 65,000 transactions per second, with blocks confirming in about 400 milliseconds.
The blockchain’s scalability and efficiency have made it a favored platform for decentralized finance (DeFi), non-fungible tokens (NFTs), and Web3 applications.
Fishman noted that expanding into Solana aligns with Reliance’s commitment to innovation while maintaining a balanced approach to governance, security, and compliance.
Solana’s inclusion in Reliance’s treasury comes amid growing institutional and corporate interest in the blockchain.
Its expanding ecosystem — spanning DeFi protocols, tokenized real-world assets, and NFT platforms — continues to drive adoption.
Market analysts point to the increasing appeal of Solana as a potential treasury asset, bolstered by the anticipation of regulatory approval for spot Solana exchange-traded funds (ETFs).
The token traded near $200 on October 27, reflecting broader optimism surrounding blockchain utility and scalability.
Reliance’s move follows similar announcements by other public companies in recent months, as corporate treasuries diversify away from traditional assets to hedge against inflation and capture long-term value in digital markets.
The addition of Solana to Reliance Global Group’s treasury is a strategic effort that many other public companies have tapped into across the market.
SOL’s price has largely benefited from the sentiment around these efforts.
While DeFi, NFTs and RWA traction stands out, Solana’s native token has received notable upside momentum from the growing treasury asset plays.
Forward Industries, Solana Company, Upexi, DeFi Development Corp, Sol Strategies and Sharps Technology are among the top SOL treasury companies.
Data from CoinGecko shows the 10 leading public companies cumulatively hold over 15.7 million SOL, currently worth over $3.18 billion.
The post Solana boost as Reliance adds SOL to treasury holdings appeared first on CoinJournal.
The post Coinbase Collaborates With Citi to Facilitate Seamless Adoption of Crypto and Stablecoin Payments appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Coinbase Global Inc. (NASDAQ: COIN) has partnered with Citigroup Inc. (NYSE: C). The strategic partnership between Citigroup and Collaboration will help democratize stablecoin and crypto payments to both retail and institutional clients.
According to Brian Armstrong, CEO of Coinbase, the collaboration with Citi will work on improving stablecoin utility and digital assets adoption. Furthermore, Citi is a top-tier bank with more than 200 million customers from over 160 nations and jurisdictions.
The direct impact of Citi’s collaboration with Coinbase is the enhancement of the mainstream adoption of digital assets, amid the ongoing macro bull market. With both entities serving millions of global users, their partnership will enhance crypto liquidity and demand in the short term.
“This collaboration will combine Coinbase’s years of experience building secure, streamlined, and scalable infrastructure for digital assets with Citi’s global payments network that spans 94 markets and over 300 payment clearing systems. Together we’re working to create innovative payment solutions for institutions operating at scale,” Coinbase noted.
Both entities will be building their collaboration on the notable crypto regulatory clarity, especially in the United States. For instance, Citi users will seamlessly access stablecoin payments via Coinbase in a regulated manner through the GENIUS Act.
Following the announcement, COIN shares edged 5% higher on Monday, October 27, to trade about $366 at press time. Investors have gained more confidence in the long-term growth of COIN, since the exchange has an edge over its competitors.
Notably, the COIN stock price in the weekly timeframe has signaled a potential bullish breakout towards market discovery. Meanwhile, Citi’s stock price gained 2% on Monday to trade at about $100.81 at press time.
Bitwises Solana Staking ETF and new Litecoin, HBAR funds to launch this week, expanding crypto ETF access beyond Bitcoin and ETH.
The post Crypto ETFs tied to Solana, Litecoin, and HBAR set to launch this week appeared first on Crypto Briefing.
Coinbase Asset Management teams with Apollo to launch tokenized stablecoin credit products, expanding blockchain-based lending in 2026.
The post Coinbase joins Apollo to bring stablecoin credit to institutional markets appeared first on Crypto Briefing.
NYSE approves Bitwise Solana Staking ETF listing, expanding access to Solana staking for investors and reflecting rising market interest.
The post NYSE approves Bitwise Solana Staking ETF listing appeared first on Crypto Briefing.
The potential launch of these crypto ETFs could significantly enhance institutional access to digital assets, driving broader market adoption.
The post Spot XRP, Solana, and Litecoin ETFs may launch in next two weeks, expert speculates appeared first on Crypto Briefing.
XRP may surge to $3 amid strong bullish signals, including Evernorth’s $1 billion accumulation and a growing supply shock at exchanges.
White House crypto and AI czar David Sacks announced Selig as US President Donald Trump's pick after Brian Quintenz's nomination to lead the regulator was withdrawn.
The tokenized asset marketplace plans to go public next year, joining a wave of crypto companies moving into public markets amid clearer US regulations.
Bitcoin and several major altcoins have started a strong recovery, but the relief rally is expected to face significant headwinds near major overhead resistance levels.
Ledn has facilitated $2.8 billion in cumulative crypto-backed loans as holders leverage market gains amid the bull market.
Canada eyes new stablecoin rules in upcoming budget, aiming to modernize payments and follow the US GENIUS Act’s regulatory example.
Japan has officially stepped into the regulated stablecoin era with the launch of JPYC EX, the country’s first fully licensed digital yen under the revised Payment Services Act. This milestone marks a pivotal moment for Japan’s financial sector, bridging traditional banking infrastructure with the Web3 ecosystem.
Building on earlier versions of JPYC, the new JPYC EX is designed to serve as a compliant, yen-backed stablecoin connecting the nation’s banking system to blockchain-based commerce, DeFi applications, and cross-border payments. With full legal authorization and asset backing, it positions the yen as a future cornerstone in global digital finance.
According to CryptoQuant, the total stablecoin market capitalization has now surpassed $150 billion, forming the backbone of liquidity for crypto markets, DeFi protocols, and global payments. Analysts from Citi and Bloomberg project that this figure could expand to between $1.6 and $4 trillion by 2030. Within that rapid growth, JPYC is forecasted to capture roughly 2% of the market, reaching a valuation of around $70 billion.
A Fully Regulated Digital Yen Bridging Japan’s Finance and Web3
What distinguishes JPYC EX from other stablecoins is its combination of regulatory clarity, asset backing, and technical versatility. Domestic bank deposits and Japanese government bonds fully collateralize each token, ensuring complete transparency and stability. This structure makes JPYC EX one of the world’s most legally robust stablecoins. A benchmark for compliance-driven innovation in digital finance.
Built on Ethereum, Polygon, and Avalanche, JPYC EX provides instant yen transfers with near-zero fees. Making it a practical tool for businesses and individuals alike. It supports commerce, payroll, peer-to-peer payments, and DeFi applications, offering the efficiency of blockchain without sacrificing legal or operational safeguards.
JPYC EX also aligns closely with Japan’s digital transformation strategy, which aims to merge traditional finance with emerging Web3 systems. By serving as a settlement layer for e-commerce platforms, NFT marketplaces, and cross-border transactions, the stablecoin enables instant yen transfers across Asia, lowering costs and increasing accessibility for international trade.
Looking ahead, analysts forecast JPYC’s market capitalization could reach $70 billion by 2030. It represents roughly 2% of the global stablecoin market. This growth potential underscores Japan’s ambition to establish the digital yen as a key pillar of the decentralized global economy. With its blend of regulatory trust, technological precision, and global reach, JPYC EX may redefine how national currencies operate in the Web3 era.
The chart shows that stablecoin market dominance currently sits around 8.31%, following a sharp rise earlier in October that pushed the ratio above 9%. This level often signals heightened demand for liquidity and safety, as traders move capital into stable assets amid market uncertainty.
Over the past few months, dominance has steadily climbed from the 7.3%–7.5% range, reflecting a cautious sentiment as Bitcoin and major altcoins face selling pressure. However, the recent pullback suggests that some funds are beginning to rotate back into risk assets, a potential early sign of market stabilization.
Technically, the dominance remains above both the 50-day and 200-day moving averages, indicating a broader uptrend in liquidity positioning. If this level holds, it may serve as a buffer during continued volatility. Conversely, a sustained drop below 8% could signal that traders are redeploying capital into crypto assets, possibly fueling short-term rallies.
Stablecoin dominance remains elevated — a sign that market participants still prefer holding dry powder. Until dominance begins a more decisive decline, this cautious stance will likely persist, underscoring the market’s fragile balance between risk-off sentiment and the readiness for re-entry into volatile assets.
Featured image from ChatGPT, chart from TradingView.com
Ethereum’s bullish momentum has intensified throughout the weekend, with the price climbing above $4,100. This steady recovery follows a strong rebound from the $3,500 region after a crash earlier in the month.
Investor sentiment, as shown by trading volume and flows on exchanges, has turned optimistic amidst the recovery. Now that Ethereum’s price action is starting to turn bullish again, a new technical analysis shared by crypto analyst Freedomby40 on the social media platform X suggests that the current rally could be far from over, projecting a possible long-term climb to $16,000.
Freedomby40’s analysis, which is based on the Elliott Wave structure, presents Ethereum as currently positioned in an extended bullish sequence that began forming in late 2022. Posting the technical analysis on X, the analyst noted that Ethereum’s price action looks great for a continuation.
His chart shows that the asset has just completed a corrective phase and is entering a renewed impulse wave, with support established between $3,225 and $3,563 at the 0.5 and 0.382 Fibonacci retracement zones, respectively. The analyst labels this zone as the ideal accumulation area for the next leg up, consistent with previous cycle structures seen in 2017 and 2021.
The Elliott Wave projection in his analysis presents a multi-layered confluence of impulse waves extending to the third degree. It illustrates that Ethereum is currently unfolding its fifth major impulse wave in a structure that traces back to mid-2022.
The internal structure of this wave sequence also reveals a C wave in motion, which itself contains smaller sub-impulse waves. Within that C wave, Ethereum appears to be entering its own fifth sub-wave, which is known to be a decisively bullish wave.
Based on this setup, the analyst outlined two potential target zones on the chart: a green box representing the realistic price range for this wave cycle and a red box depicting the higher, more extended scenario that could push Ethereum’s market cap into the trillion-dollar level.
Freedomby40’s analysis identifies multiple price levels based on Fibonacci extensions from the current price action. The first price target is at $6,303, which is based on the 1.0 Fibonacci extension. This initial price target will see the Ethereum price break above its current all-time high, but this is the first of many.
The next target, the 1.236 extension, is positioned around $9,013. These two price targets ($6,303 and $9,013) were described by the analyst as very realistic. Possible extensions are at the 1.382 and 1.618 Fibonacci extension levels, corresponding to $11,210 and $16,077, respectively.
At the time of writing, Ethereum is trading at $4,160, up by 5.2% in the past 24 hours. Freedomby40’s outlook joins a growing list of ultra-bullish Ethereum price forecasts from institutional research desks and top analysts. Standard Chartered Bank recently raised its 2025 price target for Ethereum to $7,500, while projecting a potential long-term path to $25,000 by 2028.
Crypto analyst Bobby A is warning that the XRP price may face trouble soon. He says the large monthly chart is showing weak signs, and this could mean the market is turning bearish again. The analyst thinks the price might need to drop further before it can move higher.
Bobby A says the big XRP chart does not look healthy right now. He explains that many important monthly indicators are crossing bearishly. He says XRP is trading below the 1.618 level, and the price action there looks like a rejection rather than a breakout. He thinks this rejection is happening at a terrible time for XRP, noting that the monthly candle is closing near the BMSB line, another dangerous sign for the price.
Bobby A reminds traders that when the Bressert indicator crosses bearish on the monthly chart, history shows it has never been good for XRP. He believes that history could repeat itself, and these bearish signals are evident on the chart right now, suggesting the mid-term trend may not be strong. His analysis says that in six days, XRP will be facing the monthly candle close again, and facing it while price action is weak is usually not a good sign. He is worried because the chart’s overall structure shows more weakness than strength at this time.
He explains that when a chart shows this kind of technical damage, the smart move is to stay alert. He says traders must focus on risk control during times when the big charts start to flash warning signs. He shares this because he has trusted his chart study before when XRP was under $0.30, and now he needs to trust what he sees again with XRP above $2. He says the market can change very fast, and traders must be ready for those changes.
Right now, XRP is already making a small move downward. Bobby A says this retracement is happening in real time. He warns that XRP could roll over again and retest lower price support levels. If this happens, the token price could fall under $1 to find more substantial support before it tries to recover. He believes there is a real and present risk that the price will crash below $1 if sellers keep pushing it down.
He advises traders to protect their money and manage their trades carefully. He says capital safety must come first in times like these. Even though he still believes in XRP’s long-term future and remains a strong supporter of the project, he feels the odds right now point to lower prices in the mid-term. He says this is because the latest market signs are not strong enough to support a big bullish move yet.
This article was first published on The Bit Journal: Why is Ripple CEO emphasizing the role of XRP in Ripple’s future strategy despite the growing influence of stablecoin RLUSD? Read on to discover.
Ripple CEO Brad Garlinghouse has reaffirmed XRP’s role in Ripple’s future strategy. Saying that XRP wasn’t simply a token, the CEO stated that it was central to Ripple’s entire ecosystem and daily operations.
According to a statement by the chief executive on the social media platform X, Garlinghouse said that even as the company continued building other solutions to enable the Internet of Value, the role of XRP remained at the center of everything. He made the statement after completing a $1.25 billion acquisition of the prime brokerage platform Hidden Road, which has since been renamed Ripple Prime. Commenting on Ripple’s future strategy, Garlinghouse stated:
“With today’s close of Hidden Road (now Ripple Prime), Ripple has announced 5 major acquisitions in ~2 years (GTreasury last week, Rail in August, Standard Custody in 2024, Metaco in 2023) […] As we continue to build solutions to enable an Internet of Value, I’m reminding you all that XRP sits at the center of everything Ripple does. Lock in.”
Ripple’s future strategy has involved several acquisitions, such as Hidden Road, aimed at strengthening XRP’s role and improving its liquidity. As a result, it will now be easier for users to buy, sell, and use XRP, enabling more individual traders and institutions to access the token.
According to Ripple President Monica Long, “the future ahead is mighty bright,” since the firm intended to use the deal to unlock utility for both XRP and new stablecoin RLUSD. Long noted that RLUSD was already being used as collateral in prime brokerage products and that Ripple Prime was exploring additional ways to use XRP.
While stablecoin RLUSD was already receiving increased market focus, Garlinghouse stated that XRP would continue to serve as a bridge asset within its On-Demand Liquidity (ODL) solution, which has now been rebranded as Ripple Payments. Addressing concerns that an emphasis on stablecoin RLUSD would diminish XRP’s role, Garlinghouse reassured the XRP community that XRP would remain at the center of Ripple’s future strategy. He further stated:
“XRP is the heart of Ripple’s strategy. We are committed to ensuring its continued role in our ecosystem.”
Even amid ongoing global expansion and strategic acquisitions, the company’s entire leadership has reassured users that XRP’s role within the Ripple ecosystem remains intact. Garlinghouse states that the token was not simply a cryptocurrency, as Ripple’s future strategy was founded on.
Ripple’s infrastructure has been designed to complement XRP’s utility and ensure that it remains the central cog of the firm’s growing portfolio.
As Ripple’s influence expands globally, it will be interesting to see how the company places the token as central to its success in the digital asset market.
Ripple: A blockchain-based digital payment company that has created a network and protocol that uses the cryptocurrency XRP and the XRP Ledger.
XRP: A digital asset that serves as the native cryptocurrency for the XRP Ledger (XRPL), an open-source, decentralized blockchain built for fast and low-cost global payments.
RLUSD: Also known as Ripple USD, it’s the official Ripple stablecoin, pegged 1:1 to the U.S. Dollar and built on the XRP Ledger. Designed for instant payments and institutional use, RLUSD brings together stability, compliance, and speed, connecting the traditional financial world with on-chain liquidity.
XRP is sometimes referred to as “the banker’s coin,” and for that reason, XRP was originally used for sending cross-border remittances. Today, the primary use case for XRP is making high-value cross-border payments.
Online stores, gift card sites, and some businesses accept XRP for goods and services. Many payment gateways (like Bitpay) integrate XRP as a payment method.
Yes. Ripple Labs partners with major banks and payment providers to enable XRP for real-world cross-border payments (e.g., remittances and B2B payment services).
Yes. XRP is designed for fast, low-cost international transfers. Many remittance services integrate XRP into their workflows.
Read More: Why XRP Still Matters in Ripple’s Strategy Despite RLUSD’s Growing Influence">Why XRP Still Matters in Ripple’s Strategy Despite RLUSD’s Growing Influence
This article was first published on The Bit Journal.
Mike Selig has just been nominated by President Donald Trump to lead the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC).
According to multiple reports, crypto regulator Mike Selig is currently the chief counsel for the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) Crypto Task Force and has experience at the CFTC under former chair Chris Giancarlo.
The nomination comes as the Trump administration is trying to refine the regulation, oversight, and institutional framework of the digital assets space.
Mike Selig’s background is a mix of traditional financial regulation and crypto-policy experience. He’s currently Chief Counsel for the SEC’s Crypto Task Force and has advised SEC Chair Jay Clayton.
Before that, he worked at the CFTC as a law clerk or counsel and was a partner at the law firm Willkie Farr & Gallagher, specializing in asset-management and digital-asset regulation.
He’s publicly commented on the classification of digital assets, including saying in 2023 that “XRP itself is simply computer code. A fungible commodity, like gold or whiskey.”
Hence, experts say he would bring regulatory gravitas and crypto awareness to the role.
Selig’s nomination comes at a time when the U.S. regulatory framework for crypto is in flux. Legislation like the CLARITY Act and the GENIUS Act are being set to clarify which agency oversees which types of digital assets.
Reports share that the CFTC and SEC just had joint discussions to eliminate fragmentation in crypto oversight. Crypto regulator Mike Selig is to replaces a previously stalled candidate, Brian Quintenz, whose appointment was met with industry push-back.
White House crypto adviser David Sacks described Selig as “deeply knowledgeable about financial markets and passionate about modernizing our regulatory approach” in his announcement.
With Selig in charge, the CFTC may get more responsibility in the digital-asset space. The nomination is about the agency’s role in overseeing commodities and derivatives, including digital asset-related products.
Sources reported that Selig is charged with just as the CFTC is expected to take on new authority over the nearly $4 trillion crypto market.
Moreover, Selig’s comments and analysis of the Ripple Labs litigation show he’s comfortable classifying digital assets as commodities rather than securities, a big holding block in regulatory terms.
His appointment may make market participants open up more access to regulated platforms and vehicles.
The big question in crypto regulation has been jurisdiction: which agency regulates what? The SEC has always focused on securities, while the CFTC handles commodities and derivatives.
Crypto regulator Mike Selig’s nomination aligns with recent signals of cooperation between the two agencies. A joint roundtable held in September featured SEC Chairman Atkins and acting CFTC Chair Caroline Pham saying they would end decades of regulatory fragmentation.
Selig’s nomination reinforces that. According to expert analysis, his dual agency background means he can streamline overlapping regulatory mandates. That could mean clearer paths for token classification, custody frameworks, and digital-asset exchanges, fewer grey areas for issuers and investors.
Industry has welcomed the nomination. The crypto community noted his previous comments and legal positions align with the adoption of digital assets. Charles Hoskinson, founder of Cardano, wrote on X:
“Chairman Selig is going to do a great job at the CFTC. I have full confidence in his ability and leadership.”
The media also said crypto regulator Mike Selig is seen as a market-friendly regulator compared to previous enforcement-heavy regimes. While confirmation by the Senate is still needed, the nomination itself is a signal that the regulatory environment may favor of more structured crypto oversight.
Crypto regulator Mike Selig’s nomination as CFTC chair means a big change for digital-asset oversight in the US. With experience at both the SEC and CFTC, Selig is put uo to lead at a moment of regulatory convergence, institutional engagement and legislative momentum.
His nomination means the US is doubling down on its goal to be a global hub for crypto innovation, with clearer rules and coordinated oversight.
The impact is expected to be far-reaching, from institutional access to token classification, custody services, and trading venues.
CFTC: US regulatory agency that oversees commodity futures, options, and derivatives.
SEC: US federal agency; that enforces securities laws and regulates securities markets.
Crypto-Task Force: A unit within the SEC, focused on crypto-asset regulation, compliance, and enforcement.
Token classification: The legal determination of whether a digital asset is a security, commodity, or other asset class with regulatory implications.
Confirmation (Senate): The process by which the US Senate approves presidential nominees for agency leadership.
Regulatory convergence: The alignment of rules, mandates, and enforcement approaches across multiple agencies, to reduce conflict and overlap.
Mike Selig is the current chief counsel for the SEC’s Crypto Task Force, previously worked at the CFTC and in private practice focused on asset-management and digital-asset regulation.
He’s being nominated at a time of regulatory flux and legislative movement so clarity on oversight, token classification and institutional access might be seen.
He may expand CFTC oversight of digital assets treated as commodities or derivatives and coordinate more with the SEC on securities-type tokens.
As of the latest report; he’s been nominated but still needs Senate confirmation before he can take the chair.
Many are positive; citing his prior legal commentary and regulatory experience. For example; Cardano’s founder is fully confident in his ability to lead the CFTC.
Read More: Trump Pro-Crypto Lawyer Nominee for CFTC Chair: A Turning Point for U.S. Crypto Regulation?">Trump Pro-Crypto Lawyer Nominee for CFTC Chair: A Turning Point for U.S. Crypto Regulation?
This article was first published on The Bit Journal.
When market experts, watchers and enthusiasts speak of bull market in crypto, wild rallies, retail joy and altcoins mooning, are easily brought to mind . However, this cycle seems different. For many, the term crypto bull market no longer means euphoric highs, it feels like a grind.
The blockchains are active, big-name institutions are all in and the charts are up. But the energy and optimism of past cycles is missing. This is the backdrop that is making experts question why this crypto bull market grind has emerged, what’s shaping it and how it’s different from 2017 and 2021.
The tale around this cycle starts with institutions. Certain market reports call 2025 the year the “world went on-chain”, highlighting institutional adoption and stablecoins as the main themes. Traditional banking, asset management, and fintech firms have dabbled and built infrastructure, custody networks, and tokenization platforms.
As a recent sources put it, they say financial institutions have embraced crypto after years of watching from the sidelines.
This has changed the market. Instead of chasing altcoin hype, many big players are focused on regulated corridors, institutional custody and real-world asset tokenization.
In effect; they own the pipes through which retail traders must flow. The result therefore is that the cycle looks more like the maturation of crypto’s financial plumbing and less like the wild west of earlier years.
While institutions professionalized the space, the opposite force roared from the grassroots which are meme coins. Humor, irony and community tokens exploded across chains, changing the tone of the cycle. According to sources, what began as satire became the dominant narrative of 2024 and 2025.
Data shows meme coin market is still growing but in a weird way. In 2025, it is estimated to be 5-7% of global crypto market-cap, or $80-90 billion.
Platforms like Pump.fun on Solana enabled millions of tokens to launch, but most traders lost money while infrastructure owners made the money.
That changed the psychology of the cycle. Retail that once chased broad altcoin seasons found themselves playing mini-token launches and the odds were stacked against the individual.
The meme coin culture thrived but the era of alt-season joy became harder to sustain.
Beyond institutions and meme culture, the macro environment has had a big impact on this crypto bull market grind. High interest rates, risk-off sentiment and liquidity constraints reportedly killed speculative flows. And indeed in 2025, capital seems more expensive and speculative asset classes (many altcoins included) have fewer positive developments.
As a result, even though Bitcoin is at new highs, the rest of the market feels flat, lethargic or brutally repressed.
The interplay of institutional adoption which favors big, regulated assets, and macro caution which limits speculative leverage has created a cycle where growth exists but feels thin, incremental and far less exciting than previous bull runs.
Bitcoin on its own stays as the anchor. According to multiple market sources, Bitcoin price appreciation and growing legitimacy are backed by macro- and regulatory-driven forces not just hype. Reports say Bitcoin is core to crypto’s maturation.
This means the crypto bull market grind is less about risk-on altcoin explosions and more about consolidation, institutional ingress and standards of infrastructure.
For many in crypto, that is less exciting, but arguably more sustainable. The sentiment has shifted as this cycle is reinforcing the system rather than igniting wild outsized alts.
Combining these threads, a clearer picture of why the crypto bull market grind feels so different is obtained.
Institutional adoption has increased legitimacy but also anchored expectations around regulated assets rather than speculative up-swings.
Meme coins dominate cultural narratives but the upside is skewed and the environment is highly competitive and treacherous.
Macro conditions has restrained speculative flows and forced the market into a slower growth mode.
Bitcoin’s dominance means the broader market is less about wild rallies and more about incremental infrastructure growth and asset re-classification.
In short, this bull cycle is about transition from frontier experimentation to a more integrated, regulated, infrastructure-led phase of crypto.
This removes some of the fireworks but replaces them with the architecture of a financial system. For many who came for the “number goes up” style ride, the word “grind” feels apt.
Altcoin: Any cryptocurrency other than Bitcoin.
Institutional adoption: The participation of big financial firms (banks; asset managers); in crypto assets and infrastructure.
Meme coin: A cryptocurrency built around internet memes; jokes or viral culture, with little underlying use.
Macro: Broad economic factors like interest rates, liquidity; inflation and risk appetite that affect asset markets.
Tokenization: Creating digital tokens to represent ownership of real-world assets; on a blockchain.
Bull: A market where prices are up everyone is positive and more people are buying.
Because the market is being shaped by institutional infrastructure; meme coin culture and macro constraints rather than widespread retail frenzy and broad alt-season surges.
Yes, they are still culturally prominent and active, but their value dynamics are different. The infrastructure around them captures most of the returns and the environment is more competitive and less favorable for the average retail trader.
Exactly. Bitcoin’s increasing institutional support; regulatory clarity and role as a foundational asset means it’s less subject to wild swings and more aligned with long-term finance systems.
Not dead, but altcoins face a tougher environment. With less speculative capital, more scrutiny and higher expectations for utility, only those with strong fundamentals and product-market fit are likely to perform.
Read More: Crypto’s Worst Bull Run? Why 2025’s Rally Feels More Like a Grind">Crypto’s Worst Bull Run? Why 2025’s Rally Feels More Like a Grind
As Cardano struggles to recover from the recent downturn, enthusiasts are debating the potential impact burns could have on ADA’s price. Cardano is gradually recovering from the recent downturn that pushed its price below the $0.35 mark on October 10.
IBM has announced the launch of Digital Asset Haven, a new platform to help financial institutions and governments securely manage and scale their digital asset operations. The platform aims to provide an integrated system for managing the entire digital asset lifecycle, covering custody, transactions, and settlement.
Mt. Gox, the defunct Tokyo-based Bitcoin exchange, has again postponed its creditor repayment deadline, and this time, to October 2026.
Bitcoin Magazine
Strategy (MSTR) Earns S&P ‘B-’ Rating, Marking a Major Milestone for Bitcoin-Backed Credit
For the first time in financial history, a major credit rating agency has formally evaluated a company built on a bitcoin-backed credit model. In news covered by Bitcoin Magazine, the S&P Global Ratings has assigned Strategy Inc (MSTR) a ‘B-’ Issuer Credit Rating with a Stable outlook, recognizing not just the company, but the emergence of Bitcoin as collateral inside the credit system. This marks a watershed moment for corporate finance. Bitcoin-backed credit is no longer theoretical. It is now a rated financial reality.
Until now, Bitcoin had been accepted by equity markets, ETFs, and corporate treasury conversations — but credit markets remained untouched. Credit markets are where legitimacy is ultimately decided because they determine who can borrow, at what cost, and against which assets.
By rating Strategy Inc, S&P has implicitly acknowledged:
This is not a marketing milestone — it is a structural one. Bitcoin has entered the language of risk-adjusted return, yield, and covenants.
The rating is speculative grade, but the Stable outlook is critical. It signals S&P’s belief that Strategy can continue to service obligations and access capital markets without selling its Bitcoin reserves — a foundational principle of bitcoin-backed credit.
S&P’s analysis mentions several possible weaknesses:
However, they also credited Strategy with unique structural strengths:
In short, S&P is signaling that bitcoin-backed credit can function — if managed with discipline.
Strategy Inc met the S&P 500 inclusion criteria in profitability and market capitalization but was passed over in 2024, widely believed to be due to its Bitcoin-heavy balance sheet. That decision now appears less defensible.
With a formal credit rating, the company shifts from “unrated anomaly” to “rated issuer.” For institutional capital, that distinction matters.
Bitcoin entering equity indices begins with Bitcoin entering the credit models behind them.
This rating does more than validate Strategy — it validates the architecture of bitcoin-backed credit as the superior evolution of corporate treasury management.
Phase 1 was equity-funded Bitcoin accumulation — high growth but shareholder dilution.
Phase 2 introduced convertible debt and preferred equity — allowing companies to acquire Bitcoin through capital markets rather than operating earnings.
Phase 3, now underway, is full institutional recognition of bitcoin-backed credit — rated, benchmarked, and capable of scaling.
This is the endgame:
With S&P formally rating Strategy’s issuer credit, this model moves from innovation to infrastructure.
This rating does not compel companies to adopt Bitcoin. But it removes the claim that Bitcoin cannot be integrated into traditional credit systems.
From now on:
What makes this moment different isn’t that another institution “acknowledged” Bitcoin. That’s happened before with ETFs, GAAP accounting changes, and treasury allocations.
What’s different is where the recognition has now occurred: Not in equity markets. Not in payment networks. But in credit — the foundation of corporate finance and monetary systems.
When a credit rating agency like S&P evaluates a company built on Bitcoin, it does three things that have never happened before:
This rating does not mean the model is risk-free. It means the model is real enough to underwrite, stress test, and lend against.
That is the real inflection point — not that S&P approved of Bitcoin, but that they were forced to measure it.
Disclaimer: This content was written on behalf of Bitcoin For Corporations. This article is intended solely for informational purposes and should not be interpreted as an invitation or solicitation to acquire, purchase or subscribe for securities.
This post Strategy (MSTR) Earns S&P ‘B-’ Rating, Marking a Major Milestone for Bitcoin-Backed Credit first appeared on Bitcoin Magazine and is written by Nick Ward.
Bitcoin Magazine
Bitcoin Closes at $114,530 Amid FOMC Volatility: Bulls Eye $117,600 Resistance
Bitcoin Price Weekly Outlook
Bitcoin’s price action was rather subdued last week, keeping traders guessing whether or not we would see another large drop in price entering the weekend. Price held above the lows, however, slowly plodding a little bit higher to close out the week at $114,530. Bulls should not be overly disappointed with this price action, as they did reclaim the $112,200 resistance level, and are now closing in on conquering the next resistance level at $115,500. The bears are still sitting comfortably in control, though, with stronger resistance levels hanging overhead that the bulls have yet to challenge. This may be an interesting and volatile week ahead, with the FOMC meeting on Wednesday and a slough of large companies reporting third-quarter earnings.
Key Support and Resistance Levels Now
Nothing has materially changed from last week’s resistance levels as the bulls have made little progress. Heavy resistance is still sitting at $117,600 and $122,000 above there, so the bears aren’t feeling any real pressure yet. If by chance this week gets above $122,000, we will look to the upper boundary of our broadening wedge pattern at $128,000.
Holding above the prior week’s low is a positive sign for the bulls, while they managed to maintain price above the key short-term support of $106,900 last week as well. This level must hold going forward, as closing below $106,900 opens the door back down to the $105,000 to $102,000 support zone that has already been tested twice. A third test of this support zone would be more likely to break it than to hold it. $96,000 is the long-term bull market support below here, a do-or-die support level if the price were to slide down and test it.
Outlook For This Week
Expect significant volatility this week, especially on Wednesday, as we have the Federal Reserve’s interest rate decision and ensuing Powell speech, followed by major earnings reports from Microsoft, Meta, and Google after market close. Bulls will look to hold $109,000 as a floor into this week, as doing so would position them to maintain upward momentum. Looking at the Momentum Reversal Indicator, we are currently sitting on an 8-count entering Monday. This is a warning candle that we may see momentum begin to fade. Tuesday should bring the 9-count at which point we should expect at least a pause on upward momentum and a 1 to 4 day correction in price. So if bulls can push price up to the 0.618 Fibonacci Retracement at $117,600 by Monday night or Tuesday morning, we should expect to see a rejection ther,e and we can re-assess after Wednesday’s FOMC and earnings reports play out.
Market mood: Bearish – While the bulls gained some ground last week, the bears remain stoic and strong. The bulls must push the price past $122,000 to take back control.
The next few weeks
If bulls can manage to survive through this week, there are still some potential headwinds on the horizon. The US-China tariff dispute may or may not be resolved by the end of next week; a negative outcome will likely send all markets lower. Additionally, the US courts’ ruling on the legality of Trump’s tariffs is expected by November 5th. If these tariffs are reinstated, we should expect markets to head lower to price this impact in.
Terminology Guide:
Bulls/Bullish: Buyers or investors expecting the price to go higher.
Bears/Bearish: Sellers or investors expecting the price to go lower.
Support or support level: A level at which the price should hold for the asset, at least initially. The more touches on support, the weaker it gets and the more likely it is to fail to hold the price.
Resistance or resistance level: Opposite of support. The level that is likely to reject the price, at least initially. The more touches at resistance, the weaker it gets and the more likely it is to fail to hold back the price.
Fibonacci Retracements and Extensions: Ratios based on what is known as the golden ratio, a universal ratio pertaining to growth and decay cycles in nature. The golden ratio is based on the constants Phi (1.618) and phi (0.618).
Broadening Wedge: A chart pattern consisting of an upper trend line acting as resistance and a lower trend line acting as support. These trend lines must diverge away from each other in order to validate the pattern. This pattern is a result of expanding price volatility, typically resulting in higher highs and lower lows.
Momentum Reversal Indicator (MRI): A proprietary indicator created by Tone Vays. The MRI indicator tracks buyer and seller momentum and exhaustion, providing signals to indicate when to expect momentum to fade and accelerate.
This post Bitcoin Closes at $114,530 Amid FOMC Volatility: Bulls Eye $117,600 Resistance first appeared on Bitcoin Magazine and is written by Ethan Greene - Feral Analysis and Juan Galt.
Bitcoin Magazine
S&P Assigns ‘B-’ Rating to Strategy (MSTR), Citing Bitcoin Exposure and Liquidity Risk
S&P Global Ratings assigned a ‘B-’ issuer credit rating to bitcoin-juggernaut Strategy, reflecting the company’s heavy concentration in bitcoin and limited dollar liquidity. The outlook is stable.
S&P said the rating reflects Strategy’s “high bitcoin concentration, narrow business focus, weak risk-adjusted capitalization, and low U.S. dollar liquidity.” The company reported $8.1 billion in pre-tax earnings in the first half of 2025, almost entirely from appreciation in the value of its bitcoin holdings.
The firm said in their release that while Strategy’s balance sheet is dominated by bitcoin, its management has prudently staggered debt maturities and maintained flexibility by financing primarily with equity.
In other words, this rating means Strategy can meet debt obligations for now but faces significant default risk if market conditions worsen.
Strategy — now effectively a bitcoin treasury company — raises capital through equity and debt issuances to purchase and hold bitcoin. Its securities give investors varying exposure to bitcoin across its capital structure.
Just today, founder and former CEO Michael Saylor announced a purchase of 390 BTC between October 20 and October 26, spending approximately $43.4 million at an average price of $111,053 per Bitcoin. The firm still operates a small AI-powered analytics business, though it remains roughly breakeven.
JUST IN: S&P Global Ratings has rated a #Bitcoin treasury company for the first time — Michael Saylor’s Strategy
— Bitcoin Magazine (@BitcoinMagazine) October 27, 2025
This S&P rating is the first-ever rating of a Bitcoin Treasury Company by a major credit rating agency.
According to S&P, Strategy’s risk-adjusted capital ratio was significantly negative as of June 30, 2025, because the agency deducts bitcoin assets from equity in its calculation.
Strategy reported $8.1 billion in pre-tax earnings in the first half of 2025. Operating cash flow during the period was negative $37 million.
The agency cited several key risks, including a currency mismatch between Strategy’s bitcoin-denominated assets and dollar-denominated obligations such as interest, debt principal, and preferred dividends.
S&P also pointed to cybersecurity risks given the company’s reliance on custodians to safeguard its bitcoin.
Strategy holds bitcoin valued at roughly $70 billion, against $8 billion in convertible debt, much of which matures beginning in 2028. Annual preferred dividends total about $640 million, which the company plans to fund through additional stock and preferred equity issuance.
While Strategy’s access to capital markets remains a core strength, S&P warned that a sharp decline in bitcoin prices or loss of investor confidence could impede its ability to refinance debt or pay dividends, potentially leading to bitcoin sales “at severely depressed prices.”
S&P said the rating could be downgraded if access to markets weakens or debt management risks rise. An upgrade is unlikely unless the company improves its U.S. dollar liquidity or reduces reliance on convertible debt.
Earlier this year, Michael Saylor laid out an ambitious plan to reshape global finance through Bitcoin.
In an interview with Bitcoin Magazine, Saylor described an “endgame” in which Strategy accumulates a trillion-dollar bitcoin balance sheet, growing 20–30% annually, and uses it as the foundation for a new global credit system.
At the core of his vision is scale: with enough BTC on corporate balance sheets, the long-term appreciation of Bitcoin — historically around 21% annually — would supercharge the capital base.
On top of that, Saylor sees an opportunity to issue bitcoin-backed credit at yields significantly higher than traditional fiat-based debt, potentially two to four percentage points above corporate or sovereign rates.
He argued that over-collateralization could make this system safer than even AAA-rated debt, while simultaneously fueling broader financial growth.
Saylor’s vision extends beyond credit markets. As Bitcoin becomes embedded in corporations, banks, insurers, and sovereign wealth funds, public equity indexes could gradually become indirect bitcoin vehicles.
This, he says, would benefit equity markets and corporate balance sheets while introducing higher yields and greater transparency into financial products.
The implications are broad: savings accounts could yield 8–10% instead of near-zero, money market funds could be denominated in bitcoin, and insurance products could be reimagined around bitcoin collateral.
This post S&P Assigns ‘B-’ Rating to Strategy (MSTR), Citing Bitcoin Exposure and Liquidity Risk first appeared on Bitcoin Magazine and is written by Micah Zimmerman.
Bitcoin Magazine
IBM Launches “Digital Asset Haven” to Help Banks and Governments Enter into Crypto
IBM announced a platform designed to help financial institutions, governments, and large corporations securely manage their crypto and blockchain-based assets, like bitcoin.
The platform, developed in collaboration with crypto wallet provider Dfns, combines IBM’s infrastructure and security expertise with Dfns’ institutional-grade custody and wallet technology.
At its core, Digital Asset Haven wants to simplify what has long been a tricky and complex landscape for institutions.
Many banks and governments have been cautious about crypto because it involves multiple blockchains, regulatory hurdles, and security risks. IBM’s platform wants to change this and consolidate these moving parts, offering a single solution.
The partnership with Dfns is central to the platform. Dfns has built more than 15 million wallets for over 250 clients, focusing on secure and compliant operations.
By combining this with IBM’s high-assurance infrastructure, Digital Asset Haven is meant to provide institutions with the same reliability and governance standards that traditional financial systems offer.
That includes multi-party approvals, policy-driven governance, and support for cold storage, where crypto keys are kept offline for maximum security.
The platform also supports more than 40 blockchains, both public and private, giving institutions flexibility to engage with a wide range of digital assets, from traditional cryptocurrencies to emerging stablecoins and tokenized assets.
It integrates third-party services for identity verification, anti-money laundering checks, and yield generation, and offers developer-friendly APIs to enable further customization and innovation.
“This is more than custody,” said Clarisse Hagège, CEO of Dfns. “We’ve built a platform that orchestrates the full digital asset ecosystem, moving digital assets from pilot programs to production at a global scale.”
Tom McPherson, General Manager of IBM Z and LinuxONE, emphasized that the platform brings IBM’s signature resilience and data governance to the emerging digital asset space, helping institutions explore new products without compromising on security or compliance.
The launch comes at a time when regulated digital assets are gaining momentum.
Stablecoins, for example, have become increasingly used in payments following the U.S. adoption of legislation earlier this year, and major banks are exploring blockchain-based money transfers.
This post IBM Launches “Digital Asset Haven” to Help Banks and Governments Enter into Crypto first appeared on Bitcoin Magazine and is written by Micah Zimmerman.
Bitcoin Magazine
One Bitcoin a Day: Prenetics Raises $48M to Accelerate Bitcoin Treasury Strategy
Does one bitcoin a day keep the doctor away?
Prenetics Global Limited (NASDAQ: PRE), a Hong Kong-based health sciences company, announced today the successful pricing of a public equity offering expected to generate approximately $48 million in gross proceeds, with the potential to raise up to $216 million if all accompanying warrants are exercised.
The capital raise is intended to support the expansion of its supplement brand, IM8, while bolstering Prenetics’ Bitcoin treasury strategy.
The company has a disciplined Bitcoin accumulation plan, purchasing one bitcoin per day since August 1, 2025, and currently holds approximately 275 BTC, valued at $31 million as of October 27.
Prenetics said the offering attracted a distinguished group of institutional and individual investors, including major crypto platforms and financial firms such as Kraken, Exodus (NYSE: EXOD), GPTX by Bitcoin mining pioneer Jihan Wu, American Ventures LLC, XtalPi (2228.HK), DL Holdings (1709.HK), and Mythos Group, among others.
The offering, led by sole placement agent Dominari Securities LLC, consists of 2,992,596 Class A ordinary shares and/or pre-funded warrants, along with Class A and Class B warrants exercisable for up to 5,985,192 additional shares.
The Class A warrants carry an exercise price of $24.12 — 50% above the offering price of $16.08 — while the Class B warrants are exercisable at $32.16, or a 100% premium. Both warrants are immediately exercisable upon issuance and have five-year terms.
High-profile strategic investors like Aryna Sabalenka, the world No. 1 tennis player, and Adrian Cheng, a prominent Asian entrepreneur, also increased their stakes in the company. David Beckham is also a prominent backer.
Prenetics’ supplement brand IM8 hit $100 million ARR in 11 months and aims for $180–$200 million in 2026 within the $704 billion global market, the company said.
CEO Danny Yeung highlighted the company’s dual focus on health supplements and cryptocurrency.
“IM8 has huge global potential, evidenced already by our extraordinary traction across multiple markets. We’re particularly honored to have the backing of a distinguished group of new and existing strategic investors who share our confidence in our dual-engine strategy,” Yeung said.
As mentioned earlier, Prenetics has a Bitcoin accumulation plan, purchasing one bitcoin per day since August 1, 2025, and currently holds approximately 275 BTC, valued at $31 million as of October 27.
Financially, Prenetics will hold roughly $100 million in cash post-offering, bringing its total liquidity — including Bitcoin holdings — to around $131 million.
The company also plans to review and divest non-core business units to focus resources on IM8 and Bitcoin initiatives.
The offering is expected to close on or around October 28, 2025, pending customary conditions. Prenetics positions itself as pursuing a bold long-term ambition: to reach $1 billion in annual revenue alongside $1 billion in Bitcoin holdings within the next five years, combining health supplement growth with cryptocurrency accumulation as a cornerstone of its corporate strategy.
IM8’s operational performance underscores the brand’s subscription-driven growth model, with more than 12 million servings shipped to over 420,000 customer orders across 31 countries.
Average order values have risen from $110 to $145 following the launch of IM8’s Daily Ultimate Longevity product, reflecting strong consumer demand for premium offerings.
This post One Bitcoin a Day: Prenetics Raises $48M to Accelerate Bitcoin Treasury Strategy first appeared on Bitcoin Magazine and is written by Micah Zimmerman.
Bitcoin Magazine
Trump-Backed American Bitcoin Adds 1,414 Bitcoin Amid U.S. Expansion
American Bitcoin Corp. (Nasdaq: ABTC), a Trump family–backed mining platform, has expanded its Bitcoin holdings to 3,865 bitcoin, adding 1,414 bitcoin since September through a combination of mining production and secondary market purchases.
The Miami-based firm, which describes itself as “America’s Bitcoin infrastructure backbone,” said the latest accumulation includes coins held in custody and those pledged for miner purchases under its ongoing procurement deal with Bitmain.
The update continues a rapid expansion trajectory that began earlier this year when Hut 8 spun out its U.S. mining arm as a separate, publicly traded entity.
American Bitcoin initially held around 500 BTC at the time of the carve-out, then purchased another 1,726 BTC between July and August for approximately $205 million.
Those holdings were pledged to Bitmain as collateral for a $314 million order of 16,299 Antminer U3S21EXPH units — nearly the full 15 EH/s option under the companies’ strategic supply agreement. Most of those machines will be hosted at Hut 8’s new Vega site in Texas, a 400-megawatt facility central to American Bitcoin’s push toward 25 EH/s of proprietary hashrate.
“We believe one of the most important measures of success for a Bitcoin accumulation platform is how much Bitcoin backs each share,” said Eric Trump, co-founder and chief strategy officer. “As part of that conviction, we are focused on providing transparent updates as we aim to increase our holdings.”
JUST IN:
— Bitcoin Magazine (@BitcoinMagazine) October 27, 2025
They now hold 3,865 Bitcoin
Executive Chairman Asher Genoot added that American Bitcoin’s integrated mining model allows it to lower its average cost per Bitcoin compared with treasury-style vehicles that buy on the open market.
“That structural advantage allows us to compound Bitcoin value per share more efficiently for our investors,” he said.
Shares of ABTC have been volatile since their September debut, rising 11% on Friday to close at $5.62 after recovering from midweek lows below $5.
The company, valued around $5.1 billion, remains one of the most closely watched plays in the sector — both for its aggressive expansion plans and its deep ties to the Trump family.
At the time of writing, the stock is trading at $5.83 and Bitcoin is trading at $115,000 after a couple of tumultuous weeks.
Earlier this year, Gryphon Digital Mining merged with American Bitcoin Corp., the Trump family–backed subsidiary of Hut 8, to form what they claim could become the most efficient pure-play Bitcoin miner in the industry.
The all-stock merger saw Gryphon shareholders own about 2% of the combined entity and American Bitcoin stakeholders hold 98%.
The merger, now finalized, provides American Bitcoin with a faster route to public markets and combines Gryphon’s mining technology with American Bitcoin’s capital strength and large-scale reserve strategy.
This post Trump-Backed American Bitcoin Adds 1,414 Bitcoin Amid U.S. Expansion first appeared on Bitcoin Magazine and is written by Micah Zimmerman.
Bitcoin Magazine
Bitcoin Price Rebounds Above $115,000 As Strategy Buys 390 More Bitcoin
Bitcoin’s price surged above $115,000 on Monday as Strategy, the largest corporate holder of Bitcoin, announced another significant purchase of Bitcoin. The business intelligence firm acquired 390 BTC between October 20 and October 26, spending approximately $43.4 million at an average price of $111,053 per Bitcoin.
According to a Form 8-K filing released today, Strategy’s total Bitcoin holdings have now reached 640,808 BTC, with an aggregate purchase price of $47.44 billion. The company’s average purchase price stands at $74,032 per Bitcoin, including fees and expenses.
The latest acquisition was funded through proceeds from Strategy’s At-The-Market (ATM) equity programs, specifically through the issuance of preferred shares under its STRF, STRK, and STRD ATM programs. The company raised a combined total of $43.4 million during the period to finance these purchases.
The announcement comes amid a growing trend of companies adopting Bitcoin treasury strategies. Recent data indicates that publicly traded companies now hold over $110 billion worth of Bitcoin, with Strategy alone accounting for approximately $74 billion of that total.
BREAKING:
— Bitcoin Magazine (@BitcoinMagazine) October 27, 2025
The emergence of Bitcoin treasury companies has accelerated notably in 2025, with Germany’s aifinyo AG recently announcing plans to accumulate 10,000 BTC by 2027. This follows similar moves by companies across Europe and Asia, signaling a broader institutional acceptance of Bitcoin as a treasury reserve asset.
The Bitcoin treasury model has moved from experimental to established corporate strategy. We’re seeing new companies enter this space almost weekly, recognizing Bitcoin as the ultimate treasury reserve asset.
Bitcoin’s price responded positively to Strategy’s announcement, trading above $115,000 as of press time. Bitcoin has shown strong momentum in recent days, supported by growing institutional adoption and the approaching 2026 halving.
Strategy’s stock (MSTR) has also shown positive movement, rising 3% in pre-market. Recent regulatory developments have further supported the Bitcoin treasury trend. Strategy recently received favorable guidance from the IRS and Treasury regarding the treatment of unrealized crypto gains in Corporate Alternative Minimum Tax (CAMT) calculations, eliminating concerns about potential tax liabilities for long-term Bitcoin holdings.
As more companies adopt Bitcoin treasury strategies and regulatory frameworks become clearer, the trend appears poised to continue. With Strategy leading the way and new entrants like aifinyo AG joining the space, corporate Bitcoin adoption is increasingly becoming a global phenomenon, spanning various industries and regions.
This post Bitcoin Price Rebounds Above $115,000 As Strategy Buys 390 More Bitcoin first appeared on Bitcoin Magazine and is written by Vivek Sen.
The Hyperliquid price has seen a brief pullback after a significant surge today, shedding 1.2% to trade around $46.57.
Despite this short-term dip, the HYPE token remains up 19.5% over the past week, highlighting continued investor interest and optimism about the project’s long-term prospects.
The retracement follows a strong rally and reflects a blend of profit-taking, technical rejection, and growing competition in the decentralised derivatives space.
After a robust run last week, Hyperliquid encountered selling pressure near the 38.2% Fibonacci retracement level at $49.36.
The failed breakout prompted traders to lock in gains, leading to a brief correction.
The MACD histogram is flipping negative on the 4-hour chart, signalling weakening short-term momentum, while the RSI eased from overbought territory at 69.89, suggesting that the market needed a cooldown after a 19% weekly surge.
Part of the sell-off also reflects the growing rivalry between Hyperliquid and the newly launched Binance-backed Aster DEX.
Since its debut on September 17, Aster has attracted massive trading volumes, processing $20.8 billion on its first day compared to Hyperliquid’s $9.7 billion.
Aster’s rapid adoption and $2 billion in total value locked within a week have shifted liquidity across the decentralised perpetuals landscape, briefly denting Hyperliquid’s dominance.
Still, Hyperliquid maintains a commanding presence in the market.
With a $12.74 billion market cap and a total value locked (TVL) of $4.85 billion, it remains one of the largest decentralised derivatives platforms.
However, traders are watching closely as the project faces near-term headwinds from both external competition and internal supply pressures.
The most immediate challenge facing HYPE is a looming token unlock event beginning on November 29.
Around 237.8 million tokens — roughly 24% of the total supply — will begin to unlock over 24 months.
At the current price, this adds nearly $500 million per month in potential sell pressure, partially offset by $65 million in monthly buybacks from the project’s treasury.
This could lead to a monthly imbalance of around $410 million, which could lead to near-term volatility as the market adjusts to the increased supply.
Despite these concerns, the project’s $1 billion treasury filing, connected to the Sonnet Bio and Rorschach merger, could help counterbalance some of the dilution fears.
The treasury’s size and strategic reserves give the team room to manage liquidity and maintain market confidence through buybacks or ecosystem growth initiatives.
While short-term traders may focus on resistance levels, derivatives, and on-chain data tell a more optimistic story.
Futures open interest (OI) on HYPE has surged from $1.27 billion last Wednesday to $1.97 billion on Monday, the highest level since early October.
Rising open interest signals new capital entering the market, typically an indicator of growing bullish conviction.
Data from CryptoQuant also shows that whales — large investors — are increasing their positions, with buy orders dominating both spot and futures markets.
This accumulation trend suggests that institutional and high-net-worth participants expect further gains ahead.
Network data reinforces this bullish sentiment.
According to Artemis Terminal, Hyperliquid’s 24-hour chain fee revenue reached $2 million, surpassing edgeX and BNB Chain.
High network fees often correlate with elevated trading activity and liquidity, signalling robust user engagement even amid short-term market uncertainty.
Technically, HYPE has shown resilience after breaking above its descending trendline and the 50-day exponential moving average (EMA) at $43.54.
Over the weekend, it held that level as support before climbing back above $48.57.
If the token closes above the next resistance at $51.15, analysts expect the rally to extend toward the record high of $59.46, last seen on September 18.
However, a failure to hold above the $43.54 EMA could open the door for a deeper correction toward the $41.6 support zone.
The post Hyperliquid price forecast after rejection at the 38.2% Fibonacci retracement level appeared first on CoinJournal.
Key takeaways
ZEC, the native coin of the ZCash ecosystem, has continued its rally, up 12% in the last 24 hours. The rally comes after the coin added 380% to its value in the last 30 days, outperforming other major cryptocurrencies.
The positive performance comes after Solana, the world’s second-largest smart contract platform, launched wrapped ZEC via the Zolana bridge. The wrapped tokens function as standard Solana Program Library (SPL) tokens. Hence, they don’t offer the privacy protections inherent to native Zcash.
Furthermore, they are backed 1:1 by native ZEC but do not conceal balances or transaction data.
The ZEC/USD 4-hour chart is bullish and efficient thanks to the coin’s ongoing rally. The technical indicators are bullish, suggesting that buyers are currently in control. The bullish trend could see ZEC’s price surge higher in the near term.
The Relative Strength Index (RSI) of 67 shows a bullish bias, with the buyers currently in control. The MACD lines are also within the positive region, suggesting that the price could surge higher in the near term.
If the bullish trend continues, ZEC could rally towards the $400 level over the next few hours or days. An extended bullish run would allow ZEC to hit a multi-year high of $500 in the coming days or weeks.
However, if ZEC faces a correction following its recent run, it could retrace to the ILQ at $318 over the next few hours. Further downtrend could see ZEC drop to the major support and TLQ level at $235. This support level will likely hold in the medium term, allowing ZEC to build on its recent run.
The post ZEC rallies 12% as bullish momentum continues; Check forecast appeared first on CoinJournal.
The post Litecoin LTC Price Prediction 2025, 2026 – 2030: Can Litecoin Reach $1000 Dollars? appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Litecoin has quietly been one of the strongest performers this year. Since January, it has gained traction with growing adoption, solid transaction volume, and renewed investor interest. According to the Litecoin Foundation, over 12% of all Litecoin transactions ever made have occurred in 2025 alone. That’s more than 300 million transactions, making it one of the most-used cryptocurrencies for real-world payments.
The key questions that investors are keen on include: Is it a good time to invest in Litecoin? Or Will Litecoin (LTC) cross $250 in 2025? Such questions put the Litecoin price prediction under the indecisive box. So, let’s head on to the latest Litecoin (LTC) price prediction 2025, 2026 – 2030, and the years between them!
| Cryptocurrency | Litecoin |
| Token | LTC |
| Price | $99.7757
-0.23%
|
| Market Cap | $ 7,628,473,906.47 |
| 24h Volume | $ 873,599,476.4745 |
| Circulating Supply | 76,456,251.9835 |
| Total Supply | 84,000,000.00 |
| All-Time High | $ 412.9601 on 10 May 2021 |
| All-Time Low | $ 1.1137 on 14 January 2015 |
Yes, Litecoin can be halved, employing a mechanism similar to Bitcoin’s that reduces the block reward by half approximately every four years. The most recent Litecoin halving occurred in August 2023, successfully completing the procedure. The next Litecoin halving event is estimated to take place in July 2027.
Litecoin (LTC) is trading near $98.56, sitting well below the 20-day SMA at $109.32. Technicals indicate:
Based on the current 4-hour Litecoin price chart, LTC shows consolidation near $97 with resistance at $103 and support around $93.36. The RSI at 43 suggests mild bearish momentum, while Bollinger Bands indicate low volatility before a potential breakout. If market sentiment improves, LTC could retest $110–$121 levels.
| Month | Potential Low | Potential Average | Potential High |
| October | $92 | $108 | $128 |
Litecoin is a feasible alternative to Bitcoin in all aspects, which makes it attractive to many traders. There’s also growing optimism around a potential Litecoin Spot ETF approval by October 2025. With the CFTC recognizing Litecoin as a commodity, its regulatory standing is clearer, encouraging investor trust. If major financial institutions collaborate with Litecoin, then the price could soar to $231.21 in 2025.
If the market crashes in the coming years, then the price of Litecoin could drop to $77.07. However, long-term investors are likely to hold on to the currency, so the average price of LTC is expected to be $154.14.
| Year | Potential Low | Potential Average | Potential High |
| 2025 | $77.07 | $154.14 | $231.21 |
| Year | Potential Low ($) | Potential Average ($) | Potential High ($) |
| 2026 | $115.61 | $231.21 | $346.82 |
| 2027 | $173.42 | $346.82 | $520.23 |
By 2026, LTC’s potential low price could be $115.61, with an average price projected at $231.21, and a high price of $346.82.
In 2027, Litecoin is forecasted to potentially reach a low price of $173.42, an average price of $346.82, and a high price of $520.23.
| Year | Potential Low ($) | Potential Average ($) | Potential High ($) |
| 2028 | $260.13 | $520.23 | $780.34 |
| 2029 | $390.20 | $780.34 | $1,170.51 |
| 2030 | $585.30 | $1,170.51 | $1,755.77 |
Moving into 2028, the potential low price for Litecoin using price prediction will be $260.13, while the average price is expected to be around $520.23. The potential high price for LTC in 2028 is estimated to reach $780.34.
Looking ahead to 2029, Litecoin has the potential to reach a low price of $390.20, an average price of $780.34, and a high price of $1,170.51.
Finally, in 2030, Litecoin price prediction anticipates a low price of $585.30, an average price of $1,170.51, and a high price of $1,755.77.
| Firm Name | 2025 | 2026 | 2030 |
| Wallet Investor | $110.74 | $94.44 | – |
| priceprediction.net | $209.82 | $310.85 | $1,441 |
| DigitalCoinPrice | $290.04 | $412.95 | $857.18 |
*The targets above are the average targets set by the respective firms.
According to CoinPedia’s formulated Litecoin price prediction, several well-known institutions may invest in and accept LTC as payment in the future. Moreover, the increasing number of events that can directly affect the LTC price will improve social sentiment.
If the coin gains some hype in the coming months, then the LTC price can hit $231.21 in 2025. However, a rise in bearish influence can drop Litecoin to $77.07 by the end of 2025.
| Year | Potential Low | Potential Average | Potential High |
| 2025 | $77.07 | $154.14 | $231.21 |
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
The price of LTC could possibly reach its maximum of $231.21 this year.
With a potential surge, the price of Litecoin may reach a maximum trading price of $1,755.77 during the year 2030.
Yes, Litecoin can be a good investment option if you are considering it for the long term.
Yes, Litecoin can be halved, it was in August 2023 when it had completed the halving procedure. The next LTC halving event will take place in July of 2027.
Litecoin can be traded across exchanges like Binance, Bitrue, Coinbase Pro, OKEx, and HitBTC, amongst others.
The post ClearBank to Join Circle’s Payments Network and Expand Stablecoin Access appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
ClearBank, a technology-enabled clearing bank, is making a major push into digital finance to expand stablecoin use and improve cross-border payments across Europe.
ClearBank has announced a strategic framework agreement with a subsidiary of Circle Internet Group, the stablecoin giant behind USDC and EURC.
Through this partnership, the two companies will work together on a range of initiatives in the European market.
Initially, the focus will be on expanding access to USDC and EURC, Circle’s MiCA-compliant, fully reserved stablecoins, through Circle Mint in Europe. This move places ClearBank as a core infrastructure partner for banks and fintechs, that are looking for trusted, multi-currency stablecoin solutions for payments, treasury, and liquidity use cases.
ClearBank is taking another big step by planning to join Circle’s Payments Network (CPN), making it one of the first European banks to do so. This will let clients move money around the world at internet speed, with the transparency of blockchain technology.
By linking its cloud-based banking system with Circle’s infrastructure, including Circle Mint and the Circle Payments Network, ClearBank is bridging traditional and digital finance to make cross-border payments faster and cheaper.
Mark Fairless, CEO of ClearBank, said this move marks a major step in ClearBank’s growth as a cross-border payments innovator.
Sanja Kon, VP of Partnerships & Business Development, EMEA at Circle, said that this partnership will expand access to USDC and EURC, helping drive faster, more transparent payments and unlock new financial services built on “open, programmable money.”
ClearBank and Circle are also exploring additional strategic use cases, including stablecoin-based treasury solutions and future tokenized asset settlement integrations.
Circle launched the CPN in April, to connect banks, fintechs, and payment providers to settle cross-border payments in real time using regulated stablecoins like USDC and EURC. CPN supports a wide range of cross-border use cases, from payments and remittances to treasury and onchain finance.
Circle also became the first global stablecoin issuer to meet MiCA requirements in July 2024, well ahead of the regulation coming fully into effect later that year.
Clearbank’s move highlights the growing confidence among financial institutions in using stablecoins for global payments.
The post Polkadot Price Prediction 2025, 2026 – 2030: Will DOT Price Cross $10? appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Polkadot began with a bold goal, to bring blockchains together. In 2025, that goal is being realized in new ways. Now ranked 28th by market cap with over $5.1 billion, DOT is showing signs of renewed momentum.
Polkadot is entering a transformative phase in 2025. Between August 11 and 18, 2.3 million DOT tokens worth $9.41 million, about 0.15% of the total supply, were released. This event could add short-term selling pressure. Despite this, the network is thriving. TokenTerminal data shows monthly active users are near record highs.
So, where could DOT go from here? This Polkadot price prediction dives into key catalysts, expert forecasts, and whether 2025 could be the year DOT finally breaks out.
| Cryptocurrency | Polkadot |
| Token | DOT |
| Price | $3.1221
-2.65%
|
| Market Cap | $ 5,088,208,861.13 |
| 24h Volume | $ 203,842,629.7934 |
| Circulating Supply | 1,629,739,714.0694 |
| Total Supply | 1,629,739,714.0694 |
| All-Time High | $ 55.0050 on 04 November 2021 |
| All-Time Low | $ 1.4104 on 10 October 2025 |
Polkadot 2.0 went live on August 6, 2025 bringing elastic scaling and upgraded cross-chain communication, giving more flexibility to parachains. The upgrade also moves toward full EVM compatibility, set to be complete by year-end.
Data reveals the network is active and stable, with over 50% of DOT’s supply staked. While it has not been in the spotlight during the recent altcoin surge, its strong staking rate and expanding ecosystem position it well for a possible breakout when sentiment turns positive.
Polkadot (DOT) could surge to $10.4 by late 2025, with a potential low of $3.47 and an average price of $6.93.
| Year | Potential Low | Potential Average | Potential High |
| 2025 | $3.47 | $6.93 | $10.4 |
Also, read Binance Price Prediction 2025, 2026-2030!
| Year | Potential Low ($) | Potential Average ($) | Potential High ($) |
| 2026 | 5.20 | 10.40 | 15.60 |
| 2027 | 7.80 | 15.60 | 23.40 |
Like Bitcoin’s, broader crypto market conditions and coin price movements still drive much of the overall token price. However, Polkadot’s price for 2026 is projected to range between $5.20 and $15.60, with an average price of $10.40.
Progress made in the Polkadot ecosystem of complementary blockchains, enabling seamless interoperability, will increase the token price. Hence, the Polkadot price forecast for 2027 is projected to range between $7.80 and $23.40, with an average price of $15.60.
| Year | Potential Low ($) | Potential Average ($) | Potential High ($) |
| 2028 | 11.70 | 23.40 | 35.10 |
| 2029 | 17.55 | 35.10 | 52.65 |
| 2030 | 26.33 | 52.65 | 78.98 |
The growth of built applications, smart contracts usage, and overall transaction activity on the Polkadot network will fuel the token price. Further, DOT crypto price prediction for 2028 is projected to range between $11.70 and $35.10, with an average price of $23.40.
Polkadot’s price for 2029 is projected to range between $17.55 and $52.65, with an average price of $35.10.
Polkadot’s price for 2030 is projected to range between $26.33 and $78.98, with an average price of $52.65.
| Firm Name | 2025 | 2026 | 2030 |
| Wallet Investor | $10.23 | $11.025 | – |
| priceprediction.net | $6.03 | $8.59 | $42.60 |
| DigitalCoinPrice | $20.71 | $29.01 | $58.88 |
| VanEck | $36.36 | – | – |
*The targets mentioned above are the average targets set by the respective firms.
Polkadot might receive notable impetus from its new parachains, as the industry has seen with Moonbeam. If the digital asset receives the much-needed sentimental boost from the investors, then the DOT prices will reach $10.40 in 2025.
On the flip side, if the sentiments of marketers fall prey to bearish trends. The Polkadot coin price could take a downswing to $3.47.
Coinpedia’s DOT Price Prediction expects the DOT coin price to reach $6.93 in 2025.
| Year | Potential Low | Potential Average | Potential High |
| 2025 | $3.47 | $6.93 | $10.40 |
Also, Check Out: UniSwap Price Prediction 2025, 2026-2030: Will UNI Coin Price Record New Yearly High Soon?
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
At the time of writing, the price of one DOT token was $ 3.12209908.
Yes, Polkadot shows strong 2025 potential with upgrades, staking, and ETF buzz boosting investor appeal.
According to our Polkadot price prediction. If the bulls take charge, the price of DOT could reach $10.4 in 2025.
With a potential surge, the altcoin could achieve a high of $79 during the year 2030.
No, DOT is not an ERC-20 token but a digital asset built and developed on the Polkadot blockchain.
DOT is available for trade on leading cryptocurrency exchanges like Binance, FTX, Huobi, and Kraken, amongst others.
Polkadot 2.0 isn’t live yet, mainnet launch expected in Aug–Sep 2025.
Anthropic's India expansion marks a shift from global scale to sovereign-aware AI, building trust, data residency, and deeper enterprise integration.
The post Data residency in AI: Geopolitical, regulatory, enterprise risk appeared first on CoinGeek.
This partnership could accelerate the integration of digital currencies in corporate finance, potentially transforming global payment systems.
The post Citigroup collaborates with Coinbase to explore stablecoin payments appeared first on Crypto Briefing.
MetaMask's potential token distribution could enhance user engagement and solidify its role in the evolving crypto financial ecosystem.
The post MetaMask rumored to have registered domain for claiming tokens as airdrop chatter rises appeared first on Crypto Briefing.
The BNB burn enhances token scarcity, potentially boosting value and investor confidence, while reinforcing the deflationary model's impact.
The post BNB Foundation completes 33rd quarterly burn, destroying $1.6B in BNB appeared first on Crypto Briefing.
The rapid oversubscription of MegaETH's ICO underscores growing investor appetite for innovative blockchain solutions, signaling robust market confidence.
The post MegaETH ICO oversubscribed within 5 minutes, raising $50M at $1B valuation appeared first on Crypto Briefing.
BitMine's strategic Ethereum accumulation may indicate rising institutional confidence, potentially leading to a supply shock and broader blockchain adoption.
The post BitMine’s Ethereum holdings increase by 77,055 tokens in one week appeared first on Crypto Briefing.
IBM's platform could accelerate institutional blockchain adoption, enhancing secure digital asset management and compliance in finance sectors.
The post IBM announces new digital asset platform for banks and governments appeared first on Crypto Briefing.
